TEKTROND© INSTRUCTION MANUALBEFORE READING PLEASE CHECK FOR CHANGE INFORMATION AT THE REAR OF THIS MANUAL. ‘THIS MANUAL REPRINTED JULY 1975, TEKTROND© Tektronix, Ine, P.0, Box 500 Beaverton, Oregon 97077 o701861-00 First Printing AUG 1974 vaestesaawaseasassngisgaAILTEKTRONIX instruments are warranted against _ defective materials and workmanship fot one year. Any questions with t to the warranty should. brat opinor Oe rONH Field Engineeror representative: a by Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oregon. Printed in the United States of America. All rights reserved. Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any form without permission of Tektronix, Inc. U.S.A. and foreign TEKTRONIX products covered by U.S. and foreign patents and/or patents pending. TEKTRONIX isa pated trademark of Tektronix, ne.465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS v LIST OF TABLES v SECTION’ SPECIFICATIONS Introduction WW VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM a TRIGGERING 141 HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 12 X-Y OPERATION 12 CALIBRATOR 13 Z-AXIS INPUT 13 SIGNAL OUTPUTS 13 POWER SOURCE 13 CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT) 13 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 13 Vertical Deflection System 13 Triggering 14 Horizontal Deflection System 14 Calibrator 14 External Z-Axis input 14 Output Resistances 14 Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) 14 SECTION 2 OPERATING INFORMATION Introduction 24 Instrument Repackaging 24 Operating Voltage 24 CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS 22 Introduction 22 Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) and Display 22 Vertical Deflection System Channel 1 and Channel 2 C 22 A and B Triggering 24 A and B Sweep 25 Calibrator and Power 26 Rear Panel 26 OBTAINING BASIC DISPLAYS 2-6 Introduction 26 Normal Sweep Display 2-6 Magnified Sweep Display 27 Delayed Sweep Display 27 Mixed Sweep Display 27 X-Y Display 27465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont) SECTION3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Page Introduction HH Digital Logic a BLOCK DIAGRAM 34 CHANNEL 1 PREAMP 33 Introduction 33 Scale Factor Switching a4 Input Coupling 34 Input Attenuator 34 Source Follower 34 First Cascode Amplifier 35 Second Cascode Amplifier 35 Third Cascode Ampl a5 CHANNEL 2 PREAMP. 35 Introduction a5 Second Cascode Amplifier 35 Third Cascode Amplifier 36 VERTICAL SWITCHING CIRCUIT 36 Introduction 36 Diode Gates 36 Switching Multivibrator a7 Delay Line Driver 39 Reference Feedback Amplifier +9 Normal Trigger Pickott 39 VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 39 Introduction 39 Delay Line 39 Vertical Output Amplitier—Discrete Version 39 Vertical Output Amplifier—IC Version 3-410 A AND B TRIGGER GENERATORS 340 introduction 340 Trigger Source 340 Trigger Coupting 3-40 Input Source Follower 3-40 Paraphase Amplifier 3-40 Tunnel Diode Driver a4 AAND B SWEEP GENERATOR at Introduction 341 Disconnect Amplifier 342 Output Buffer Amplifier 342 ‘Sweep Start Amplifier 342 Logic Muttivibrator 342 B Sweep Differences 342 SWEEP AND Z-AXIS LOGIC CIRCUIT 313 Introduction 343 A Sweep Gate 343® TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont) SECTION 3 (cont) —_B Sweep Gate Sweep Control Integrated Circuit Holdoff Timing ‘A Sweep Holdoff Amplifier B Sweep Holdoff Amplifier B Sweep Latch ‘A Sweep Z Axis Gate B Sweep Z Axis ‘A -+Gate and B +-Gate Emitter Followers HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER Introduction X-Axis Amplifier Input Paraphase Amplitier Gain Setting Amplifier Output Amplifier CRT CIRCUIT Introduction High Voltage Oscillator High Voltage Regulator High Voltage Rectifier and Output CRT Control Circuits Z Axis Amplifiter DC Restorer Circuit CALIBRATOR Introduction Multivibrator Output Amplifier A TRIGGER VIEW AMPLIFIER Introduction Amplifier LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Introduction Power Input Secondary Circuit FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT MAINTENANCE, Introduction Cabinet Removal PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Introduction Cleaning Visual Inspection Lubrication ‘Semiconductor Checks Recalibration 465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Page 313 3413 344 344 314 314 314 3415 315 3-15 315 315 3-16 3-16 3-16 347 317 3417 348 3-18 318 318 3419 3419 3419 3419 3419 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 Z 3-20 3-22 43 43 iii465 Service (SN B250000 & up) TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont) , SECTION 4 (cont) TROUBLESHOOTING SECTION 5 SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 8 SECTION 9 Introduction Troubleshooting Aids Troubleshooting Equipment Troubleshooting Techniques CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE Introduction Obtaining Replacement Parts Soldering Techniques Component Removal and Replacement Recalibration After Repair Instrument Repackaging PERFORMANCE CHECK Purpose Limits and Tolerances Line Voltage Selection Equipment Required Special Fixtures Test Equipment Alternatives INDEX TO PERFORMANCE CHECK VERTICAL TRIGGERS HORIZONTAL, CALIBRATION Purpose Limits and Tolerances Step Titles Line Voltage Selection Internal Adjustments Display Test Equipment Required Interactions INDEX TO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE POWER SUPPLY DISPLAY AND Z-AXIS VERTICAL TRIGGERS HORIZONTAL GATES, CALIBRATOR AND EXT Z-AXIS ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST OPTIONS DIAGRAMS MECHANICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE INFORMATION 4-3 43 4-3 45 45 at a7 a7 48 49 414 441g 54 54 54 5A 54 54 53 5-10 64 68 6-10 6-12 6-24 6-35 6-43 TA TAB PAGE 84 9-4 REV. A, JUNE, 1975,465 Service (SN B250000 & up) LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page Fig. 1-1 465 Oscilloscope Fig. 2-1 Power supply regulating range selector. 22 Fig. 2-2. Front and rear panel controls and connectors. 22 Fig. 3-1 Basic block diagram of the 465. 32 Fig. 3-2 Detailed block diagram of the Channel 1 Preamplifier. 33 Fig. 3-3 Detailed block diagram of the Channel 2 Preamplifier. 36 Fig. 3-4 Detailed block diagram of the Vertical Switching Circuit. a7 Fig. 3-4 Effect of Diode Gates on signal path (simplified Vertical ‘Switching diagram). Conditions shown for CH 1 position of Vertical Mode switch, 28 Fig. 3-6 Detailed block diagram of the A Sweep Generator. att Fig. 3-7 Detailed block diagram of the Horizontal Amplifier. 316 Fig. 3-8 Detailed block diagram of the CRT and Z-Axis circuits. 317 Fig. 3-9 Detailed block diagram of the Calibrator circui 319 Fig. 3-10 Detailed block diagram of the Trigger View Amplifier. 3-20 Fig. 3-11 Detailed block diagram of the Low Voltage Power Supply. 321 Fig. 3-12 Foldover circuit action. 322 Fig. 4-1 Removing the wrap around cabinet. “ Fig. 4-2 Color codes. a4 LIST OF TABLES Page Page 24 REGULATING RANGES 2-1 6-1 ADJUSTMENT INTERACTIONS 6-2 6-2 TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 63 3-1 GAIN SWITCHING AND ATTENUATION 3-4 © LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Limits 6-8 6-4 TYPICAL LOW VOLTAGE POWER 5-1 DEFLECTION FACTOR ACCURACY = 5-5. SUPPLY RIPPLE 6-9 5-2 LOW FREQUENCY COMPENSATION 6-5 VERTICAL DEFLECTION FACTOR SETUP 5-5 ACCURACY 6-16 5-3 A AND B TIMING ACCURACY 5-10 6-6 AAND B TIMING ACCURACY 6-39 5-4 DELAY OR DIFFERENTIAL 6-7 AAND B MAGNIFIED ACCURACY 6-39 TIME ACCURACY 5-11 6-8 DIFFERENTIAL TIME ACCURACY —6-40Fig. 1.4. 465 Oscilloscope,Section 1—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) SPECIFICATIONS Introduction The 465 Oscilloscope is a wide-band, portable os cilloscope designed to operate in a wide range of en- vironmental conditions. The instrument is fight in weight and compact of design for ease of transportation, yet capable of performance necessary for accurate nigh- frequency measurements, The dual-channel de-to- 100 megahertz vertical deflection system provid calibrated deflection factors from 5 millivolts to 5 volts/division. The bandwidth limiting switch reduces interference fram signals above about 20 megahertz for viewing low-frequency, low-level signals. ‘The trigger circuits provide stable sweep triggering to beyond the bandwidth of the vertical deflection system ‘Separate controls are provided to select the desired moce Of triggering for the A and B sweeps. The A sweep can be operated in one of three modos: automatic triggering, normal triggering, or single sweep. A variable trigger holdoff contra! provides the ability far A sweep to trigger stably on aperiodic signals or complex digital words. The horizontal deflection system has calibrated sweep rates from 05 second to 0.05 microsecond/division. A X10 magnifier increases each swoep rate by a factor of 10 to provide a maximum sweep rate of & nano- seconds/division in the 0.0518 position. The delayed and mixed sweep features allow the start of the B sweep to be delayed a selected amount from the start of A sweep to provide accurate relative-time measurements Calibrated X-Y measurements can be made with Channel 2providing the vertical deflection and Channel t providing the horizontal deflection (TIME/DIV. switch fully counterclockwise and VERT MODE switch to CH 2). The regulated de power supplies ensure that instrument performance is not affected by variations in line voltage and frequency. Maximum power consumption of the insirument is approximately 75 watts. The following instrument specitications apply over an ambient temperature range of ~15°C to +55°C unless otherwise specified. Warm-up time for specified ac~ curacies is 20 minutes. The calibration procedure given in section 6, if performed completely, will allove an instru- ment to meet the electrical characteristics listed below. VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM Deflection Factor Calibrated range is from 5 millivolts to 6 volts/division in 10 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence. Accuracy is within 3%. Uncalibrated VAR control provides deflection factors continuously variable between the calibrated settings and extends deflection factor to at least 125 volts/division in the 5 VOLTS/DIV position REV. 6, JUNE, 1875 Frequency Response Bandwidth in both Channel t and Channel 2isdetoat least 100 megahertz from 15°C ta 40°C and de toat least 85 mogahartz from 140°C to $85°C. Risetime is 3.8 nanoseconds or less from 0°C to +40°C and 42 nanoseconds or less from +40°C to +55°C, The ac- coupled lower ~3 dB point is 10 hertz orless {1 hertzor less when using a 10X probe). Vertical system bandwidth with the BW LIMIT pushbutton pulled is. approximately 20 megahertz. Chopped Mode Repetition Rate Approximately 250 kilohertz, Input Resistance And Capacitance One megohm within 2% paralleled by spproximately 20 picofarads. Maximum Input Voltage De coupled: 250 V (de + peak ac) of 500 V p-p ac at 1 kHz or less, ‘Ac coupled: 600 V (de + peak ac) or $00 Vp-p ac at 1 kHz oF less Cascaded Operation (CH 1 VERT SIGNAL OUT Connected to CH 2 OR Y) Bandwidth is dc to at least 50 MHz with a sensitivity of at loast 1 millivolt/division. TRIGGERING Sensitivity DC Coupled: 0.3 division internal or 50 millivolts exter~ nal from de to 25 megahertz, increasing to 1.6 divisions internal or 150 millivolts external at 100 megahertz. AC Coupled: 0.3 division internal or 50 millivolts exter- nal from 60hertz to 25 megahertz, increasing to 1,5 divisions internal or 150 millivolts external at 100 megahertz. Attenuates all signals below about 60 hertz, LF REJ Coupled: 0.5 division internal or 100 millivolts external from 60 kilohertz to 25 megahertz, increasing to 1.5 divisions internal or 300 millivolts external at WWSpecifications—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 100 megahertz. Blacks de and attenuates all signals below about 50 kilohertz HF REJ Coupled: 0.5 division intemal or 100 millivolts. extemal from 80 hertz to 50 kilohertz. Blocks de and atlenuates all signals below about 60 hertz and above about 50 kilohertz Trigger Jitter 0.5 nanosecond or less at$ nanoseconds/division with 100 megahertz applied (X10 MAG on}, External Trigger Input Maximum input voltage is 250 volts (de + peak ac) or 250 volts peak to peak ac (1 kilohertz or less). Input resistance is 1 megohm within 10% Level Range EXT: At least + and —2 volts, 4 volts peak to peak EXT =10: At least + and 20 volts, 40 volts peak to peak HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM Calibrated Sweep Range ‘A Sweep: From 0.5 second/division to 0.05 micro- second/division in 22 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence. X10 MAG extends maximum sweep rate to 5 nano- seconds/division, B Sweep: From 50 milliseconds/division to 0,05 micro- second/division in 19 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence. X10 MAG extends maximum sweep rate to § nano- seconds/division, Calibrated Sweep Accuracy Unmagnified sweep acouracy is within 2% trom +20°C. to +30°C (+-68°F to 86°F) and within 3% from — 15°C. to 420°C and +20°C to +55°C (45°F to +68°F and +86°F to +131°F). For the same temperature ranges, magnified sweep accuracy is within 3% and within 4% respectively. Exclude the first and lastS0 nanoseconds ot the Snanoseconds, 10 nanoseconds, and 20 nanoseconds magnified sweep rates. Accuracy specifications apply over full 10 divisions unless otherwise specified ‘Sweep accuracy, over any 2 or less division portion of the sweep, is within 5%. Exclude the first and last magnified divisions of the Sranosecond and 12 10 nanosecond/division magnified sweep rates. Also exclude the first and last 50 nanoseconds of the 5, 10, and 20 nanosecands/division sweep rates. Mixed sweep accuracy is within 2% plus the measured ‘A.sweep error when viewing the A sweep portion only. The B sweep portion retains its normal accuracy A Time/Division Variable Range Provides continuously variable (Uncalibrated) sweep rates between the calibrated settings of the A TIME/DIV switch. Extends the slowest A sweep rate to at least 1.25 seconds/division A Trigger Holdott Increases A sweep holdoff time by atleast a factor of 10. Delay Time And Differential Time Measurement Accuracy +10°C to +35°C | —15°C to 155°C (+S0°F to +95°F)|(+5°F to +1317) Over 1 Or More Major Dial Division ‘Over Less Than 1 Major Dial Division 11% 2.5% F007 Major [=0.03 Major Dial Division [Dial Division Delay or Differential Time Jitter Within 0.002% (less than one part in 50,000) of the maximum available delay time when operating on power line frequencies other than 50 hertz Within 0.005% {less than one part in 20,000) of the maximum available delay time when operating on 50 hertz power line frequency Maximum available delay time is 10 times the setting of the A TIME/DIV switch rated Delay Time (A VAR set to calibrated position) Continuous from 5 seconds to 0.2 microsecond. X-Y OPERATION Sensitivity Same as vertical deflection system. X Axis deflection accuracy within 4%. REV, B, APR. 1975Variable Range Same as vertical deflection system X-Axis Bandwidth Dc to at least 4 megahertz, Y-Axis Bandwidth Same as vertical deflection system, Input Resistance ‘Same as vertical deflection system, Input Capai Same as vertical deflection system. lance Maximum Usable Input Voltage ‘Same as vertical deflection system CALIBRATOR Output ‘An approximate 1 kilohertz, 30 milliampere (within 2%), 300 millivolt (within 19), square-wave signal Z AXIS INPUT Sensitivity ‘A S-vollt peak to peak signal causes noticeable madula- tion at normal intensity, Usable Frequency Range From dc to 60 megahertz SIGNAL OUTPUTS Ch 1 Vertical Output voltage is at least $0 millivolts/division into a 1 megohm load (at least 25 millivolts/division into a 50 ohm load). Bandwidth is trom dc to at least 50 megahertz into a 50 ohm load, Output de level is approximately zero volts. Specifications—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) Aand B +Gate Output voltage is approximately 5.5 volts, positive: going POWER SOURCE Line Voltages 110, 115, 120, 220, 230, or 240 Volts ac (all within 10%), depending on the settings af the Line Voltage Selector switch and the Regulating Range Selector assembly, with a line frequency of 48 to 440 hertz, Maximum power consumption is 75 watts at 115 volts ac, 60 hertz CATHODE-RAY TUBE (CRT) Graticule Area Eight by 10 centimeters. Phosphor P31 is the standard phosphor with P11 offered as an option, SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION NOTE The following supplemental information represents limits that, when mei, ensure optimum insicument operation. They are, however, not instrument specifications but are intended to be used only as maintonance or operational aids. VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM Low—Frequency Linearity There should be no more than 0.1 division of compres- sion or expansion of a 2-division signal, at center screen, when the signal is positioned to the upper and lower extremes of the ert graticule area, Bandwidth Limiter Switch The —34B point should be between 15 and 25 megahertz with the 20MHz BW switch pulled (yellow showing). Step Response Aberrations Aberrations on a positive going 5 division step should be +3%, 3% or less not to exceed 3% peak-to-peak on 13Specifications—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) all ranges except at 5 VOLTS/DIV. Aberrations at 5 VOLTS/DIV should be +4%, —4% or less not to exceed 4% peak-to-peak. Position effect should cause aberrations to beno more than +5%,—S%nottoexceed 5% peak-to-peak. ‘Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) Atleast 10:1 at 20 megahertz for comman mode signals. of 6 divisions or less with vertical gain adjusted forbest mr at 80 kilohertz Step Attenuator Balance Adjustable to 0.2 division or less of trace shift when switching between adjacent deflection factors, Trace Shift as Variable is Rotated Adjustable to 1 division or less. Invert Trace Shift ‘Two divisions or less when switching from normal to inverted Input Gate Current 05 nanoampare or less (0.1 division of deflection at 5 millivolts/division) from +20°C to +30°C. Four nanoamperes or less (0.8 division of deftection at § millivolts/division) from —18°C to 155°C. Channel Isolation At least 100:1 at 25 megahertz. Position Range Twelve divisions up and 12 divisions down from graticule center, TRIGGERING External Trigger Input Capacitance Twenty picofarads within 30%. HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM ‘A Sweep Length 10.5 to 115 divi 14 Magnifier Registration There should be 0.2 division or less difference at graticule center when switching from MAG on to MAG. off Position Range ‘Should be able to position the start of the sweep to the right of graticule center, andthe end of the sweep to the leit of graticule center. Phase Difference Between X And Y Axes Amplitiers Typically 3° or less from de to 50 kilohertz. CALIBRATOR Repetition Rate Repetition rate accuracy is 1 kilohertz within 25%, Output Resistance Approximately 9.4 ohms. EXTERNAL Z AXIS INPUT Voltages applied to the EXT Z AXIS INPUT connector should be limited to less than 100 volts (do+ peak ac) or 100 volts peak to peak ac at 1 kilohertz or less, OUTPUT RESISTANCES Output resistance of the CH 1 VERT SIG QUT connec- tor is approximately 50 ohms, Output resistance of A+ and B+ GATE outputs is approximately 500 ohms. CATHODE-RAY TUBE Resolution Typically at least 15 lines/division horizontally and vertically, Geometry 0.1 division oF less of tilt or bowing, Raster Distortion 0.1 division or tess. Nominal Accelerating Potential Approximately 18,500 volts. REV. 6, APR. 1976Section 2—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) OPERATING INFORMATION Introduction This section of the manual is intended to allow the operator to become familiar with the instrument power requirements, functions of controls and connectors, and how to obtain a few basic displays. For more complete operating information, refer to the 465 Operators Hand- book Instrument Repackaging If this instrument is to be shipped for long distances by commercial means of transportation, it is recommended that it be repackaged in the original manner for maximum protection. The original shipping carton can be savedand used for this purpose. The Mechanical Parts List illustrates how to repackage the 465 and gives the part number for the packaging components. New shipping cartons can be obtained from Toktronix, Inc. Contact your local TEKTRONIX Field Office or representative. Operating Voltage This instrument is designed for operation from a power source with its neutral at or near earth (ground) potential with a separate safety-earth conductor. Itis not intended for operation from two phases of a muili-phase system, or across the fegs of 2 single-phase three-wire system. This instrument can be operated from either a 115-volt ‘or 230-volt nominal line valtage source. 48 to 440 hertz. The Line Voltage Selector switch on the right side panel converts the instrument from one nominal operating voltage to the other, The Regulating Range Selector assembly on the instrument rear panel selects one of three regulating ranges for each nominal line voltage; It also contains the line fuse for overload protection. To select the correct nominal line voltage and regulating range, proceed as follows: 1. Disconnect the instrument from the power source. 2. To convert from 115-volts nominal to 230-volls nominal line voltage, set the selector switch to the 230 volts position (toward the rear of the instrument} Change the ling-cord plug to match the power source or use a 115+t0-230 volt adapter. Check for correct fuse for the line voltage selected (see Table 2-1) REV.C, JUNE, 1975 NOTE The power cord on Tektronix instruments may contorm to either af the following two electrical codes: USA (NEC) Conductor_| & Canada lec Line Black Brown Neutral | White Light Blue™ Safety-Earth| Green wiyallow | Green w/yellow stripe stripe “Tinned copper conductor. 3, To change regulating ranges, loosen the 2 captive serews which hold the cover onto the Regulating Range Selector assembly, then pull to remove the cover. 4, Pull out the range selector switch bar (see Fig. 2-1) Slide the bar to the desired position and plug it back in, Select a range which is centered about the average line voltage to which the instrument is to be connected (see Table 2-1) TABLE 21 REGULATING RANGES Regulating Range Range Selector TiS V 2300 Switch Position | _Nominal Nominal Lo (switch bar in 5 soa to 242 aera 99 to 121 198 to 242 1M (switeh bar in vrais elegy | 10410 120.4 208 to 252. Hi (ewiteh bar Im | 498 9 132. 216 to 264 V top holes) Fuse Size TS ASAG OTS R GAG Fast-blow Fast-blow 5, Re-install the cover and tighten the 2 captive screws, 6. Before applying power to the instrument. check that the line voltage selector switch and the indicating tab on the Regulating Range Selector assembly are in the correct position for the desired nominal line voltage and regulating range. pera S caution This instrument may bo damaged if operated with tho lino voltage selector switch oF the Regulating Range Selector assembly se 10 incorrect postions forthe inevottage applied. ortho wrong lie fuses used. 21ee eae eee EE SELECTOR SNITCH BAR [SHOWN IN MEDIUM POSITION) Fig. 2-1. Power supply rogulating range selector. The 465 is designad to be used with a three-wire ac power system. Ifa 3 to 2 wire adapter is used to connect, this instrument to a 2 wire ac power system, be sure 109 Connect the ground lead of the adapter to earth (ground) Fallure to complete the ground system may allow the chassis of this instrument to be elevated above groung potential and pose a shock hazara. ‘The feet on the rear panel provide a convenient cord wrap to store the power cord when not in use. CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS Introduction ‘The major controls and connectors for operation of the 485 are located on the front panel of the instrument. Atew auxiliary functions are provided on the rear panel, Fig. 2-2, shows the front and rear panels of the 465. A brie! description of each control and connector Is given here More detailed operating information is given in the 466 Oscilloscope Operators Manual. Cathode-Ray Tube (CRT) and Display 1. BEAM FINDER Compresses the display to within the graticule area, indepandently of display position or applied signals. 2 INTENSITY Controls brightness of the display 22 3. FOCUS: Provides adjustment for optimum display detinition. 4. SCALE ILLUM Controls graticule brightness, 58. ASTIG Screwdriver adjustment used in conjunction with the FOCUS con- trol to obtain a well-defined dis- play. Does not require readjust- ment in normal use, 6. TRACE ROTA. TION ‘Screwdriver adjustment to align the trace with the horizontal araticule lines. Vertical Deflection System (Channel 1 & Channel 2) 7. POSITION Controls the vertical position of the: trace. In the X-¥ mode of opera tion, the Ch 2 control positions on the Y-axis (vertically) and tne Horizontal POSITION — contro! positions on the X-axis (horizon- tally) 8 cHIORX Input connector for Channel 1 dellection signals ar X-axis deflec- tion in the X-¥ mode of operation. 9. CH2ORY Input connector for Channel 2 deflection signals or ¥-axis detiec- tion in the X-¥ mode of operation. 10. VOLTS/DIV Selects vertical deflection factor in a 1-2-5 sequence (VAR control ‘must 62 in the calibrated detent tor the Indicated deflection factor, 11, VAR Provides continuously variable un- calibrated deflection factors between the calibrated settings of the VOLTS/DIV switch, 12 UNCAL Light indicates that the VAR can- trolis not in the calibrated position. 38. Input Coupling Selects the method of coupling signal to the input of the Vertical Amplifier, AG: Signal is capactively coupled to the Vertical Amplifier. Dc com- ponent of signal is blocked. Low- frequency limit (lower ~3 dB point) is about 10 hertz, GND: Input signal is removed and the input circuit is grounded. Does ot ground the input signal DC: All components of the inout signal are passed to the Vertical amplifier. REV A, JAN 1975CHANNEL 1 Operating Information—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) i © 13 OXO cnr B TRIGGERING ence ay os i @) jc Gi) =| €) = merowien = 36) * 24 9 20 2 REV A, JAN 1975 1361-23 Fig. 2-2. font and rear pane! cont 23Operating Information—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 14, 20 MHz BW/ TRIG VIEW 18. INVERT 16. VERT MODE A and B Triggering 17. COUPLING 24 Dual-purpose switch that, when pulled out, limits the bandwiath of the complete Vertical Deflection System to approximately 20 megahertz, or when pressed causes signal present in A Trigger Generator circult to be displayed on the CRT, Pushbutton switch that inverts the Channel 2 display, CH 1: Displays Channal 1 only. ALT: Dualetrace display of signals on both channels. Display is switched between channels at the end of each sweep. ADD: Signals applied to the CH 1 OR X and CH 2 OR Y connectors are algebraically added and the sum is displayed on the CRT. The INVERT switch in Channel 2aliows the display to be CH 1 + CH 2 or CH1=CH2, CHOP: Duzl-trace display of signals on both channels. Display igswitched between channels atan approximate repetition rate of 250 kilohertz (CH 2 OR X-Y: Displays Channel 2 only, Must be pushed when ‘operating in X-¥ mode. (both where applicable) Determines the method used to couple signal to input of trigger circuits AC: Rejects de and attenuates signals below about 60 hertz Accepts signals above about 60 hertz, LF REu: Rejects de and attenuates signals below about 50 kilohertz Accepts signals above about 50 kilohertz, HF RE¥: Accepts signals between 60 hertz and 50 kilohertz, Rejects de and attenuates all signals out- side the above range. De: Accepts all trigger signals from de to 100megahertz or greater. 18. 19, 20. ai SOURCE SLOPE LEVEL A TRIG MODE Selects source of trigger signal. NORM: Internal trigger signal ob- tained from Vertical Deflection System. Actual source is signal(s) displayed on rt. CH 4: A sample of the signal con- nected to the CH 1 OR X input connector is used as a trigger signal CH 2: A sample of the signal con- nected to the CH 2 OR Y input connector is used as a trigger signal EXT: Trigger signal is obtained from signal connected to the Ex- ternal Trigger Input connector. EXT 10 (A trigger circuit only): External trigger signal is attenuated by a factor of 10. STARTS AFTER DELAY (8 trig- ger clreult only): 8 sweep starts immediately after the delay time selected by the DELAY-TIME POSITION dial and the DELAY- TIME switch, LINE (A trigger circuit only): Trigger signal is obtained from a sample of the line voltage applied to the instrument Selects the slope of the trigger signal which starts the sweep. +: Sweep can be triggered from the positive-going portion of the trigger signal =: Sweep can be triggored trom the negative-going portion of the trigger signal Selects the amplitude point an the trigger signal at which the sweep is triggered: Determines the operating mode for the A Trigger Circuit. AUTO: With the proper trigger control settings, A Sweep can be initiated by signals thet have repetition rates above about 20 hertz and are within the fre- quency range selected by the @22, A TRIG HOLD- OFF 23. External Trigger 24. TRIG A and B Sweep 25, DELAY-TIME POSITION 26. AAND B TIME/DIV, REV A, JAN 1975 COUPLING switch. In the absence. of an adequate trigger signal or when the trigger controls are mis- adjusted, the sweep tree-runs to produce a reference trace. NORM: With the proper trigger control settings, A Sweep can be initiated by signals that are within the frequency range selected by the COUPLING switch. In the absence of an adequate trigger signal or when the trigger controls are misadjusted, there is no trace. SINGL SWP: After a sweep is dis played, further sweeps cannot be presented until the SINGL SWP pushbutton is pressed again. The display is triggered the same as for NORM operation using the A Triggering controls. Provides control of holdoft time between sweeps to obtain stable displays when triggering on aperiodic signals (such as com- plex digital words). Variable can increase holdoff time up to at least 10 times the holdoff time of the NORM position. In the B ENDS A position (fully clockwise), the A sweep Is reset at the end of the B sweep to provide the fastest possi- ble swoop repetition rate for delayed sweep presentations Input connectors for external trigger signals. Light that indicates A sweep is triggered Provides variable sweep delay between 0.20 and 10.20 times the dolay time indicated by the DELAY TIME switch, A TIME/DIV switch (clear plastic outer flange) selects the sweep rate of the A sweep circuit and selects the basic dolay time (to be multiplied by DELAY-TIME POSI- TION dial selting) for delayed- sweep operation. B TIME/DIV switch (inner dark knob) selects sweep rate of the B sweep circuit for delayed sweep operation only, VAR control must be in calibrated detent for calibrated A sweep rates. Operating Information—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 27. VAR 28. UNCAL 29, X10 MAG Indi- cator 30. READY 31, HORIZ DISPLAY 32. Horizontal 33, FINE 34, X10 MAG. Provides continuously variable A sweep rates between the cali- brated settings of the A TIME/DIV switch. The A sweep rate is, calibrated when the VAR control is fully clockwise into the calibrated detent, Light that indicates when the VAR TIME/DIV control is out of the calibrated detent and the horizon- tal swoop rate is uncalibrated. Light that indicates when the X10 MAG is turned on Light that indicates that A Sweep has been prepared to present a single sweep upon receipt of an adequate trigger signal Selects the horizontal made of operation. A: Horizontal deflection provided by A Sweep. 8 Sweep inoperative. MUX: The first part of the horizontal sweep Is displayed at a rate set by the A TIME/OIV switch and the latter part of the sweep at a rate set by the 8 TIME/DIV switch. Relative amounts of the display allocated to each of the two rates are deter- mined by the setting of the DELAY- TIME POSITION dial. A INTEN: Displayed sweep rate determined by the A TIME/DIV switch. An intensified portion appears on the display during the B sweep time. This switch position provides a check of the duration and. position of the 8 sweep (delayed sweep) with respect to the delaying sweep (A) B DLYD: Sweep rate determined by the B TIME/DIV switch with the delay time determined by the set- ting of the DELAY TIME (A TIME/DIV) switch and the DELAY- TIME POSITION dial. Positions the display horizontally, Provides fine horizontal position- ing, Increases the displayed sweep rate by a factor of 10.Operating Informal Calibrator and Power 95. CALIBRATOR — A combination current loop and square-wave voltage output de- vice. Provides a 30 milliampere square-wave current, 300 millivolt square-wave voltage signal with a repetition rate of approximately 1 kilohertz. 36. POWER Turns instrument power on and off, 37. LOW LINE Light that indicates the applied line voltage is below the lawer limit of the regulating range selected by the Regulating Range Selector assembly, Rear Panel 38. A+GATE Output connector providing a positive-going rectangular pulse coincident with the A sweep time. 38. B+GATE Output connector providing a positive-going rectangular pulse coincident with the 8 swoop time. 40. CH1VERT —— Qutput connector providing a sample of the signal applied to the CH 1 input connector 41. EXTZAXIS Input connector for intensity modulation of the ert display 42. Regulating Range Selector Selects the regulating range of the internal power supplies (low, medium, high; determined by specific line voltage applied to in- strument) OBTAINING BASIC DISPLAYS Introduction The following instructions will allow the operator who, is unfamiliar with the operation of the 485 to obtain the basic displays commonly used. Before proceeding with these instructions, preset the instrument controls as follows: Vertical Controls VERT MODE Switch cH4 VOLTS/DIV Switches Proper position deter- mined by amplitude of signal to be applied. 26 1n—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) VOLTS/DIV VAR Controls Calibrated detent Input Coupling Switches. AG. Vertical POSITION Controls Midrange 20 MHz BW Switch Not limited INVERT Switch Button out INTENSITY Control Fully counterclockwise FOCUS Control Midrange SCALE ILLUM Control Midrange ‘Trigger Controls (both A and B if applicable) SLOPE Switch 1 LEVEL Control 0 SOURCE Switch NoRM COUPLING Switch AC ‘TRIG MODE Swi AUTO. ATRIG HOLDOFF Control NORM Horizontal Sweep Controls TIME/DIV Switches Locked together at 1 ms ATIME/DIV VAR Calibrated detent HORIZ DISPLAY Switch A X10 MAG Switch Off (button out) POSITION Control Midrange Normal Sweep Display 1, Set the POWER switch to on (button out). Allow several minutes for instrument warmup. 2. Connect the external signal to the CH 1 input connector. 3. Advance the INTENSITY control until the display is, visible. If the display is not visible with the INTENSITY control at midrange, press the BEAM FINDER pushbutton and adjust the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch until the display is reduced in size vertically. Then, center the compressed display with the vertical and horizontal POSITION con- trols, and release the BEAM FINDER pushbutton. 4. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch and CH 1 POSI- TION control tor a display which remains in tne display area vertically. 5. Adjust the A Trigger LEVEL control for a stable display. 6, Set the A TIME/DIV switch and the horizontal POSITION control for a display which remains in the display atea horizontally.Magnified Sweep Display 1. Preset the instrument controls and follow steps 1 through 6 for obtaining a Normal Sweep Display. 2 Adjust the horizontal POSITION contralto move the area to be magnified to within the center graticule division of the ort (0.5 division on each side of the center vertical graticule line). If necessary, change the TIME/DIV switch setting so the complete area to be magnified is within the center division. 3. Set the X10 MAG switch to the on position (button in) and adjust the horizontal POSITION and FINE controls for precise positioning of the magnified display. Delayed Sweep Displays 1. Preset the instrument controls and follow steps 1 through 6 for obtaining a Normal Sweep Display. 2, Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to A INT and the B Trigger SOURCE switch to STARTS AFTER DELAY. 3. Pull out the 8 TIME/DIV switch knob and turn. clockwise so the intensified zone on the display is the desired length, Adjust the INTENSITY control to achieve the desired display brightness, 4, Adjust the DELAY-TIME POSITION dial to position the intensified zone to the portion of the display to be delayed 5, Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to 8 DLYD. The intensified zone on the display noted in step 3 is now being displayed in delay form, The delayed sweep rato is indicated by the dot on the B TIME/DIV switch knob. 6. For a delayed sweep display that will exhibit less jitter, set the 8 Trigger SOURCE switch to the same position as the A Trigger SOURCE switch and adjust the B Trigger LEVEL control for a stable display. Ifthe A Trigger Operating Information—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) SOURCE switch is in the LINE position, a sample of the line voltage will have tobe supplied to the B Trigger circuit through the B EXT trigger input with the B SOURCE switch in the EXT position Mixed Sweep Displays 1. Preset the instrument controls and follow steps 1 through 6 for obtaining a Normal Sweep Display. 2. Pull aut on the B TIME/DIV switch knob and turn clockwise to the desired sweep rate. Adjust the INTEN- SITY conirol to achieve the desired display for brightness, 9, Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to MIX. The CRT display now contains more than one time factor on the horizontal axis. The left portian of the display is at the A Time Base sweep rate and the right partis at the B Time Base sweep rate. The start of the B Time Base portion of the display can be changed by adjusting the DELAY-TIME POSITION control. X-Y Display 1. Preset the Instrument controls and turn the instru= ment power on. Allow several minutes for insturment warm-up, 2. Set the TIME/DIV switch to X-Y and the VERT MODE to CH 2. Apply the vertical signal to the CH 2 or Y Input connector and the horizontal signal to the CH 1 or X input connector. The CH 2 POSITION contro! will provide vertical positioning and the Horizontal POSITION control will provide horizontal positioning, 3. Advance the INTENSITY conirol until the display is, visible. If the display is not visible with the INTENSITY control at midrange, press the BEAM FINDER pushbutton and adjust the CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switches until the display Is reduced in size both vertically and horizon- tally. Then. center the compressed display with the CH 2 POSITION and horizontal POSITION controls, and release the BEAM FINDER pushbutton. Adjust the FOCUS control for a well-defined display. 27Section 3—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Introduction This section of the manual contains a description of the circuitry used in the 485 Oscilloscope. The description begins with a discussion of the instrument, using the basic block diagram shown in Fig. 3-1. Then, each circuit is described in detail using detailed block diagrams to show the interconnections between the stages in each major circuit and the relationship of the front panel controls to the individual stages. A complete block diagram is located in the Diagrams Section at the back of this manual. This block diagram shows the overall relationship betwoon all of the circuits. Complete schematics of each circuit are also given in the Diagrams Section. Refer to these diagrams throughoutthe following circuit description for electrical values and relationships. Digital Logic Digital logic techniques are used to perform many functions within this instrument. The function and opera- tion of the logic circuits are described using logic symbology and terminology. All logic functions are described using the positive logic convention. Positive logic sa system of notation where the mora positive of wo levels (Hi) is called the truo or 1 state; the more negative lovel {LO} is called the false or O state. The HI-LO method of notation is used in this logic description. The specific voltages which constitute a HI or LO state vary between individual devices. It should be noted that not all of the integrated circuit davices in this instrument are digital logic devices. The function of non-digital devices will be described in- dividually using operating waveforms or other techniques to illustrate their function REV A, JAN 1975 BLOCK DIAGRAM The following discussion is provided to aid In un- derstanding the overall concept of the 465 Oscilloscope before the individual circuits are discussed in detail. A basic block diagram of the 485 Oscilloscope is shown in Fig. 3-1. Only the basic interconnections between the Individual blocks are shown on this diagram. Each block represents a major circuit within the instrument, The number on each block refers to the complete circuit diagram, which is located at the rear of this manual, Signals to be displayed on the ort are applied to the CH 1 OR X and/or CH 2 OR Y connectors. The input signals are then amplified by the Preamp circuits. Each Preamp circuit includes separate vertical deflection factor, input coupling, balance, gain and variable attenuation controls. A trigger pickoff stage in each Vertical Preamp circuit supplies a sample of the channel signals to the Trigger Generator circuit. A sample of the Channel 1 signal s also supplied to the CH 1 VERT SIGNAL OUT connector on the instrument rear panel. In the X-Y mode of operation the Channel 1 signal is connected to the input of the Horizontal Amplifier circuit to provide the X-axis detlec- tion. The Channel 2 Vertical Preamp circuit contains an invert feature to invert the Channel 2 signal as displayed on the crt. The outputs of both Vertical Preamp circuits are connected to the Vertical Switching circuit. This circuit selects the channel(s) to be displayed. An output signal from this circuit is connected to the Z-Axis Amplifier circuit to blank out the witching transients between channels when in the chopped mode of operation. A trigger pickoff stage at the outputof the Vertical Switching circuit provides a sample of the displayed signals) to the Trigger Generator circuit ‘The output of the Vertical Switching circuit is con- nected to the Vertical Output Amplifier through the Delay Line, The Vertical Output Amplifier circuit provides the final amplification for the signal before it is connected to 31Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) > Sh g “o. Scan co [sas] g ". | ® © amen} [fossa o © LlssLy o nasa] : © © s at Fig. 3-1. Basic block diagram of the 465. the vertical deflection plates of the crt, This circuit includes part of the BEAM FINDER switch. This portion, when activated, limits vertical deflection to within the viewing area as an aid in locating off-screen displays. The A and 8 Trigger Generator circuits produce an ‘output pulse which initiates the sweep signal produced by the A or 8 Sweep Generator circuits. The input signal to the A and B Trigger Generator circuits can be individually selected from the Channel 1 signal, Channel 2 signal, the signal(s) displayed on the crt, a signa! connected to the ‘external trigger input connectors, or a sample of the line voltage applied to the instrument. Each trigger circuit contains level, slope, coupling and source controls. ‘The A Sweep Generator circuit, when initiated by theA, Trigger Generator circuit, produces a linear sawtooth output signal, the slope of which is controlled by the A TIME/DIV switch. The TRIG MODE switch controls the ‘operating mode of the A Trigger Generator circuit. In the AUTO position, the absence of an adequate trigger signal, 32 for about 100 milliseconds after the end of holdoft, causes an A Sweep start gate to be generated. In the NORM position, a harizontal sweep Is presented only when correctly triggered by an adequate trigger signal. Pushing the SINGL SWP pushbutton allows only one sweep to be initiated, The Z-Axis Logic circuit produces an unblanking gate signal to unblank the crt so that the display can be presented. This gate signal is coincident with the sawtooth produced by the A Sweep Genorator circuit. A gate signal which is also coincident with the sawtooth, is available at the A:+ GATE connector on the instrument rear panel. The Z-Axis Logic circuit also produces an alternate sync pulse, which is connected to the Vertical Switching circuit. This, pulse switches the display between channels at the end of each sweep when the VERT MODE switch is in the ALT position. The B Sweep Generator circuit is basically the same as, the A Sweep Generator circult. However, this circuit only produces a sawtooth output signal alter a delay time determined by the A TIME/DIV switch and the DELAY TIME POSITION dial. If the B Triggering SOURCE switch is set to the STARTS AFTER DELAY position, the SweepGenerator begins to produce the sweep immediately following the selected delay time. If the switch is in one of the remaining positions, the B Sweep Generator circuit doas not produce a sweep until it receives a trigger pulse occurring after the selected delay time, ‘The output of either the A or B Sweep Generator is amplified by the Horizontal Amplifier circuit to produce horizontal deflection for the crt, except in the fully counterclockwise (X-Y) position of the TIME/DIV switch, This circuit contains a 10X magnifier to increase thesweep rate 10 times in any A or B TIME/DIV switch position Other horizontal deflection signals can be connected to the horizontal amplifier by using the X-Y mode of opera- tion. When the TIME/DIV switch is set to X-Y, the X signal is connected to the Horizontal Amplifier circuit through the Channel 1 Vertical Preamp circult The Z-Axis Amplifier circuit determines thecrt intensity and blanking. The Z-Axis Amplifier circuit sums the current inputs from the INTENSITY control, Vertical ‘Switching circuit (chopped blanking), Z-Axis Logic circuit {unblanking) and the external Z-AXIS INPUT connector, The output levelof the Z-Axis Amplifier circuit controls the trace intensity through the CRT circuit. The CRT circuit Provides the voltages and contains thecontrolsnecessary for operation of the cathode-ray tube. Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) The Power Supply circuit provides the low voltage power necessary for operation of this instrument. This voltage is distributed to all of the circuits in the instrument. ‘The Calibrator circuit produces a square-wave output with accurate voltage and current amplitudes which can be used to check the calibration Of the instrument and the ‘compensation of proves. The CALIBRATOR current loop provides an accurate current source for calibration of current measuring probe systems. CHANNEL 1 PREAMP Introduction Input signals for vertical deflection on the ert can be connected to the CH 1 OR X input connector, In the X-Y mode of operation the input signal connected to the CH 1 OR X connector provides the horizontal (X axis) deflection (TIME/DIV switch set to X-Y, VERT MODE switch set to CH 2 OR X-Y). The Channel 1 Preamp circuit provides control of input coupling, vertical deflection factor, gain and de balance. Fig. 3-2 shows adetailed block diagram of the Channel 1 Preamp circuit. Aschematic of this circultis shown on Diagram 1 at the rear of the manual. arrettiatons mt et Swireins aise rat . oi ott, Site “gege vo * oree Foa2 sae GENERATORS Stag cise, REV A, JAN 1975 3-2, Detailed block diagram of the Channel 1 Preamplifier. 33Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Scale-Factor Switching Circuit The vertical detection factor for each channel is indicated by back-lighting the appropriate figures Im- printed on the flange of the VOLTS/DIV knab. When a Xt probe is connected to the CH 1 OR X input connector, the base lovel of transistor 0386 is determined by the voltage divider composed of R384, R383 and X10 display factor bulb DS382. Transistor 0386 Is biased into saturation and conducts current through the X1 indicator DS386. When 0386 conducts, the voltage level at its collector is very close to +5 volts. Therefore, there is insufficient bias at the base of Q382 to cause 0382 to conduct, and the X10 indicator S382 remains dark. When a X10 probe with a scale factor switching connector is attached to the CH 1 OR X input connector, the base of 0382 is retumed to ground through R381. This biases Q382 into saturation and conducts current through the X10 indicator light 1DS382, The collector level of (382 is vary near +5 volts; therefore insutticient bias exists at the base of Q386 to cause it to conduct. Since no current flows through 0386, ng current flows through DS386, and the Xt indicator remains dark Input Coupling Signals applied to the input connector can be ac coupled, de coupled, or internally disconnected from the input to the Vertical Input Amplifier circuits. When the Input Coupling switch $6 is set for de coupling, the input signal is coupled directly to the Input Attenuator stage. When ac coupled, the input signal passes through capacitor ©3. This capacitor prevents the de component of the signal from passing to the amplifer. In the GND position, SS opens the signal path and connects the input of the amplifier to ground. This provides a ground reference without the need to disconnect the applied signal from the input connector. Resistor R4, connected across the input coupling switch, allows C3 to be pre- charged in the GND position so that the trace remains on screen when switched to the AC position. Input Attenuator The effective overall deflection factor of each channel ‘of the 465 is determined by the appropriate VOLTS/DIV switch. The basic deflection factor of the Vertical Deflec- tion System is 5 millivolts/division of crt deflection. To achieve the detlection factor values indicated on the front panel, precision attenuators are switched into the circuit and the gain of the First Cascode Amplifier stage is changed (see Table 3-1 for when gain switching and/or attenuation occur} For the VOLTS/DIV switch positions above 20 mv, attenuators are switched into the circult, singly or in pairs, to holp produce thovertical deflection factors indicated on the front panel. These attenuators are frequency 34 TABLE 3-1 x10 Attenuator VOLTS/DIV Position Gain Switching x40 Attenuator ‘mV tomy 2Omv Omv x W x x 2v 3V Ww x 2v x 8v x x] | xe | x compensated voltage dividers. In addition to providing constant attenuation at all frequencies within the bandwidth of the instrument, the Input Attenuators are designed to maintain the same input characteristios (1 megonm times approximately 20 picofarads) for each setting of the VOLTS/DIV switch. Each attenuator con- tains an adjustable sories capacitor to provide correct attentuation at high frequencies and an adjustable shunt capacitor to provide correct input capacitance. NOTE Each attenuator is @ hybrid encapsulated plug-in assembly; therefore, replacement of individual com- ponents within the attenuator is not possible, Should detects occur, the attenuator must be replaced as a unit A discussion of Gain Switching appears in the section titled "First Cascode Amplifier " Source Follower The Channel 1 signal from the Input Attenuator is connected to the Source Follower through R16 and C16. Resistor R15 provides the input resistance for this stage Resistor R16 limits the current drive to the gate of Q20A, Diode CR18 protects the circuit by clamping the gate of Q20A at about —8.7 volts if a high amplitude negative- going signal is appliod to the CH t OR X input connector. Q208 is @ relatively constant current source for Q20A. REV. 8, APR, 1975First Cascode Amplifier ‘The paraphase amplifier composed of Q32 and Q36, ‘converts the single-ended input signal into @ push-pull ‘output signal. C33, C34 and CR34 optimize high frequen- ‘cy response through the amplifier stage. R37 and R38 Provide thermal balance for the amplifior. C37 and C38 minimize Miller effect through Q32 and O36, Step Attenuator Balance adjustment R25 adjusts for no baseline shift of a crt display when switching between adjacent positions of the VOLTS/DIV switen. The frequency response of an amplifier falls off as temperature increases due to the t, of the transistors involved. In parallol with C33, which provides adjustable high frequency peaking, is the series combination of C34~ (CRA. CR34 is a varicap. RT39 controls the reverse bias and hence the capacitance of C34. The field effect diode, R99, supplies a constant current to RT39. With a constant current through RT39 its resistance and hence the voltage across it decreases as temperature increases. This decreases the reverse bias on CR34 which increases its capacitance. The increased capacitance of CR34 adds to the capacitance of the high frequency peaking capacitor C33. This action provides temperature sensitive Peaking which partially offsets the high frequency loss due to increased ambient temperature. ‘The Common Base Amplifier composed of Q42 and 44 converts the input signal currents into output voltage signals across load resistors R44 and 45. Correct vertical deflection factors are obtained by using a combination of attenuation in the Input Attonuator and changing the gain of the first Cascode Amplifier. in all VOLTS/DIV switch positions that are decade multiples of 10 millivolts/divi- sion, R46 is switched in parallel with the collector toad resistors R44 and R45, which reduces the load resistanco and hence the stage gain by a factor of two. C47 and R47 provide adjustable high frequency compensation. In all VOLTS/DIV switch positions that are decade multiples of 20 millivolts/division, 49 is switched in parallel with the collector load resistors R44 and R45, which reduces the load resistance and hence the stage gain by a factor of four. C48 and R48 provide adjustable high frequency ‘compensation. Second Cascode Amplifier Transistors Q102-@122 and Q104-0124 constitute the Second Cascode Amplifier of the Ghannel 1 vertical preamplifier. Gain adjust R118 sets the overall gain of the Channel 1 Vertical Preamplifier by adjusting the signal current into the emitters of Q122 and Q124. The VAR control R142, when rotated out of the calibrated detent position, also adjusts the signal current into Q122 and 0124 to provide uncalibrated deflection factors between REV. 8, APR. 1975 Circuit Description—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) the calibrated settings of the VOLTS/DIV switch, Variable balance adjustment R120 adjusts for no baseline shitt of a crt display when rotating the VAR control. Position Centering adjustment A115 centers the range of control of the Channel 1 POSITION control. Third Cascode Amplifier 182 and Q134, in conjunction with Q304 and @308 in the Vertical Switching circuit, form the Third Cascode Amplifer. Thermistor RT131 (between the emitters of Q182 and @134) changes in value with changes in temperature. This varies the gain of the Third Cascode ‘Amplifier to compensate for changes in total amplifier gain that occur with variations in operating temperature. ‘The push-pull signals picked off in the emitters of Q132 and Q134 are converted to a single-ended signal by Q142 and Q148, This signal is amplitied by common-base amplifier stage 0152 and applied to the bases of emitter followers Q162 and Q164. Transistor Q164 provides the output signal to the CH 1 VERT SIGNAL OUT connector located on the rear panel. The output signal at the emitter of Q162 is used as the trigger signal source in the CH 1 Positions of the Trigger SOURCE switches and as the signal source for emitter follower Q168. Transistor Q168 provides the X-axis signal from the Channel 1 Preamplifier to the Horizontal Amplifier in the X-Y mode of operation R164, CRI65, CRI66 and CR167 protect the emitter circuit of Q164 in the event large voltage levels are accidentally connected to the CH 1 VERT SIGNAL OUT connector. R185 adjusts the dc level of the CH 1 trigger source signal. CHANNEL 2 PREAMP Introduction ‘The Channel 2 Preamp circuit is basically the same as tho Channel 1 Preamp. Only the spocific differences between the two circuits are described here. Portions of this circuit not described in the following description operate in the same manneras for the Channel 1 Preamp. Fig. 3-3 shows a detailed block diagram of the Channel 2 Preamp circuit. A schematic of this circuit Is shown on diagram 2 at the rear of this manual, Second Cascode Amplifier The Second Cascode Amplifier in Channel 2isbasical- ly the sameas the Second Cascode Amplifier in Channel 1 coxcept that Channel 2 INVERT switching takes place hore, For normal (non-inverted) display, +5 volts is connected to the bases of transistors Q222 and Q224 by INVERT switch $225. The voltage divider comprised of R225 and R226 applies approximately +2.5 volts to the bases of 35Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) se ea nour } TF cOUPLING voursioiy] ar A 1 i EAscooe H J snes SASS H vent] B53 0236 / 243 m8 GazonY Teo, arigNuarons| 13, Siocfes’ Sutra rnldoen, ATTEN ae oeNenavons BAL G82, 086, Ga02. om, er ‘ine Fig, 3-3. Detailed block diagram of the Channel 2 Preamplifier. 2226 and 228. Transistors 222 and 224 are biased on, (2226 and G228 are biased off, and the signal passes on to the output cascode amplifier stage. With the INVERT switch in the INVERT (button in) position, +5 volts is applied to the bases of 0226 and Q228. The voltage divider composed of R225 and R224 applies approximately +2.5 volts to the bases of Q222 and Q224, Transistors Q226 and (228 are now biased on and Q222 and Q224 are biased off The signal that was normally applied to the base of Q232is now applied to the base of 0234 through transistor 228, and the signal that was normally applied to the base of (234 is now applied to the base of Q232 through transistor 0226, Third Cascode Amplifier The Trigger Pickoff circuit provides a signal to emitter, follower Q262, which provides the trigger signal to the Trigger Generator circuits in the CH 2 positions of the SOURCE switches. VERTICAL SWITCHING Introduction The Vertical Switching Circuit determines whether the Channel 1 and/or Channel 2 signals are connected to the Vertical Output Amplifier circuit. In the alternate and 36 chopped modes of operation both channels are alternate- ly displayed on a shared time basis. Fig. 3-4 shows a detailed block diagram of the Vertical Switching circuit. A schematic of this circuit is shown an diagram 3 at the rear of this manual, Diode Gates ‘The Diode Gates, consisting of four diodes each, actas switches that allow elther of the Vertical Preamp output signals to be coupled to the Vertical Output Amplifier. ‘CR304, CRO5, CRIO7, and CR3OS control the Channel 1 output and CR814, C315, CR317 and CR318 control the Channel 2 output. These diodes are in turn controlled by the Switching Multivibrator for dual trace displays, or by the VERT MODE switch for single trace displays. Channel 1 Display Only. When the CH 1 pushbutton is, pressed, —8 volts is applied to the junction of CR315- ‘R317 in the Channel 2 Diode Gate thraugh R367 (see the simplified diagram in Fig. 3-5). This forward biases CR315 and CR317 and reverse biases CRS14 and CR318. Diodes (CR314 and CR818 block the Channel 2 signal so it cannot pass to the Delay Line Driver, At the same time, in the ‘Channel 1 Diode Gate, CR305 and CR307 are connected to +8 volts through R971. Diodes CR305 and CR307 are held reverse-biased while CR804 and CR908 are forward biased. Therefore, the Channel 1 signal passes to the Delay Line Driver. REV A, JAN 1975Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Taree NORM TRIGGER, jw 1 ES a Be Boom te * view Ea | rorampoe “acess ome 7 meus ee Fig. $4, Detailed block diagram Channel 2 Display Only. When the CH 2 pushbutton is, pressed, the above conditions fora Channel 1 display are reversed. The junction of CR305-CR307 is connected to— & volts through R976 and the junction of CR315-CR317 is connected to +6 volts through R361. The Channel 1 Diode Gate blocks the Channel 1 signal and the Channel2 Diode Gate allows the Channel 2 signal to pass to the Delay-Line Driver, Switching Multivibrator Alternate Trace Display. In this mode of operation, the Switching Multivibrator operates as a bistable mul- tivibrator. When the ALT pushbutton is pressed, —8 volts is applied to the emitter of Alternate Trace Switching Amplifier Q352 by the VERT MODE switch. Q352 is forward biased to supply current to the “on” Switching- Multivibrator transistor through R352 and CR368 or CR878, For example, if 0374 is conducting, current is supplied to Q374 through R352 and CR976. The current flow through collector resistor R371 drops the CR305- REV. 8, JUNE, 1975 of the Vertical Switching circuit R307 cathode level negative so that the Channel 1 Diode Gate is blocked as for Channel 2 only operation. The signal passes through the Channel 2 Diode Gate to the Delay-Line Driver. The alternate trace sync pulse from the A +Gatecircult, is differentiated by C351 and applied to the base of 352 At the end of A sweep the A +Gate steps negative, The resulting negative pulse momentarily turns off Q352. This turns off both 0364 and G374. When Q352 turns on again, after the alternate trace sync pulse, the charge on C368 determines whether Q364 or Q374 conducts. For example, when Q374 was conducting, C368 was charged positive ‘on the CRG7B side to the emitter level of Q374and negative ‘on the CR368 side toward the negative levelat the junction ‘of CR968 and CR367. This charge is stored while Q352 Is off and holds the emitter of @964 more negative than the emitter of Q374. During the time Q364 and Q374 are tured off, the voltages at their bases become ap- proximately equal. Now, when Q352 comes back on, the transistor with the most negative emitter conducts first, 37Circuit Description—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) SIGNAL IN FROM CHANNEL 1 VERTICAL ‘PREAMP SIGNAL IN FROM CHANNEL? VERTICAL, PREAMP R376 CHANNEL 1 DIODE GATE CHANNEL 2 DIODE GATE Fig. 3.5. Effect of Diode Gates on signal path (simplified Vertical Switching diagram). Conditions shown for CH 1 position of Vertical Mode switch, and the resulting negative movement at its collector holds the other transistor off. The conditions described previously are now reversed: the Channel 2 Diode Gate is reverse-biased and the Channel 2 signal passes through the Channel 1 Diode Gate. Chopped Mode Operation. When the CHOP pushbut- ton is pressed, the Switching Multivibrator free-runs at about a 250 kilohertz rate. The emitters of Q364 and Q374 are connected to —8 volts through A368, R378, and the primary of transformer T354, At the time of turn-on, one of the transistors begins to conduct; for example, Q374, The negative level at the collector of Q974 forward-biasos R305 and CASO? and back-biases CRIO4 and CR30S preventing the Channel 1 signal from reaching the Delay- Line Driver. Meanwhile, the Channel 2 Diode Gate passes the Channel 2 signal to the Delay-Line Driver. The frequency-determining components in the CHOP. mode are C268, R368, R370, and R378. The switching ac- tion occurs as follows: when Q374 is on, C368 attempts to ‘charge to —8 volts through R368. The emitter 38 of 0364 slowly goes toward —8 volts as C368 charges. The base of Q364 is held between —8 volts and the collector level of Q374 by voltage divider RB85-R374. When the emitter voltage of Q364 roaches a level slightly more negative than its base, Q364 conducts. Its collector level {goes negative and pulls the base of Q374 negative through Givider 354-975 to cut Q374 off. This switches the Diode Gate to connect the opposite channel to the Delay-Line Driver, Again, C368 begins to charge towards —8 volts but this time through R378. Tho emitter of Q374 slowly goes negative as C368 charges until Q374 turns on. Q364 is shut off and the cycle begins again. The Chop Blanking Amplifier Q358 provides an output pulse to the Z-Axis Amplifier circuit which blanks out the \ransistion betwoen the Channel 1 and the Channel 2 ‘races. When the Switching Multivibrator changes states, the voltage across 7354 momentarily increases. A negative pulse is applied to the base of Q968 to turn itoff, The width of the pulse at the base of @358 is determined by R956 and C356. Transistor 0358 is quickly driven into cutoff and the positive going output pulse, which is coincidentwith trace switching, is connected to the Z-Axis Amplifier circuit through R359. REV A, JAN 1975At ‘Added Mode Operation. When the ADD pushbutton is, pressed, the following occurs. 1. +8 volts is applied to the cathodes of CR305 and CR307 through R371. 2. ++5 volts is applied to the cathodes of CR315 and CR317 through A381 3, —8volts is applied to the junction of R821 and R322, The first two actions enable both of the Channel Diode Gates so that the signal applied to the Delay-Line Driveris the alegebraic sum of the Channel 1 and Channel 2 signals. The —8 volts applied to the R321 and R322 provides sufficient additional current to keep both diode gates turned on without altering the de levels associated with the Delay-Line Driver Delay-Line Driver The output from the Diode Gates is applied to the Delay-Line Driver composed of @322 and 0324. 0322and (0824 are connected as feedback amplifies with R325 and R27 providing feedback from the collector to the base of their respective transistors. A sample of the signal in the collector circuit of Q322 is used for triggering in the NORM mode of trigger operation. The BW limit switch 8938A connects 2 pi filter composed of C338, C339, L338, and L839 between the output signal inos of the Delay-Line Driver to reduce the upper —848 bandwidth limit of the Vertical Amplifier system to approximately 20 megahertz R35 and R336 provide reverse termination for the delay Jing. The TRIG VIEW switch $3388 connects the output of the Trigger View Amplifier to the input of the Delay Linein place of the Delay Line Driver. This allows viewing the trigger signal present in the A Trigger Generator circuit Reference Feedback Amplifier Reference Feedback Amplifier Q332 provides common mode voltage feedback from the Delay-Line Driver to allow the diode gates to be switched with a minimum amplitude switching signal. The emitter level of Q332 is connected to the junction of the Switching Multivibrator collector resistors, R371 and R361 through CR372 or R962, The collector level of the “on” Switching Multivibrator transistor is negative and either CR362 or CR372 Is forward biased. This clamps the cathode level of the forward biased shunt diodes in the applicable Diode: Gate about 0.5 volt more negative than the emitter level of 2332. The level at the emitter of 0332 follows the average voltage level at the emitters of the Delay-Line Driver. The REV.C, JUNE, 1975 Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) shunt diodes are clamped near their switching level and thorefore, can be switched very fast with @ minimum amplitude switching signal. This maintains about the same current through the Diode Gate shuntdiodessso they can be switched with a minimum amplitude switching signal regardless of the deflection signal at the anodes of the shunt diodes. Normal Trigger Pickoft Amplifier The trigger signal for NORM trigger operation is obtained from the collector of 0322, Normal Trigger DC Adjustment R340 sets the dc level of the normal trigger ‘output signal so the sweep is triggered at the level of the displayed signal when the Trigger Level control is set 00. 0344 and 0346 are connected asa feedback amplifier with the signal applied to the non-inverting input and the feedback connected betwesn the output and inverting input. VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER Introduction The Vertical Output Amplifier circuit provides the final amplification for the vertical deflection signal. Some instruments have a Vertical Output Amplifier using an Integrated circuit (IC version). Other instruments have a Vertical Output Amplifier using individual transistors (discrete version). See Adjustment Locations $a and 3b to identity the type of Vertical Output Amplifier boardin your instrument. This circult includes the Delay Line and part of the Beam Finder circuitry. Pushing the BEAM FINDER button compresses an overscanned display to within the viewing area, A schematic of the applicable Vertical Output Amplifier circuit is shown on diagram 4a or 4b at the rear of this manual Delay Line Delay Line DL839_ provides approximately 120 nanoseconds delay for the vertical signal to allow the ‘Sweep Generator circuits time to initiate a sweep before the vertical signal reaches the deflection plates of the crt, This allows the instrument to display the leading edge of the signal originating the triggor pulse when using internal triggering, Vertical Output Amplifier—Discrete Version The discrete Vertical Output Amplifier is a three-stage paraphase amplifier. The first stage consists of transistors Q4402, 04406, Q4412 and Q4416. The low-frequency ‘compensation network, a portion of the high-frequency 39Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) compensation network and the Vertical Output Centering adjustment are in this stage. The next stage consists of transistors Q4432, 04462, 04442 and Q4472 with a high frequency temperature compensation network consisting of thermistor RT4448, resistor R4453. varicap CR4434and capacitor C4444 plus the remaining portion of the high frequency compensation network. The first stage consists of transistors 4468, 04482, 04478 and Q4492 with again adjustment R446. Capacitors C4464 and C4474 are built Into the printed circuit board by lead and run capacitance. The BEAM FINDER switch, when pressed, limits the current to the emitters of transistors Q4492 and 4442, This reduces the gain of the total stage, limiting the display to the display area of the ort Vertical Output Amplifier-IC Version Ua40 is an integrated circuit amplifier that provides the final amplification for the vertical signal. R401 and Rat provide forward termination for the delay line. The ‘components connected between pins 2 and 4 of Udo provide delay-line compensation. Components con- nected between pins 14 and 15 and pins 7 and 8 of U440 provide thermal compensation for the stage. The BEAM FINDER switch, when pressed, reduces the dynamic swing capabilities of the stage, thereby limiting the display to within the display area of the crt. A AND B TRIGGER GENERATORS Introduction ‘The Trigger Generator circuits produce trigger pulses to start the Sweep Generator circuits, These trigger pulses are derived either from the internal trigger signal from the vertical deflection system, an external signal connected to the external trigger input connectors, or a sample of the line voltage applied to the instrument. Controls are provided in each circuit to select trigger level, slope. coupling, and source. Since the A and B Trigger Generator circuits are virtually the same, only the A Trigger Generator circuit action and the differences between the A and B Trigger Generator circuits are explained. A schematic of these circuits is shown on diagram 5 at the back of this manual. Trigger Source ‘The Trigger SOURCE switch S610 selects the source of the trigger signal. The sources available to the A Trigger Generator circuit are the signal(s) being displayed (NORM), Channel 1 (CH 1), Channel 2 (CH 2), LINE, and EXT. The EXT + 10 (A Trigger Circuit oniy) position provides 10 times attenuation for the external trigger signal. The B Trigger SOURCE switch does not have 3-10 LINE of an EXT = 10 position, but has a STARTS AFTER. DELAY position. In the LINE position, @ sample voltage at the power line frequency is obtained from the secondary ‘of power transformer 11501 in the Low Voltage Power Supply circuit. To prevent unwanted attenuation of the trigger signal by the low-frequency reject circuit, the Trigger COUPLING switch should not be in the LF REJ jon when using line voltage as a trigger source. Trigger Coupling ‘The Trigger COUPLING switches offer a means of accepting or rejecting certain components of the trigger signal. in the AG, LF REJ, and HF REJ positions, the de ‘component of the trigger signal is blocked by coupling capacitors C612 or C611. Frequency components below about 60 hertz are attenuated when AC or HF REJ coupled and below about 50 kilohertz when LF REJ coupled. The higher frequency components of the trigger signal are passed without attenuation. In the HF REJ position, the high frequency components of the trigger signal (above about 50 kilohertz) are attenuated, while the lower fre- ‘quency components are passed without attenuation. The dc position passes all signals from dc to at least 100 MHz, Input Source Follower Transistor Q622 is a FET source follower. It provides high input impedance (set primarily by R616) for the trigger signal and also provides isolation betweon the ‘Trigger Generator circuit and the trigger signal source. Diode CR617 provides input protection for 0622 if ex- cessively high-amplitude negative-going input signals are present. 0624 is a high-impedance, relatively constant, current source for Q622, and provides a measure of temperature compensation for 0622. Paraphase Amplifier Usé0 is a paraphase amplifier stage that converts the single-ended input from Source Follower Q622 into a push-pulf output applied to the tunnel diode driver stage. ‘Trigger Level Centering adjustment R635 sets the level at pins 14 and 15 of U640 so that the display is correctly triggered when the LEVEL contral is centered. The LEVEL control varies the level at pins 14 and 15 of U640 to select the point on a trigger signal where triggering occurs. The slope of the input signal that triggors the Sweep Gonerator circuit is determined by the setting of the SLOPE switch $630, When the SLOPE switch is set fo the + position, the output signal present at pin 8 of U640 is in phase with the input signal and the outputsignal at pin 9s, Inverted with respect to the input signal. When the SLOPE switch is set to the — position, the output signal at pin 8 is REV. 8, APR, 1975Inverted with respect to the input signal and the output signal at pin 9 is in phase with the input signal Tunnel Diode Driver (Q650 and Q652 are common-emitter amplifier stages that provide the signal currents necessary to switch the triggering tunnel diodes. CR@50 and CR652 are 47 milliamp tunnel diodes. Quiescently (j.o., after the sweop holdoff period has passed, but before triggering), CR650 and CR652 are biased into their low voltage states. 850 cannot provide sufficient current to switch CR850 to its high voltage stato. Q852, however, can provide sufficient current to bias CR6S2 into its high voltage state; when 652 next conducts triggering signal current, the anode of CRES2 steps positive to an approximately +0.5 volt level. Since only approximately 1 milliamp of currentis required to maintain CRG52 in its high voltage state, this makes approximately 3 milliamp of current additionally available with which to switch CR650 to its high voltage state, Thus, the next time Q650 conductsa signal current, CR850 steps to its high voltage state, sending a positive pulse to the logic circuit to initiate sweep action. A Trigger Sensitivity adjustment R655 adjusts the tunnel diode bias to proper level that will not allow CR&50 to be switched to its high voltage state until CR652 has been switched to its high voltage state. At the end of the sweep time and during holdoff, a negative level is applied to the anode of CRBE2, Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) thereby resetting both CR650 and CRES2 to their low voltage states. The reset level remains during holdott time to ensure that a sweep gating signal will not be generated until the sweep circuit has returned to its quiescent state. A AND B SWEEP GENERATORS Introduction The A and B Sweep Generators produce sawtooth voltages which are amplified by the Horizontal Amplifier circuit to provide horizontal deflection on the crt. These sawtooth voltages are produced on command (trigger pulses) from the Trigger Generator circuits. The Sweep Generator circuits also produce gate waveforms that are Used by the Z Axis Logic circuit to unblank the CRT during ‘sweep time, and by the Sweep Logic circuit to terminate ‘sweep generation. Fig.3-6 shows a detailed block diagram of the A Sweep Generator circuit. The B Sweep Generator Circuit is very similar to the A Sweep Generator; therefore only the differences in operation associated with the B ‘Sweop Generator will be discussed. A schematic of both circuits is shown on diagram 6 at the rear of this manual Logic MULTIVIBRATOR ‘a1or2 arora ‘SWEEP weer START START COMPARATOR Birt ‘AMPLIFIER aioo2a a8 s1iso J—> 2 SWEEP Z-Axis SIGNAL, [> a sweer Reser s1120 SWEEP START. GATE DIscoNNecT Aue ourpur SAWTOOTH ANP. OUTPUT, t038 TO HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER 1961-194 Fig, 3-6, Detailed block diagram of the A Sweep Genorator. REV. €, JUNE, 1975 311Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Disconnect Amplitier After holdoff, but before the next sweep, Disconnect Amplifier @1024 conducts current through 1024 and the timing resistor R,. This prevents timing current from changing the charge on C.. The positive-going sweep start ‘gate from Q864 turns off Q1024 and the timing circuit now begins to change the charge on Cy, Sawtooth Generator 27080 and ©1036 compose a Miller Integrator circuit When Q1024 turns off, C, begins to charge through R,, This causes the junction of C, and Ry, the gate of 1030, to begin to go more positive. As the gate of @1030 goes more positive, the source of Q1030 also starts to go more positive. This biases Q1038 on harder, and its collector moves in the negative direction (less positive). This couples back through Cand opposes the positive change at the gate of Q1030. The gate of Q1030 only changes: about 10 millivolts. Although C, tries to charge toward +V,, the action of the gate of Q1030 being held virtually constant and the collector of Q1036 going more negative results in the reduction of the charge on CG; itdischarges). Since the voltage at the gate of Q1030 remains constant, the voltage across R, remains constant. Since the voltage across R, remains constant, the current through Fi (the current being discharged from C,) also remains constant, The constant current being discharged from C; results ina linear ramp across it. The resultant output signal at the collector of 1036 appears as a negative going ramp tram +13 volts to +2 volts, When the ramp reaches +2 volts, 1012 sendsa pulse (see logic multivibrator) to U870 to initiate retrace. 01024 tums on and its collector goes more negative. This moves the gate of 01030 in the nogative direction, which causes the voltage on the base of Q1036 to go more negative, causing its collector to go more positive. C, now quickly charges to its quiescent state through Q1024. Output Buffer Amplifier The Output Buiter Amplifier is a common-base amplifier with the signal current-driven into the emitter. (t provides the output sawtooth current signal to the Horizontal Amplifier and provides a measure of isolation between the Sawtooth Generator and the Horizontal Amplifier. The HORIZ DISPLAY switch connects to this stage to control the A sawtooth output in the various horizontal modes of operation. In the A and A INTEN modes of operation, the A sweep signal passes through 1038 to the Horizontal Amplifier. However, in the MIX and B DLY'D modes, —8 volts is connected tozener diode VF11039 which sets the emitter of Q1038 to about —1.8 volts. This biases Q1038 off, proventing the A sawtooth signal from passing to the Horizontal Amplifier, 312 ‘Sweep Start Amplifier Just before the sweep starts to run down, the levels at tne bases oF 1002 A and B are approximatoly equal When the sweep starts to run down, the base of 10028 goes negative, which increases the forward bias on GAi004. This In turn decreases the forward bias on GR100%, which, very shortly after the stat of the swoop, bacomet reverse biased fo interrupt the currant through 10028. The circuit remains in this condition unt attor the sweep retrace is complete. When the circuit retums to quiescence, Q1002A again bagins to condict through A024, This sets the current through Q1024, which establishes the starting point for the sweep. The Sweep Start adjustment sets the base level of Q1002A, This level is also connected to the base of Q1082A in the B Sweep Generator except in the MIX mode of operation. This ensures that B sweep starts at the same levelas A Sweep. Logic Multivibrator Q1012 and Q1014 compose a multivibrator. At quiescence, Q1014 is conducting and Q1012 is tuned off. When the sweep starts to run, the negative-going ramp at the collector of Q1036 is coupled through the base of 910028 and CA1004 to the cathode of GR1011. When the collector of Q1036 reaches about +2 volts the cathode of CR1011 reaches about 4 volts. CR101 1 begins conducting and turns on Q1012 which then turns off Q1014. The resulting positive step at the collector of Q1012 is connected to pin 16 on U870 which initiates retrace and holdolf. The negative-going pulse at the collector of 1014 is applied to the A Sweep Z-Axis Logic Gate to blank the crt as soon as a sweep-end command is generated. B Sweep Generator Differences ‘There are thrae main differences between the A and B. ‘Sweep Generators. The B Sweep Output Buffer Amplifier is prevented trom passing the B Sweep signal to the Horizontal Amplifier in the A and AINTEN positions of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch. There is a transistor stage connected as a constant current source in the emitter circuit of Q1062A and B (needed during MIX mode operation). The Sweep Start Level connected to the base 0f Q1062A is not always a fixad de level. During Mix mode operation the A Sweep sawtooth signal is applied to the base af the Q1082A. Now, the de level at which the & Sweep Generator will start generating its sawtooth waveform is constantly being changed by the A Sweep sawtooth. The output waveform trom the B Sweep Generator takes the form of a composite sawtooth waveform, with the first and last parts occuring at a rate determined by the A Sweep Generatorand the middle part ‘occuring ata rate determined by the B Sweep Generator. REV. A, APR. 1975SWEEP AND Z AXIS LOGIC CIRCUIT Introduction The Sweep and Z-Axis Logic circuit derives the logic levels necessary to contro! the sequence of events associated with sweep generation and ertunblanking. The A+ and B+ gate signals are also gonarated in this circuit Positive logic terminologies and symbologies will bo used in the following explanation of circuit operation. A schematic of this circuit is shown on diagram 8 at the rear of this manual. See the waveforms adjacent to diagram 8 for logic levels and their time relationship to A sweep operation: A Sweep Gate 2862 and Q864 compose the A Sweep Gate circuit. ‘They form an emitter coupled stage where only one transistor can be conducting at any time, The input signal to the stage is the positive-going trigger signal from the A Trigger Fire tunnel diode in the A Trigger Generator circuit. The signal at the collector of Q862 is connected to the A Z-Axis Gate circuit to control crt blanking and to generate the A+ gate signal. The signal at the collector of (Q864 is connected to the emitter of the Sweep Disconnect Amplifier (21024) in the A Sweep Generator circuit to initiate A Sweep generation B Sweep Gate 812 and 0814 compose the B Sweep Gate circuit, ‘They also form an emitter-coupled stage whore only one transistor can be conducting at any time. The input signal to the stage is the positive-going trigger signal from the B Trigger Fire tunnel diode in the B Trigger Generator circuit. The signal at the collector of Q812 is connected to the B Z-Axis Gate circuit to control crt blanking and to genorate the B+ gate signal, The signal at the collector of 2814 is connected to the emitter of the Sweep Disconnect ‘Amplifier (21084) In the B Sweep Generator circuit to initiate B Sweop generation, Sweep Control integrated Circuit U870 is the Sweep Control integrated circuit. Several functions are performed in this stage, depending on the mode of operation of the instrument sweep generators. ‘The following is a brief explanation of the function associated with each pin of the IC. Pin 1. This is the positive Auto Sense input. The signal connected here comes from the A Trigger Fire tunnel diode. REV A, JAN 1975 Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Pin 2, Thisisa reference input to the Auto Sense circuit, A fixed de level established by R871 and R872 is con- nected here. Pin 3, This is the + auto gate terminal, In the AUTO mode of operation, if no trigger signals.are applied to pin 1 0f UB70 during the approximately 100 milliseconds follow- Ing the end of holdoft the gate level at pin 3 steps LO to turn Q864 on which initiates a sweep, Pin 4. Not used in this application. Pin 5. Input terminal for negative voltage supply. Pin 6. This is the auto gate timing terminal, R879 and €879 determine the amount of time between the end of holdoff and the generation of the auto gate. Pin 7. The output of this terminal lights the TRIG'D light when a triggered gato has occurred. Pin 8 This is the noldoff timing terminal. The RC. network connected to this terminal (selected by the TIME/OIV switch) determines the length of holdoff time. Pin 9. Ground terminal Pin 10. This is the Holdoff output terminal. The gate level present here is LO during swoop holdotf time and HI otherwise. Pin 11. The output of this terminal lights the READY light when operating in the single sweep mode. Pin 12. This is the single sweep mode terminal. When +8 volts is applied to this terminal the sweep operates in the single sweep mode; when the terminal Is left open or grounded the sweep operates in the repetitive mods. Pin 19. Not used in this application. 3.13Circuit Description—465 Ser e (SN B250000 & up) Pins 14 & 15, Single sweep reset terminals, Pushing the SINGL SWP button prepares the single sweep circuitry to respond to the next one triggering event. Also causes the READY light to come on. Pin 16. This is the holdoff start input terminal. The HI sweep reset gate pulse from the sweep generators is applied here to initiate sweep holdott. Pin 17. This is the sweep disable output terminal. The gate level at this terminal is HI during holdoff and LO otherwise. Pin 18. Swoop lockout input. +5 volts applied to this torminal disables all sweep action Pin 19, Auto mode terminal. Grounding this terminal enables auto sweep operation Pin 20. Input terminal for positive voltage supply. Holdoff Timing ‘A resistor and capacitor network connects to pin 8 of U870. Various resistor and capacitor combinations switch into the circuit depending on the setting of the A TIME/DIV switch. At sweep end, pin 8 of U870 is released and Cre starts charging. When the charge on Cs. causes pin 8 to reach about +4 volts, pin 17 goes HI and pin 8 steps back to LO. 11155 allows lengthening the time constant which increases holdoff time. A Sweep Holdoft Amplifier 0864 is the A Sweap Holdoff Amplifier. The holdott gate waveforms applied to the base of 854 through R858 ‘and C858 from pin 17 of U870. When 854 is turned off (during holdott timo), its collector is LO and CRES1 is forward biased, which resets both the Arm and Fire Trigger tunnel diodes in the A Trigger Generator. When (854 is turned on (any time other than holdotf time), its collector level is HI and CR8S1 is reversed biased. This, allows the trigger tunnel diodes in the A Trigger Generator to respond to the next adequate triggering signal. B Sweep Holdoff Amplifier Q804 js the B Sweep Holdotf Amplifier. Its circuit action is identical to that described for the A Sweep Holdoff 314 Amplitior except that there are three gate signal sources that control the state of tha stage. The three sources are the holdoff gate from pin 17 of UB7O (through CR859), the collector of 01082 in the Delay Pickoff Comparator, and the collector of Q822 in the B Latch Multivibrator through (CRE09). All three gate sources mustbe in their LO state for B Sweep to be triggerable; any one of the sources in its HI state will disable the B Trigger Generator tunnel diodes. B Sweep Latch 822 and Q828 compose the B Sweep Latch. Quiescently, (before either the A or B Sweeps have reached their maximum amplitudes) both transistors are off. Then, the sweep reset pulse from whichever sweep terminates first will be applied to the base of Q828 (A ‘Sweep reset through CR626; B Sweep reset through ‘ORB25). Tho positive-going reset pulse turns on Q828 and the negative-going movement at its collector turns on 822. The collector of Q822 in tum pulls upon the base of 2828, holding 0828 on, which causes the circuit tostay in its on or latched state. The HI at the collector of Q822 Is applied to the base of the B Sweep Holdoff Amplifier (through CR&0S) to disable the B Trigger tunnel diodes. In the B ENDS A position of the A TRIG HOLDOFF control the HI is also applied to the holdoft start input terminal of the Sweep Control integrated circult through C286. Thus, when B Sweep ends A Sweep ends also. ‘The B Latch Multivibrator is reset to its quiescent state, by the LO Holdoff level present at pin 10 of the Sweep Control integrated circuit during A Sweep holdotf A Sweep Z-Axis Gate 01304 and @1306 comprise the A Sweep Z-Axis Gato. They form an emitter-coupled stage where only one transistor can be conducting at any time. The controlling signal inputs come from the collector of @862 in the A ‘Sweep Gate, the blanking signal from Q1014 in the A ‘Sweep Generator, and Q824 in the B Latch Multivibrator (only in the MIX mode of operation). The blanking signal foruse in the Z-Axis Amplifieris taken from the collector of 1306 (through CR1342), The collector signal of Q1304is applied to the Ay gate Emitter Follower. In all positions of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch except for B DLY'D, —8 volts is connected to the anode of CR1308. This reverse biases CR1306, which allows the gate signal at the collector of Q1306 to pass through CR1342. In the B DLY'D position of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch, ~8 volts is no longer connected to CR1306. This allows CR1906 to be forward biased, which pulls up on the cathode of CR 1342, This reverse-biases CR1342, which blocks the A blanking signal from reaching the Z-Axis Amplifier. REV. B, JUNE, 1975Mt In all positions of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch except MIX, —8 volts is connected to the cathode of CR832. This keeps CR831 reverse biased and prevents the collector signal of 0824 from affecting the A Z-Axis Gate. However, in the MIX position of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch, —8 volts is no longer connected to CR832. Now, when the B Sweep ends and sets the B Sweep Latch circuit, the collector signal of Q824 (through CR@31) switches the A ‘Sweep Z-Axis Gate causing the crt display to becomplete- ly blanked. This prevents any further display of A Sweep in the MIX mode even though A Sweep may still be running, B Sweep Z-Axis Gate 01324 and 01326 compose the B Sweep Z-Axis Gate. They form an emitter-coupled stage where normally one transistor is on and the other is off, The controlling signal inputs come from the collector of Q812 in the B Sweep Gate and the blanking signal from Q1074 in the B Sweep Generator. The blanking signal for use in the Z-Axis Amplifier is taken from the collector of 01326 (through CR1944). The collector signal of Q1324 is applied to the B+ Gate Emitter follower. In the A position of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch, —8 volts is applied to the cathode of CR1347, which causes C1845 to be back biased. The collector of 1326 is pulled positive through R1326 and CR1326, which in turn back biases CR1344, preventing the B Sweep Z-Axis Gate from affecting ott unblanking. In the MIX and A INTEN positions of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch, —8 volts is removed from the cathode of CR1347 and applied to the anode of CR1326. This forward biases CR1345 and reverse biases CR 1926. Diode CR1344 fs still reverse biased, but when B Sweep starts, the collector of Q1326 steps negative enough to forward bias CR1344 and adda slight ‘amount of unblanking to the A Sweep unblanking already present. This provides a measure of intensification for the B Sweep portion of an A INTEN or MIX display. In the 8 DLY' position of the HORIZ DISPLAY switch, —8voltsis applied to the cathode of CR1347 and the anode of CR1926. This reverse biases both CR1G45 and CR1326, which allows the full 8 Sweep unblanking signal to pass through CR1344. The A Sweep Z-Axis Gate output diode (CR1342 is held reverse biased and the only unblanking signal present at the input to the X-Axis Amplifier will be the 8 Sweep signal. A+ Gate and B+ Gate Emitter Followers Q1314 and Q1334 are emitter followers providing the A+ GATE and the B1- GATE output signals available at the instrument rear panel. The output signals are positive- going rectangular waveforms, approximately 5.5 volts in amplitude. The amplitude is set in the collectors of 1304 and 1324. For example, when Q1304 is conducting the REV. A, APR, 1975 Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) base of Q1314 can gono morenegative than approximate- ly —07 volt (limited by CR1304). When Q1304 is not Conducting, the base of Q1814 rises to the decoupled +5 volts power supply level through R1304, Diodes CR1315, CR1316, CR1335, and CR1366 provide protection against ‘accidental application of damaging voltage levels to the A+ GATE and B+ GATE output connectors, HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER Introduction ‘The Horizontal Amplifier circuit provides the output signals to the crt horizontal deflection plates. The signal applied to the input of the Horizontal Amplifier is deter- mined by the TIME/DIV switch and the HORIZ DISPLAY switch. The signal can come from either the sweep generators within the instrument or some external signal applied to the CH 1 OR X input connector (X-Y mode of operation). The Horizontal Amplifier also contains the X10 magnifier, horizontal positioning, and some beam finder circuitry. Fig. 3-7 shows a detailed block diagram of the Horizontal Amplifier circuit, A schematic of this clrcult is shown on diagram 9 al the rear of this manaual, X-Axis Amplifier In all positions of the TIME/DIV switches except X-Y, the input signal to the base of Q1224 will be sawtooth ‘waveforms from the sweep generators. In the X-Y mode however, the sweeps are disabled and the signal apy 1224 comes from the Channel 1 Preamp via the X-Axis Amplifier. This stage includes Q1214, Q1218 and their associated circuitry, Q1214is connected as a feedback amplifier with R1214 as the foedback element. The input resistance is made up of R1211 and the gain-setting adjustment of R1215. When not operating in the X-Y mode, the base of Q1214 rises toward the +15 volt supply butis clamped atapproximate- ly +87 voltsby CR1218.and R1218. This reverse biases the base-emitter junction of Q1214. The base of Q1218 also rises to approximately +5.7 volts. With the junction of F21202-R1219 at approximately 0 volt, 01218 is also biased off. When the TIME/DIV switches are set to the X-Y position. (fully counterclockwise), —8 volts is applied to the junction of R1212 and R1217. Also, +6 volts is applied to the emitter circuit of Q1218 through CR1202. This biases the Z-Axis Amplifier circuit into conduction. At the same time, +5 volts is applied to the Channel 1 Scale-Factor 3-15Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Bry 1239 sawroorH Siawat From sweep Sewenarons rosmon] | mrzoea n1zos 72078 1209 2088 DEFLECTION Siowat a | Fig. 3-7, Detailed block diagram of the Horizontal Amplifier. Switching Amplifier circuit (through CR1201) and to pin 18 of the Sweep Control integrated circuit U870. This enables both scale-factor indicating circuits at the same time and disables sweep generation. Input Paraphase Amplifier 1224 and 1234 compose the Input Paraphase Amplifier. This is an emitter-coupled amplifier stage that converts the single-ended input signal to @ push-pull output signal. The signal at the collector of Q1224 is opposite in phase to the input signal, The signal at the collector of Q1234 is in phase with the input signal. Thermistor RT1230 reduces in value with increases in ambient temperature to increase the gain of the stage. ‘This compensates for slight changes in amplifier gain that occur as operating temperatures vary. R1205A and 12058 are the Horizontal POSITION and FINE controls, respectively. The FINE control has approximately one tenth the range of the POSITION control and provides fine adjusment of a magnitied display. Gain Setting Amplifier 21226 and 1296 are an emitter coupled push-pull amplifier stage. Q1244 is a constant current supply for the stage. The gain of the Horizontal Amplifier is controlled by adjusting the resistance connected between the emitters 3-16 of this stage. The x1 Gain adjustment 1237 adjusts unmagnified horizontal gain and the X10 Gain adjustment 1238 adjusts magnified horizontal gain. Magnifier Registration adjustment f11225 balances quiescent dc current in Q1226 and Q1236 so that a center screen display does not change position when the X10 magnifior is turned on When the BEAM FINDER pushbutton ispressed, R1249 is connected to ground. This reduces the current supplied through Q1244, which has the effect of shifting the operating level at the collector of 1244 in the positive direction. This causes the point at which the Horizontal Amplifier limits to decrease, thereby ensuring that an overscanned display will remain within the viewing area of the crt. Output Amplifier The push-pull signal from the Gain Setting Amplifier is connected to the Output Amplifier through CR1253 and CR1273, Each half of the Output Amplifier can be considered as a singlo-ended feedback amplifier, which amplifies the signal current at the input 10 produce a voltage output to drive the horizontal deftection plates of the crt. The amplifiers have a low input impedance and require very little voltage change at the input to produce the desired output voltage change. The Output Amplifiers REV A, JAN 1975are limited from overdrive by CR1251, CR1252, CR1253, and CR1273. The input diodes CR1253 and CR1273 become back-biased when the signal level at either input becomes too positive, and the diodes connected back to back between the two signal paths ensure that the signal amplitude side to side will be limited to a maximum of about 0.7 volt Transistors @1254 and Q1274 are inverting amplitior stages whose collector signals drive the emitters of complementary amplifiers Q1282-01268 and Q1262- 1286 respoctively. C1256, C1262, and C1282 provide a signal path for fast ac signal current from one side of the amplifier to the other. R1260-R1261 and A1280-R1261 are the feedback elements in the amplifier with C1261 and (C1281 providing high-frequency compensation. The out- put signal from 01262-01266 drives the right crt deflec- tion plate, while the signal from (1282-01286 drives the left CRT CIRCUIT Introduction The CRT circuit provides the voltage levels and control circuits necessary for operation of the cathode-ray tube Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) (crt). Fig. 3-8 shows a detailed black diagram of the CRT circuit, A schematic of this circuit is shown on diagram 10 at the rear of this manual High-Voltage Oscillator Q1418 and associated circuitry compose the high- voltage oscillator that produces the drive for high-voltage transformer T1420. When tho instrument is turned on, current through Q1418 provides forward bias for 1418. Transistor Q1418 conducts and its collector current increases, which develops a voltage across the collector winging of T1420. This produces a corresponding voltage increase in the feedback winding of 71420, which is connected to the base of 1418, and Q1418 conducts even harder. Eventually the rate of collector current increase in 1418 becomes less than that required to maintain the voltage across the collector winding, and the output voltage drops. This turns off Q1418 by way of the feedback voltage to the base. The voltage waveform at the collector of Q1418 is a sine wave of the resonant frequeney of 71420. Q1418 remains off while the field collapses in tho primary of T1420. When the field is collapsed sufficiently, the base of Q1418 becomes forward biased into conduc- tion again and the cycle begins anew. The amplitude of . 1 | R139 t cum | | Fig. 3-8. Detailed block diagram of the CRT and Z-Axis circuits REV.B, JUNE, 1975 317Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) substained oscillation depends upon the average current delivered to the base of Q1418, The frequency of oscilla~ tion is approximately 50 kilohertz. Fuse 1419 protects the unregulated +15 volt supply in the event the High-Voltage Oscillator stage becomes shorted. C1419 and L1419 decouple the unregulated +15 volt supply and prevent the current changes present in the circuit from affecting the +15 volt regulator. High-Voltage Regulator Feedback from the crt cathode —2460 volt supply is. applied to the base of Q1404 through R1431D. Any change In the level at the base of Q1404 producesan errarsignalat the collector of Q1404, which is amplified by @1408 and Q1416 and applied to the base of Q1418 through the foodback winding of T1420, Regulation occurs as follows. If the output voltage at the —2450 volt test point starts to go positive (less negative), this positive-going change is applied to the base of Q1404. 01404 conducts harder, which in turn causes Q1408 and Q1416 to conduct harder. This results in greater bias current to the base of Q1418 through the feedback winding of T1420, Now, Q1418 Is biased closer to its conduction level so that it comes into conduction sooner to produce a larger induced voltage in the secondary of T1420. This increased voltage appears as a more negative voltage at the —2450 volt test point to correct the original positive-going change. By sampling the output from the ert cathode supply in this manner, the total output of the High-Voltage Supply is held relatively constant, The output voltage level of the High-Voltage Supply is controlled by the High Voltage Adjustment R1400 in the base circult of Q1404. This adjustment sets the conduc tion of 1404 to a level that establishes a —2450 volt ‘operating potential at the crt cathode 01413 and Q1414 compose an overvoltage protection circuit. If the crt cathode supply approaches approximate- ly —3000 volts, the voltage levelat the emitter of 1416 will be very close to —6 volts. Normally Q1413 and Q1414 are biased off and do not conduct. When the voltage level at the emitter of Q1416 reaches approximately —6 volts, Q1413 is biased into conduction which in turn biases Q1414 on, Q1414 now starts to tum off Q1416. This reduces the base drive to Q1418 and prevents the amplitude of oscillations from increasing. This prevents the ort cathode supply from going more negative than approximately 000 volts. 3.18 High-Voltage Rectifiers and Output ‘The high-voltage transformer T1420 has two output windings. One winding provides heater voltage for the cathode-ray tube, The heater voltage can be supplied trom the High-Voltage Supply, since the cathode-ray tube has a very low heater current drain. The cathode and heater of the crt are connected together to clevate the heater and prevent cathade-to-heater breakdown. One high-voltage Winding provides both the negative cathode potential and the positive anode accelerating voltage. The crt grid bias voltage is derived by a dc restorer circult that uses a sample of the signal in the high-voltage winding in Conjunction with dc levels supplied by the Z-Axis Amplifier and the negative cathode potential. ‘The positive accelerating potential is supplied by High Voltage Multiplier, U1432. Regulated output voltage is approximately +15,600 voli, The negative cathode poten- tial is supplied by half-wave rectifier CR1241. Voltage output is 2450 volts. Voltage variations in this supply are monitored by the High-Voltage Regulator circuit to provide a regulated high-voltage output CRT Control Circuits Focus of the rt display is controlled by FOCUS control 711430. ASTIG adjustment R1445, which is used in con- junction with the FOCUS control to provide a well-defined display. varies the positive level on the astigmatism grid, Geometry adjustment R1442 varies the positive level on the horizontal deflection plate shields to control the overall geometry of the display. Two adjustments control the trace alignment by vary- ing the magnetic field around the crt, Y-Axis adjustment 1446 controls the current through L1446, which affects the crt beam after vertical deflection, but before horizontal deflection. Therefore, it affects only the vertical (Y) components of the display. TRACE ROTATION adjust- ment 1440 controls the current through 11440 and affects both vertical and horizontal rotation of the beam. Z-Axis Amplifier The Z-Axis Amplifier circuit controls the ort intensity level from several inputs. The effect of these input signals Is to either increase or decrease the trace intensity, or to completely blank portions of the display. The input transistor Q1466 is a ourrent-driven, low input impedance amplifier. it provides termination for the input signals as well as isolation between the input signals and the following stages, The current signals from the various REV A, JAN 1975control sources as connected to the emitter of 01486 and the algebraic sum of the signals determines the collector conduction level. 01472, Q1474, and Q1478 compose a feedback amplifier stage; R1468 and R1469 are the feedback elements, C1462 and C1471 provide high frequency ‘compensation. Q1472 Is an emitter follower providing drive to complementary amplifier Q1474-1478. Diodes CR1468, CR1472, and CR1476 provide protection in the event of high-voltage arcing, In the .1 5, 2s, 5 s,and X-¥ positions of the TIME/DIV switch, +5 volts is connected to the anode of CR1463. This limits the effective range of the INTENSITY control to Feduce the unblanking capabilities of the amplifior, thereby reducing the possibility of inadvertently burning the ort phosphor. When the BEAM FINDER pushbutton is pressed, two things occur: First, +18 volts is applied to the anode of CR1485 which lifts the emitter of Q1466 sufficiently Positive to ensure there will be no conduction through Q1486. Secondly, R1470 becomes connected to —8 volts through 1477 which establishes a fixed predetermined unblanking level at the output of the amplifier. Thus, the INTENSITY control and all of the input unblanking signals have no control over the intensity level of the crt display when the BEAM FINDER pushbutton is pressed DC Restorer Circuit 01488, 61487, CR1483, CR1487, CR1488, and R1436 form a de restorer circuit. All dc levels in this circuit are referenced to the negative potential of the crt cathode. The voltage difference across 1486 approximately equals the voltage swing present at the junction of CR1482 and CR1483. The control grid end of 1486 is more negative than the end connected to CR1488. The amplitude of the voltage swings presont at the junction of CR1482 and R148 is determined by the voltage levels established by the Z-Axis Amplifier and the CRT Bias adjust circ CALIBRATOR Introduction The Calibrator circuit produces a square-wave output, signal with accurate voltage and current amplitudes. This output is available as a voltage or current at the Circuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) CALIBRATOR MULTIVIBRATOR 101590, ars94 CALIBRATOR (FRONT PANEL, PROBE LOOP) 1599 1061-14 Fig. 3-8. Detailed block diagram of the Calibrator clrcult. CALIBRATOR current loop on the instrument front panel. Fig. 3-9 shows a detailed block diagram of the Calibrator circuit. A schematic of this current is shown on diagram 11 at the back of this manual Multivibrator 1890 and @1594 along with their associated circuitry ‘compose an astable multivibrator. The basic frequency of the multivibrator is approximately 1 kilohertz and is essentially determined by the resistor and capacitor combination” of C1892, R1591, and 1893. Transistors 1880 and Q1894 altemately conduct, producing a square-wave output signal, which is taken from the collector of 01884. The amplitude of the square wave is limited in the negative direction by the base-emitter junction of Q1598 and in the positive direction by CR1596. Output Amplifier The output signal from the Multivibrator overdrives ‘Output Amplifier Q1598 to produce an accurate square wave at the output. When the base of 01598 goes positive, (01598 is cut off and tho collector level drops to ground When the base goes negative Q1598 is biased into saturation and the collector of 01598 rises positive to about +5 volts. Amplitude adjustment R'1897 adjusts the resistance between the collector of Q1598 and ground to determine the amount of current allowed to flow, which in turn determines the voltage developed across R199. 319Circuit Description—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) A TRIGGER VIEW AMPLIFIER Introduction The A Trigger View Amplifier circuit amplifies a sample of the signal presentin the A Trigger Generator circuitand asses it on to the Vertical Output Amplifier for display on the crt when the TRIG VIEW pushbutton is pressed. This provides a method of making a quick and convenient check of the signal being used to trigger the A Sweep Generator and is intended primarily to be used to check the signal applied to the A EXTERNAL TRIGGER INPUT connector. Fig. 3-10 shows a detailed block diagram of the A Trigger View Amplifier circuit. A schematic of this circult is shown on diagram 11 at the back of this manual, 83388 TRIGGER SIGNAL, FROM ATRIGGER GENERATOR Fig. 3-10. Detailed block diagram of the Trigger View Amplifier. Amplifier The amplificr consists of two emitter-coupled push- pull amplifier stages. The emitter source voltage for Q672 ‘and 0682 is switched on and off by the TRIG VIEW push- button, With the TRIG VIEW pushbutton not pressed, the emitters of Q672 and Q682 are returned to —8 volts through R691. This reverse-biases the base-emitter junc tions of the transistors, preventing any loading of the A Trigger Generator circuit. When the TRIG VIEW push- buiton is pressed, the emitters of Q672 and Q682 are returned to +15 volts through R690. This forward biases (672 and Q882 to allow signal amplification. R675 adjusts for correct de balanes in the circuit. Normally, the outputof the Vertical Switching Amplifier is applied to the input of the Delay Line. When the TRIG VIEW pushbutton is pressed, the signal from the Vertical Switching Amplifier is removed and the output from the A Trigger View Amplifier is applied in its place. 3:20 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Introduction The Low-Voltage Power Supply circuit provides the operating power for this instrument ftom five regulated supplies and one unregulated supply. Electronic requla~ tion is used to provide stable, low-ripple output voltages. Fig. 3-11 shows a detailed block diagram of the Power Supply circuit. A schematic of this circult is shown on diagram 12 at the back of this manual Power Input Power is applied to the primary of transformer T1501 through Line Fuse F1501, POWER switch $1501, Thermal Cutout1502, Line Voltage Selector switch $1503, and the Regulating Range Selector Assembly. Line Voltage Selec- tor switch $1503 connects the split primaries of T1801 in parallel for 116 volt nominal operation, or in series for 230 volt nominal -operation. Line Fuse F101 should be changed to the correct value to provide the correct protection for each nominal tine voltage. Use.a 1.5 ampere fast blow fuse for 116 volt operation or a0.76 ampere fast blow fuse for 230 volt operation. The vacant windings between pins 10, 11 and 12 of 1801 are intended for use with the optional Inverter Circuit Board (Option 7). This allows the instrument to be operated from an external de power source or an 1106 Power Supply. Secondary Circuit The -8 volt, +5 volt, +15 volt, and 4-55 volt supplies are series-regulated supplies. U1824A and 8 and U1554A and B aro 2 channel high-gain amplifier colls with differential inputs. These amplifiers monitor voltage variations in the ‘output voltages and supply correction signals to theseries regulating transistors. Current limiting circuits provide short circuit protec- tion for each of the regulated supplies. The following discusses the +85 volt current limit circuit, The other current limiting circuits work in a similar manner. In the +55 volt supply Q1536 is normally biased off, Under normal conditions the base of Q1536 sets at about +55 volts. As supply current increases the voltage drop across Fi1534 increases. This increasing voltage is coupled through the base of 01834 to the voltage divider eCircuit Description—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) lvotAGe — sisot rowen REGULATING RANGE vrisis ehiete sev |_| "oats ce mies Feepance 715, Ave senies | Prev) Oeaes, REGULATOR 5 tee ‘ore rectiPier UNREGULATED 20¥) coniste rise SERIES * Otnaca, ae crore 8% BY tesa, + atsae, t Cr LINE TRICK ‘SIGNAL a a ry REGULATOR ‘arse |» > sv RECTIFIER REV A, JAN 1975 Fig. 3-11. Detailed block diagram of the Low Voltage Power Supply. 321Circuit Description—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) composed of R1932 and 11583 which causes the base of 91596 to go more positive. When the supply current increases sufticiently 1536 turns on. The collector of Q1536 moves in tho negative direction which begins tuming off Q1532 and Q1534. Transistor Q1534 must Continue conducting some current when the supply is limited, in order to drop enough voltage across R1934 to keep 01596 biased on. The supply output voltage can be any value between its regulated value and 0 volt, depen- ‘ding on the toad itis trying to supply (see Fig. 3-12), The limiting transistors for the other supplies aro: lsv anes “Sv Qtss8 “av aise ov Gisie cow NORMAL! ofenariNe pel cress wov conbucTing nov ov Ve 70 00 goo 400 Ma saoxa7 oxo cunnent Fig. 9-12. Foldover circuit action. 3:22 3-12 shows the action of the current imit (foldover) circuit. 01886 begins conducting at point A. At point B the supply is directly shorted to ground through a current meter ©1510, C1511, and 1511 compose a wavo-shaping circuit that provides a sample of the ac voltage presentin the secondary of T1501 to the trigger circuitry for use in the LINE positions of the Trigger SOURCE switches. CR1512 provides a relatively fast discharge path for C1542 ‘when instrument power is tured off FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT The fan motor used in the 465 is a brushless dc fan motor using Hall Effect devices. The fan motor circuitry varies the rotational speed of the fan with variations in operating temperature. When the ambient temperature increases, the value of thermistor RT 1696 reduces. This biases Q1698 on harder to conduct more current through the Hall devices. Higher currents through the Hall devices causes the potential difference across them (for instance, between pins 6 and 8 of the fan) to increase. This potential difference biases one of a pair of transistors on and the other off. For instance, if pin Bis more positive than pin Gof the fan, Q1690A will be on and Q1680D will be off. The higher the potential difference between pin 8and pin6 the harder the on transistor will be conducting. Theharder the transistor is conducting, the faster the fan rotates. REV A, JAN 1975Section 4—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) MAINTENANCE Introduction This section of the manual contains information forse in preventive maintenance, troubleshooting and correc- tive maintenance. Cabinet Removal WARNING ) Dangerous potentials exist at several points throughout this instrument, When the instrument is operated with the cover removed, do not touch exposed connections or components. Some tran- sistors may have elevated cases, Disconnect power belore cleaning the instrument or replacing parts, ‘The instrument wrap-around cabinet can be removed in the following manner: 1. Install the front panel cover and set the instrument face on a flat surface 2, Unwrap the power cord from the instrument feet. 3. Remove the 6 screws indicated in Fig. 4-1 and remove the instrument feat and rear ring assembly from the instrument. 4. Lift the wrap-around cabinet up until the cabinet is separated from the oscilloscope. 161-21 Fig. 4-1. Removing the wrap around cabinet. REV A, JAN 1975 To replace the instrument in its wrap-around cabinet reverse the removal procedure. The portable wrap-around cabinet should be installed with the carrying handle pivot points positioned toward the bottom of the instrument. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Introduction Proventive maintenance consists primarily of cleaning and visual inspection. When performed ona regular basis preventive maintenance can prevent instrument breakdown and ensure the reliability of this instrument. The severity of the environment to which the 465 is subjected will determine the frequency of maintenance. A convenient time to perform preventive maintenance is ust Prior to recalibration of the instrument, Cleaning The cabinet provides protection against dust in the interior of the instrument, Operation without the cabinetin Place necessitates more frequent cleaning. The front cover provides a measure of dust protection for the front Panel and the crt face. The front cover should be installed ‘when storing or transporting the instrument. Interior. Accumulation of dust and dirt should be removed as often as operating conditions require. Dirtcan cause overheating and component breakdown, Dirt on components acts as an insulating blanket and prevents efficient heat dissipation. It also provides an electrical conduction path which can result in instrument failure especially under high humidity conditions, The best way to clean the interior is to blow off the accumulated dust with diy, low-pressure air (approximately 9 Ib/in’), Remove any dirt which remains with asoft brush or acloth dampened with a mild detergent and water solution. A cotton-tipped applicator is useful for cleaning in narrow spaces or for cleaning ceramic terminal strips and cirouit boards } 3 ) CAUTION Avoid the use of chomicel cleaning agents which ‘might damage the plastics used in this instrument. Do not use chemicals which contain acetone, benzene, toluene, xylene, petroleum ether, white kerosene, carbon totracholoride, methylene chloride, trichloroethane, tricholoretrifluoroethane ({reon 113, «If ta, +0, sme) and trichlorethyleno. Recommended cleaning agants aro isopropyl alcohol, kelite (1 part kette, 20 parts water), and a solution of 1% mild detergent and 99% water. In tho absence of these cleaners it is safe to uso ethyt alcoho! (methanol) a1Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Most spray circuit coolants contain freon 12 as a propellant. Because many freons adversely affect switch contacts, check the contents and brand name before using # spray coolant. Use the following brand names for an acceptable coolant: Artic Freeze, Quik-Freeze, and Can-O-Gas. Do not use Zero Mist brand of circuit coolant. The only recommended circuit cootants are dry ice (COs) or ‘sopropy! alcohol. Switch Contacts. Most of the switching in the 485 is accomplished with circuit-board mounted, cam-actualed contacts. Gare must be exercised to preserve the high- frequency characteristics of these switches. Seldom is switch maintenance necessary, but if it is required, observe the following precautions. Cleaning the switch contacts should only be done using isopropy! alcohol, especially in the area of the vertical attenuator boards, Carbon-based solvents will damage the polyphenylene oxide boards used for the attenuators. Apply the isopropyl alcohol with a camel hair brush. Do not use cotton swabs as they tend to snag on contacts, possibly causing damage, and hold strands of cotton, causing intermittent electrical contact. Exterior. Loose dust accumulated on the outside of the oscilloscope can be removed with a soft cloth or small paint brush. The paint brush is particularly useful for dislodging dirt on and around the front-panel controls. Dirt which remains can be removed with a soft cloth dampened in a mild solution of detergent and water Abrasive cleaners should not be used. CRT. Two plastic light filters, one blue and one clear, are provided with the oscilloscope. Clean the light fitter and the crt face with a soft lint-free cloth dampened with denatured alcohol or a mild water and detergent solution. The optional crt mesh filter can be cleaned in the following 1. Hold the filter in a vertical position and brush lightly with a number 7 soft watercolor brush to remove light coatings of dust and lint. 2. Greasy residues or dried-on dirt can be removed with a solution of warm water and a neutral pH liquid detergent. Use the brush to lightly scrub the filter. 3. Rinse the filter thoroughly in clean water and allow to air dry. 42 4, Hany lintor dirt remains, use clean low-pressure air (approximately $ Ib/in’) to romove. Donotuse tweezers or other hard cleaning tools on the filter as the special finish may be damaged. 5. When not in use, store the mesh filter in a lint-free dust-proof container such as a plastic bag. Air Filter. The air filter should be visually checked every few weeks and cleaned or replaced if dirty. More frequent inspections are required under severe operating con- ditions. The following procedure is suggested for cleaning the filter. If the filter is 10 be replaced, order new air filters ‘trom your local Tektronix Field Office or representative: order by Tektronix Part Number 378-0044-01 1, Remove the filter by pulling it out of the retaining frame on the rear panel. Be careful not to drop any of the accumulated dirt into the instrument 2. Flush the loose dirt from the filter with a stream of hot water 3. Place the filter in a solution of mild detergent and hot water and let it soak for several minutes. 4, Squeeze the filter to wash out any dirt which remains. 5. Rinse the filter in clear water and allow it to dry. 8. Coat the dry filter with an air-filter adhesive (2vailable fromairconditionersupplier, or order Tektronix Part Number 008-0580-00) 7. Let the adhesive dry thoroughly. 8, Re-install the filter in the retaining frame. wual Inspection ‘The instrument should be inspected occasionally for such defects as broken connections, broken or damaged ceramic strips, improperly seated semiconductors, damaged or improperly installed circuit boards, and heat- damaged parts, REV A, JAN 1975The corrective procedure for most visible defects is obvious; however, particular care must be taken it heat- damaged components are found. Overheating usually indicates other trouble in the instrument; therefore, it is important that the cause of overheating be corrected to prevent recurrence of the damage. Lubrication ‘The fan motor and most of the potentiometers used in. the 465 are permanently sealed and generally do not require periodic lubrication. The switches used in the 465, both cam- and lever-type, are installed with proper lubrication applied where necessary and will rarely re- quire any additional lubrication. A regular periodic lubrication program for the 465 is not recommended. Semiconductor Checks Poriodic checks of the transistors and other semi- conductors in the oscilloscope are not recommended. The best check of semiconductor performance is actual operation in the instrument. Recalibration To ensure accurate measurements, check the calibra- tion of this instrument after each 1000 hours of operation or every six months if used infrequently. In addition, replacernent of components may necessitate recalibration of the affected circuits. The calibration procedure can also be helpful in localizing certain troubles in the instrument In some cases, minor troubles may be revealed and/or corrected by recalibration. Complete calibration instruc- tions are given in the Calibration section. If only a partial calibration is performed, see the interaction chart, Table 6-1, for possible interactions with circuits not adjusted. TROUBLESHOOTING Introduction The following information is provided to facilitate troubleshooting. Information contained in other sections of this manual should be used along with the following information to aid in locating the defective component. An understanding of the circuit operation is helpfut in locating troubles, particularly where integrated circuits are used. See the Circuit Description section for this information @ Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Troubleshooting Aids ‘Troubleshooting Charts. As an aid in locating problem areas, troubleshooting charts have been provided for the low voltage power supplies, the —2480 volt power supply, and for ano visible display condition. These can be found on pullout pages in the Diagrams section Diagrams. Complete circuit diagrams are given on foldout pages in the Diagrams section. The portions of the circuit mounted on circuit boards are enclosed with blue lines. The component number and electrical value ofeach ‘component in this instrument are shown on the diagrams (see the first page of the Diagrams section for definition of the reference designators used to identify components in this instrument). Each main circuit is assigned a series of ‘component numbers to assist in identifying which circuit they are in. Important voltages and waveforms are also shown on the diagrams. The physical locations of the waveform test points are shown on the Circult Board illustrations ircuit Board Illustrations. In conjunction with each circuit diagram is @ circuit board illustration. These can be found on the back of the pullout page preceding thecircuit diagram it relates to, Each circuit component shown on the circuit diagram is identified on the circuit board illustration by its component number. Each circuit board illustration is sectioned by a grid system. A table is provided listing all components on the circuit board illustration with thelr grid locations to facilitate rapid physical location of any component shown on the circuit diagrams. Adjustment Locations Illustrations. To aid in locating test points and adjustable components, the adjustment locations pullout pages (normally used with the calibra- tion procedure) permit very rapid location of test points and adjustments because only these components are identified. Resistor Color-Code. In addition to the brown com- position resistors, some metal-film resistors and some wire-wound resistors are used in the 485. The resistance values of wire-wound resistors are usually printed on the boay of the component. The resistance values of composi- tion resistors and metal-tilm resistors are color-coded on the components with EIA color-code (some metal-film resistors may have the value printed on the body). The color-code is read starting with the stripe nearest the end of the resistor. Composition resistors have four stripes which consist of two significant figures, a multiplier, and a tolerance value (see Fig. 4-2). Metal-film resistors have five stripes consisting of three significant figures, a multiplier, and a tolerance value.Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) coLoR CoE 1961-20 ©@OO RESISTORS. CAPACITORS COMPOSITION sma oise | oireep ParEALUN Etecraoetrics METAL-CILM RESISTORS cenaynic QO ava ] = tee 200, srt a sinitoant ures CAPACITORS @ —mutioior — @ ~tlerance @ epee ese se @ cape my tient @ ~potrty ad voltage ating on von ean cocon | SiGuicanT RESISTORS CAPACITORS oiPeD FIGURES | GyucTiPLien [ ToLERANGE | MULTIPLIER ToLERANGE TANTALUM werTOeF | unaertopF | “RATING BLACK 9 7 7 os 2p aoe Brown 7 0 7 ae so1pf | evoe RED 2 10" or 100 2% 107 or 100 32% 190. VDC ORANGE 3 10° or 1K 33% 10" or 1000 Be a5 vpc 7 YELLOW 4 10° or 10K 4% 10° or 10,000 +100% — 996 20 VDC GREEN 5 10° or 100 K 6% 10° or 100,000 35% 40.5 pF 25vDC BLUE 6 10° or 1M 2% 10° or 1,000,000 35vDc woLer 7 = sovbe aay 8 — 1025 9F Wire 9 = Hor GOLD - 10°! or 0.1 — | siLVER = 10" or0.0t — | NONE = = FF = Fig, 4-2. Color codes.Capacitor Markings. The capacitance values of com- mon disc capacitors and small electrolytics are marked on the side of the component body. The white ceramic ‘capacitors used in the 466 are color-coded in picofarads, using a modified EIA code (see Fig. 4-2). The dipped tantalum capacitors used in the 465 are color-coded in microtarads (see Fig. 4-2). The color dot indicates the positibe lead and voltage rating. Be caretul to observe the Polarity and voltage rating as they are easily destroyed by reverse or over voltage. Diode Color-Code. The cathode end of each glass- encased diode is indicated by a stripe, a series of stripes, or a dot. For most silicone or germanium diodes with a series of stripes, the color-code identifies the three significant digits of the Tektronix Part Number using the resistor color-code system (¢.9., adiode color-coded pink or blue-, brown - gray - green indicates Tektronix Part Number 152-0185-00). The cathode and anode ends of metal-encased diodes can be identified by the diode symbol marked on the body. ‘Semiconductor Lead Configurations. Typical semicon- ductor lead configurations are shown at the beginning of the diagrams section. Troubleshooting Equipment The following equipment is useful for troubleshooting, 4. Semiconductor Tester Description: Dynamic-type tester, Must be capable of measuring reverse breakdown voltages of at least 400 volts. Purpose: To test semiconductors. Example: Tektronix §76 Curve Tracer or Tektronix 577 (01 or D2) Curve Tracer with 177 Test Fixture, 2. Test Oscilloscope Description: Frequency response, de to at least 100 megahertz; doftection factor, 5 millivolts to 5 volts/division; Input impedanea, 1 megohm, 20 Picotarads; sweep rate, 0.5 second/division to 0.05 microsecond/division. A 10X, 10 megohm voltage probe should be used to reduce circuit loading for voltage measurements. REV A, JAN 1976 Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Purpose: To chack operating waveforms. Example: Tektronix 485 Oscilloscope with a PEOE5A 10X probe, Multimeter Description: Non-loading digital multimeter. Voltmeter, 10 megohm input impedance and 0 to 160 volts range; de voltage accuracy, within 0.15%; display, 4 1/2 digits, Ohmmeter, 0 to 20 magohms, Purpose: To check voltages and for general troubleshooting, 4. Variable Autotransformer Description: Output variable from 0 to 140 volts, 1.2 amperes minimum rating. Must have a 3-wire Power cord, plug and receptacle, Purpose: To vary the input line voltage when troubleshooting in the power supply. Example: General Radio W 8 MT 3 VM or W 10. MT 3 W Metered Variae Autotransformer. Troubleshooting Techniques ‘This troubleshooting procedure is arranged in an order which checks the simple trouble possibilities before proceeding with extensive troubleshooting. The first few checks ensure proper connection, operation and calibra- tion. If the trouble is not located by these checks, the remaining steps aid in locating the defective component. When the defective component is located, it should be replaced following the replacment procedure given under Corrective Maintenance. 1, Check Control Settings. incorrect control settings can indicate a trouble that does not exist. If thera is any ‘question about the correct function or operation of any control, see the Operating Instructions section of this manual 2. Check Associated Equipment, Betore proceeding with troubleshooting, check that the equipment used with this instrument is operating correctly. Check that the signal is properly connected and that the interconnecting cables are not defective. Also, check the power source, 45Maintenance—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 3, Check Instrument Calibration. Check the calibra- tion of this instrument, or the affected circuit if the trouble exists in one circuit, The apparent trouble may only be @ result of misadjustment and may be corrected by calibra tion. Complete calibration instructions are given in the Calibration section of this manual. 4. Visual Check. Visually check the portion of the instrument in which the trouble is located. Many troubles can be located by visible indications such as unsoldered connections, broken wires, damaged circuit boards, damaged components, etc 5. Isolate Trouble to a Circuit. To isolate trouble to a particular circuit, note the trouble symptom. The symptom often identifies the circuit in which the trouble is located. When trouble symptoms appear in more than one circuit, check the power supplies, then check the affected circuits. If the trouble has been isolated to a power supply follow the Troubleshooting Chart for that supply. The power supplies are interdependent. All the low voltage power ‘supplies depend on +55 volts for reference. If more than ‘one supply appears defective repair them in the following order +55 Volt M10 Voit H15 Volt —8 Volt 2450 voit 6. Check Circuit Board Interconnections. After the trouble has been isolated to a particular circuit, check for loose or broken connections, improperly seated tran- sistors and heat damaged components. 7. Check Voltages and Waveforms. Often the detective ‘component can be located by checking for the correct voltage or waveform in the circuit. Typical voltages are given on the diagrams. Waveforms are shown at the left of the circuit diagram NOTE Voltages and waveforms given on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary slightly between in- struments. To obtain operating conditions similar to those used fo take these readings, see the voltage and waveform setup procedures at the beginning of 46 the Diagrams section. Exceptions to these procedures are noted with the readings to which they apply. Nota the recommended test equipment, tront panel control settings, voltage and waveform conditions and test equipment cable connection Instructions. Voltages and waveforms given on tne schematics should be checked against each instru- ment while it is operating properly. Deviations should be noted on the schematics for later reference, 8. Check Individual Components. The following procedures describe methods of checking individual ‘components. Components which are soldered in place are bast checked by disconnecting one end. This isolatas the measurement from the effects of surrounding circuitry WARNING ) The Power switch must be turned off bofore remov- ing or replacing components. ‘A. Semiconductors. A good check of transistor operation is actual performance under operating conditions. A transistor can be most effectively checked by substituting a new component for it (or one which has been checked previously). However, be sure that circuit conditions are not such that a replacement transistor might also be damaged. If substitute transistors are not available, use a dynamic tester. Static-type testers are not recommended, since they do not check operation Ungar simulated operating conditions, When troubleshooting transistors in the circuit with a voltmeter, measure the emitter-to-base and omitter-to-collector voltages to determine if the voltages are consistent « ith normal circuit voltage. Voltages across a transistor vary with the type of dovice and its circuit function. Some of these voltages are predictable. The emitter-to-base voltage of a conducting silicone transistor will normally be 0.6 to 0.8 volts. The emitter-to-collector voltage of saturated transistors is approximately 0.2 volts. Because these values are small, the best way to check them is by connecting the voltmeter across the junction and using a sensitive voltmeter setting, rather than by comparing 2 voltages taken with respect to ground (both leads of the voltmeter must be isolated from ground if this method is used). If values less than these are obtained, either the device is short-circuited or no current is flowing in the circuit. Ifvalues are in excess of the base-emitter values given, the junction is back-biased or the REV A, JAN 1875device Is defective. Values in excess of those given for emitter-collector could indicate either a non- saturated device operating normally, or a defective (open-circulted) transistor. If the device is conduc- ting, voltage will be developed across resistances in series with it; if it is open, no voltage will be developed across resistances in series with itunless current is being supplied by a parallel path, When troubleshooting field-effect transistors, the voltage across its elements can be checked in the same manner as transistors. However, it should be remembered that normal depletion mode opera~ tion has the gate-to-source junction reverse biased, while the enhanced mode has the junction foward biased IC's (intograted circuits} can be checked with a voltmeter, test oscilloscope, or by direct substitu- tion. A good understanding of circuit operation is essential to troubleshooting circuits using IC's. Use care when checking voltages and waveforms around the IC’s so that adjacent leads are not shorted together. A convenient means of clipping a test probe to the 14-and 16-pin IC's is with an IC test clip. This device also doubles as an extraction tool Typical semiconductor lead configurations are shown at the beginning of the Diagrams section. B. Diodes, A diode can be checked for an open or for a short circuit by measuring the resistance between terminals with an ohmmeter set to the RX 1k scale, The diode resistance should be very high in ‘one direction and very low when the meter leads are reversed. Do not check tunnel diodes or back diodes, with an ohmmeter. ae } cauTION 3 Do not use an ohmmeter scale that has a high internal current. High currents may damage the diode, Do not measure tunnel diodes with an ohmmeter: use a dynamic tester (such as a Tektronix Type 576 Transistor-Curve Tracer). Checks on diodes can be performed in much the same manner as on transistor emitter-to-base junc- tions. Silicon diodes should have 0.6 to 08 volts across the function when conducting. Higher readings indicate that they are either back biased or defective, depending on polarity: ©. Resistors. Check the resistors with an ohmmeter. Check the Electrical Parts List for tolerance of the resistors used in this instrument. Resistors normally do not need to be replaced unless the measured value varies widely from the specified value, REV. 8, APR. 1975 Maintenance—465 Service (SN 6250000 & up) D. Inductors. Check for open inductors by checking continuity with an ohmmeter. Shorted or partially shorted inductors can usually be found by checking the waveform response when high- frequency signals are passed through the circuit. E. Capacitors. A leaky or shorted capacitor can best be detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter on the highest scale. Do not exceed the voltage rating of the capacitor. The resistance reading should be high after initial charge of the capacitor. An open capacitor can bedetected with a capacitance meter or by checking whether the Capacitor passes ac signals, F. Allenuators. The thick film attenuators are best checked by substitution, Ifonly one channel of ‘the 485 is not operating properly, and there is reason to believe an attenuator is defective, replace the suspected attenuator with the same attenuator from the other channel and check instrument operation. If proper operation results, order a new attenuator. 9, Repair and Readjust the Circuit. If any detective parts are located, follow the replacement procedures given in this section, Be sure to check the performance of any circuit that has been repaired or that has any electrical ‘components replaced. Recalibration of the affected circuit may be necessary. Check Table 6-1 for possible adjust- ment interaction. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE Introduct Corrective maintenance consists of component replacement and instrument repair. Special techniques required to replace components in this instrument are given here, Obtaining Replacement Parts Standard Parts. All electrical and mechanical part replacements for the 465 can be obtained through your local Tektronix Field Office or representative. However, many of the standard electronic components can be ‘obtained locally in less time than is required to order them from Tektronix, Inc. Before purchasing or ordering replacement parts, check the parts list for value, tolerance, rating and description. a7Maintenance—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) NOTE Physical sizo and shape of a component may affect instrument performance, particularly at high fre- quencies. Always use direct-replacement com- ponents, unless itis known that @ substitute will not degrade instrument performance. Special Parts. In addition to the standard electronic components, some special components are used in the 465. These components are manufactured or selected by Tektronix, Inc, to meet specific performance re- quirements, or are manufactured for Tektronix, Ine. in accordance with our specifications (see Cross Index- Manufacturers Code Number to Manufacture in Electrical Parts List for code numbers). Most of the mechanical parts used in this instrument have been manufactured by Tektronix, Inc. Order all special parts directly from your local Tektronix Field Office or representative, Ordering Parts. When ordering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc, it is imperative that all of the following information be included in order to ensure receiving the proper parts. 1. Instrument type (Include modification or option numbers) 2. Instrument serial number. 3. A description of the part {if electrical, include the circuit number) 4, Tektronix part number. Soldering Techniques WARNING ) Always disconnect the instrument fram the power source before attempting to solder in the instrument. Ordinary 60/40 solder and 35- to 40-watt pencil-type soldering iron can be used to accomplish the majority of the soldering, If a higher wattage-rating soldering iron is used on the etched circuit boards, excessive heat can ‘cause the etched circuit wiring to separate from the board base material 48 Y caution § Ire made of ator csty Samoyed by oncoaho Poa! Whon sodomy tose Dost do ma ob eeutnny on wih a rating of meta ap pronto 18 wats Arad potngedenataons a ie irae ear eo ee The following technique should be used to replace a component on the circuit board. Most components can be replaced without removing the boards from the instru- ment. 1, Grip the component lead with long-nose pliers. Touch the soldering iron to the lead at the solder connection. Do not lay the iron directly on the board, as it may damage the board. 2. When the solder begins to melt, pull the lead out gently. This should leave a clean hole in the board. I not, the hole can be cleaned by reheating the solder and placing a sharp object such as a toothpick into the hole to clean it out. A vacuum-type desoldering tool can also be used for this purpose. 8. Bend the leads of the new component to fitthe holes in the board. Ifthe component is replaced while the board is mounted in the instrument, cut the leads so they will just protrude through the board. Insert the leads into the holes in the board so the component is firmly seated against the board (or as positioned originally). If it does not seat properly, heat the solder and gently press the component into place. 4. Touch the iron to the connection and apply a small amount of solder to make a firm solder joint. To protect heat-sensitive components, hold the lead between the component body and the solder joint with a pair of long- nose pliers or other heat sink. 5. Clip the excess lead that protrudes through the board (if not clipped in step 3). 6. Cleen the area around the solder connection with a tlux-remover solvent. Be careful not to remove informa tion printed on the board. REV A, JAN 1975When soldering to the ceramic strips in the instrumenta slightly larger soldering iron can be used. It is recommended that a solder containing about 2% silver be used when soldering to these strips to avoid destroying the bond to the ceramic material. This bond can be broken by repeated use of ordinary tin-lead solder or by the application of too much heat; however, occasional use of ordinary solder will not break the bond if excessive heat is not applied. If it becomes necessary to solder in the general area of any of the high-frequency contacts in the instrument, clean the contacts immediately upon completion of the soldering. Refer to the section entitled Switch Contacts under Preventive Maintenance for recommended cleaners and procedures Component Removal and Replacement WARNING ) Always disconnect the instrument fram the power source before attempting to replace components. Circuit Boards. Occasionally it may be necessary to gain access to the reverse side of a circuit board or to remove one circuit board to gain access to another. The following procedures outline the necessary steps to facilitate instrument disassembly. Most of tho connections to the circuit boards in the instrument are made with pin connectors. However, some connections are soldered to the board. Observe the soldering precautions given under Soldering Techniques in this section. Vertical Preamp Assembly. Remove and replace the Vertical Preamp as follows 1. Remove the instrument wrap-around cabinet in the manner given under Cabinet Removal at the beginning of this section. 2. Remove the knobs trom the VOLTS/DIV switches and from the Input Coupling switches. The knobs on the VOLTS/DIV switches must have a sat screw in each one loosened (use a 1/16” Allen wrench) before they ean be removed, while the knobs on the Input Coupling switches are held on by spring clips and can be pulled of. REV A, JAN 1975 Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 3, Disconnect the vertical POSITION control shaft couplers from the vertical POSITION potentiometers (0.50" Allen wrench required) 4. Remove the two uncal light lenses. Pry them away from the front panel with a fingernail and pull them straight out connect the following cables and wires: a, Nine coaxial cables (5 on the front and 4 on. the back). Make note of cable color-codes to Insure proper installation during reassembly. b. A 6 wire ribbon cable that connects to the Interface board (P300). ©. Delay-line from the rear of the preamplifier board d. An eight wire ribbon cable that plugs onto the Vertical Mode Switch circuit board (P3890) @. Ground braid from the front of the preamplifier board to the interface board near the BEAM FINDER switch shatt 6. Remove the covers from the attenuators 7. Unsolder the leads to both input coupling capacitors. Remove the capacitors by unplugging them from the attenuator circuit boards. 8. Remove the 4 nuts securing the attenuator chassis, to the instrument front casting (1/4” nutdrive required) 9. Remove the circuit board hold-down screw on the Vertical Mode Switch circuit board (accessible through a hole in the Vertical Preamp circult board near the Channel 1 POSITION potentiometer; Phillips screwdriver required. 49Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 10. Remove the 2 circuit board hold down scraws from the rear of the circuit board and the 3/16 Inch post from below the Channel 2 POSITION potentiometer. 11. Remove the Vertical Preamp, cam switch assembly, and Vertical Mode Switch Circuit board as @ Unit, Pull the rear of the Vertical Preamp circuit board outward about 1 or2 inches; then slide the whole assembly to the rear until the front-panel control shafts clear the front casting. To reinstall the Vertical Preamp assembly, reverse the order of the removal steps, To align the VERT MODE switch pushbuttons, hold the assembly in place with a slight forward pressure and use some sort of small tool to reach through the front panel to align the buttons. Install the remaining parts in the reverse order they were removed, Do not tighten the circuit board hold-down screws until the securing nuts at the frontof the attenuator chassis are tight and the circuit board is aligned properly. Trigger Generator and Sweep Logic Circuit Board. Remove and replace the Trigger Circuit Board as follows: Remove the LOW LINE, READY and TRIG light lenses from the front panel. Pry them away from the front pane! with a fingernail and pull straight out. 2. Disconnect the fellowing cables and wires a. Eight coaxial cables (5 on the front and 3 on the back). Make note of cable color-codes to ensure proper installation during assembly. b. Two S-wire ribbon cables from the Trigger and Level Controls to the Trigger and Sweep Logic circuit board (P530, F630). ¢. The red and black wires and the ground braid from the back of the board near PS. d. The 2 wires midway back on the trigger board, near the 3/16” post. 410 @. The red wirenear the front of thetrigger board near the 2 coaxial cables frem the trigger view amplifier circuit, 3. Unsolder the 2 wires from the circuit board that run, to the A TRIG HOLDOFF control through a harnessed cable and the 2 connections to the External Trigger Input connectors. Make note of wire color-codes to ensure proper instaltation during reassembly. 4, Remove the POWER switch actuator rod trom the plastic holder on the switch. Pry the rod out of the holder with a small flat-bladed screwdriver. 5, Remove the POWER switch bracket from the circuit board (1/4” wrench or nutdriver required) 6. Remove 5 mounting screws from the circuit board (2 at rear, 2 at front, and 1 at center (Phillips screwdriver required). 7. Unplug the Trigger Generator and Sweep Logic circuit board from the Interface board by forcing the Trigger board away at the? white interboard connectorsat the bottom edge of the Trigger board. 8. Move the Trigger board to the rear until the Trigger switches clear the front casting and then remove the assembly from the instrument, Exercise caution to avoid damaging the connector pins an the Interface board. To reinstall the Trigger Generator and Sweep Logic circuit board, reverse the order of the removal steps, Ifthe indexing of the Trigger Switches was disturbed, aserios of trial-and-error installation-removal-adjustment steps will be necessary to return them to correct alignment. Sweep Timing Circuit Board. Romove and replace the Sweep Timing circuit board as follows: 1. Remove the Trigger Generator and Sweep Logic circuit board as described previously.2. Unsolder four wires from the Timing circuit board, Make note of wire color-codes to ensure proper installa~ tion during reassembly, 3. Remove the knobs from the VAR TIME/DIV control and B TIME/DIV switches (1/16 Allen wrench required} This Allen screw is accessible trom behind the front panel casting, 4, Remove the X10 MAG and the UNCAL light lenses. Pry them away from the instrument front panel with a fingernail and pull straight out. 5. Remove the 4 Interface board mounting screws that are nearest the Sweep Timing circuit board, 6, Remove the board mounting screw and the hex rod. from the Sweep Timing circuit board (3/16" wiench or nutdriver required). 7. Use a flat blade screwdriver and pry the Timing board away from the Interface board. Gently pull away the comer of the Interface board near the B EXTERNAL ‘TRIGGER INPUT connector and simultaneously lift up on the Timing board near the rear to fully disongate connec- tor pins from the Interface board, To reinstall the Timing board, reverse the order of the removal steps. Power Transformer. If the power transformer becomes defective, be sure to replace only with a direct replace- ment Tektronix transformer. After the transformer is replaced, check the performance of the complete instru- ment. The transformer is removed as follows 1. Unsolder the power cord from the Interface board, the Regulating Range Solector Assembly, and the solder lug on the rear subpanel. 2, Remove the small blue panel from the rear panel of the last instrument. Itwill be necessary to remove the rear ring assembly, as for cabinet removal (see Fig. 4-1) ang the Regulating Range Selector cover to allow removal of the panel. REV A, JAN 1975 Maintenance—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 3, Remove the actuating shaft from the POWER switch coupler. Be careful not to damage the switch coupler. 4, Remove the POWER switch mounting bracket trom the Trigger board. 5. Unsolder the transformer leads from the Interface board and the solder lug on the rear subpanel. Note the wire color-codes to facilitate correct re-installation, 6. Remove the transformer leads from the Regulating Range Selector Assembly. It will be necessary to use a special pin removing tool available trom Tektronix, Inc, Order Tektronix Part Number 003-0707-00. It is only necessary to use this tool to remove the transformer leads from the Selector Assembly. Tho leads may bere-installed by simply pushing them into place. Note wire color codes to facilitate correct re-installation 7. Remove the transformer bracket mounting hardware. This includes two screws on the Trigger board, 41 screw on the Interface board, 3 nuts on the U-channel (7 on the transformersideand 1 on the crtside), and 2screws and nuts on the rear subpanel 8. Thoroughly loosen the Trigger board and remove the transformer assembly from the instrument. 9. Remove the thermal cutout and POWER switch from the old transformer and install on the new transformer. Note wire calor-codes to facilitate correct installation 10. Install the new transformer assembly in the instru- ment reversing the order of the removal steps. Cathode Ray Tube (ert). Remove and replace the ertas Tollows: WARNING ) Handle the ert carefully. Rough handling or Scratching can cause the crt to implode. anMaintenance—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 1. Remove the plastic bezel and filter from the front of the crt (held with 4 screws). 2. Remove the foot from the rear of the instrument {held on by 1 screw in each foot accessible throughahole in that foot) 3, Remove the rear ring (held by 2 screws). 4, Remove the rear cover (held by 2 flat head screws) 5. Remove the bell-shaped cover to expose the crt socket (held by 2 screws). 6. Unplug the ert socket. 7. Remove the 2 vertical deflection pins from the left side of the ert neck 8. Turn the instrument over on its top. 9. Remove the horizontal deflection pins from the bottom of the crt neck (accessible through a hole in the Interface board) 10. Set the instrument on its left side. 11. Disconnect the anode lead trom its holder and discharge to the chasis. 12, Holding one hand on the crt face, push slowly on the crt base with the other hand. Guide the anode connector through the crt shield while slowly pulling the rt out of the instrument. The plastic corner pads may fall out during removal; save them for reinstallation. 13, Reverse the above procedure to install a crt, ‘Observe the following precautions: 412 a. Be sure to guide the anode lead through the hole in the crt shield while pushing the crt into the instrument. b. Be sure the plastic corner pads are securely seated. ¢. Be sure the plastic centering ring firmly centers the crt neck. Reposition the ring as necessary. High Voltage Multiptier. Remove and replace the High Voltage Multiplier as follows: 1, Remove the Vertical Preamp board and crt as described previously. 2. Slide the round part of thecrt shield to the rearabout 2 inches, 3. Remove the high voltage shield (held on by four screws) 4. Remove the four 3/16 inch studs to which the high voltage shield as secured. 5. Remove the mounting screw from Q1566 and Q1534 at the rear of the Interface board 6. Remove the circuit board hold down screw just forward of P1446 on the Interface board. 7. Remove the high voltage transformer and high voltage multiplier shield (one piece held by 2 screws). 8. Unsolder the black wire (between the High Voltage Multiplier and the Interface board) from the Interface board8. Unsolder the diode and the wire from the poston the. High Voltage Multiplier. 10. Remove the 2nylon nuts securing the High Voltage Multiplier to the Interface board, 11. Remove the High Voltage Multiplier (carefully pry up on tne Interface board as necessary to facilitate removal). 12, Reverse the above procedure to install the High Voltage Multiplier. Transistors and integrated Circuits. Transistors and IC's (integrated circuits) should not be replaced unless they are actually defective. If removed from their sockets during routine maintenance return them to their original sockets. Unnecessary replacement or switching of semiconductor devices may affect the calibration of the instrument. When a transistor Is replaced, check the operation of the part of the instrument that may be affected Any replacement component should be of the original type or a direct replacement. Send the leads to fit the socket and cut the leads to the same length as on the component being replaced. See Fig. 8-1 for basing diagrams, An extracting tool should be used to remove the 14, 16, {and 20 pin integrated circuits to prevent damage to the pins. This tool is available from Tektronix, Ine. Order Tektronix Part Number 003-0819-00, If an extracting tool is not available when removing one of these integrated circuits, pull slowly and evenly on both ends on the device. Try to avoid having one end of the integrated circuit disengage from the sockat before the other, since this may damage the pins, [warnine J Handle silicone grease with care. Avoid getting silicone grease in the eyes. Wash hands throroughly alter use. REV A, JAN 1975 Maintenance—465 Service (SN 250000 & up) WARNING } Voltages are present on the exterior surface of the chassis-mounted power supply transistors if the power is applied t0 the instrumant and the POWER. Switch is on. ‘The chassis-mounted power supply transistors and their mounting bolts are insulated from the chassis. In addition, silicone grease is used to increase heat transfer Capabilities. Re-install the insulators and replace the silicone grease when replacing thesa transistors. The grease should be applied to both sides of the mica Insulators, and should be applied to the bottom side of the transistor where it comes in contact with the insulator. NOTE After replacing @ power transistor, check that the collector is not shorted to ground before applying power. interconnecting Pins. Two methods ot interconnection are used in this instrument to connect the cireuit doards with other boards and components, When the inter- connection is made with a coaxial cable, a special ond- lead connector plugs into a socket on the board. Other interconnections are made with a pin soldered onto the board. Two types of mating connections are used for these interconnecting pins. Ifthe mating connector ison the end of a lead, an end-lead pin connector is used which mates with the interconnecting pin, The following information Provides the replacement procedure for the various types of interconnecting methods: 2. Coaxial-Type End-Lead Connectors Replacement of the coaxial-type end-lead connec- tors requires special tools and techniques: only experienced maintenance personnel should attempt replacement of these connectors. It is recommended that the cable or wiring harness be replaced as a unit. For cable or wiring harness part numbers, see the Mechanical Parts List. An alter- native solution is to refer the replacement of the defective connector to your local Tektronix Field Office or representative. NOTE A circuit-board pin replacement kit including necessary tools, instructions, and replacement pins isavailable from Tektronix, inc. Order Tektronix Part Number 040-0542-00. b. Circuit-Board Pins. To replace a pin which is, mounted on a circuit board, first disconnect any pin connectors. Then, unsolder the damaged pin and 4-13Maintenance—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) pull itout of the circuit board with a pair of pliers. Be caroful not to damage the wiring on the board with too much heat. Ream out the hole in the circuit board with a 0.031-inch drill. Remove the ferrule from the new interconnecting pin and press thenew pin into the hole in the circuitboard. Position the pin In the same manner as the old pin. Then solder the pin on both sides of the circuit board. If the old pin was bent at an angle to mate with a connector, bend the new pin to match the associated pins. ©. Circuit Board Pin Sockets. The pin sockets on. the circuit boards are soldered to the rear of the board. To replace one of these sockets, first un- solder the pin (use a vacuum-type desoldering tool to remove excess solder). Then straighten the tabs on the socket and remove it from the hole in the board, Place thenew socket in the circuit board hole land press the tabs down against the board. Solder the tabs of the socket to the circuit board; be careful not to get solder into the socket. NOTE The spring tension of the pin sockets ensures a good connection between the circult board and tho pin. This spring tensian can be destroyed by using the pin sockets as a connecting point for spring-loaded ‘probe tips, alligator clips, etc. J. End-Lead Pin Connectors. The pin connec- tors used to connect the wires to the interconnecting pins are clamped to the ends of the associated leads. To replace damaged end-lead pin connectors, remove the old pin connector from the end of the lead and clamp the replacement connector to the lead. Some of the pin connectors are grouped together and mounted in a plastic holder; the overall result is that these connectors are removed and installed as a multi-pin connector. To provide correct orientation of this multi-pin connector when it is replaced, an arrow Is stamped on the circuit board and a matching arrow is molded into the plastic housing of the multipin connector. Be sure these arrows are aligned as the muiti-pin connector is replaced. ifthe Individual end-lead pin connectors are removed from the plastic holder, note the color of the individual wires for replacement, Ceramic Terminal Strips. Replacement strips (including studs) and spacers are supplied under separate part numbers. However, the old spacers may be re-used if they are not damaged. The applicable Tektronix Part Numbers for the ceramic strips and spacers used in this Instrument are given in the Mechanical Parts List. 414 Remove ceramic terminal strips as follows 1, Unsolder all components and connections on the strip. To aid in replacing the strip, it may be advisable to mark each lead or draw a sketch to show location of the components and connections. 2. Pry or pull the damaged strip from the chassis. 3. If the spacers come out with the strip, remove then from tne stud pins foruse on the new strip (spacers should be replaced if they are damaged). Replace ceramic terminal strips as follows: 1. Place the spacers in the chassis holes, 2. Carefully press the studs of the strip into the spacers Until they are completely seated. 3, If the stud extends through the spacers, cut off the excess. 4. Replace all components and connections. Observe the soldering precautions under Soldering Techniques in this section. Recalibration After Repair Alter any electrical component has been replaced, the calibration of that particular circuit should be checked, as well as the calibration of other closely related circuits. Since the power supply affects all circuits, calibration of the entire instrument should be checked if work has been done in the power supply or if the transformer has been replaced. Instrument Repackaging Ifthe instrument is to be shipped for long distances by commercial transportation, it is recommended that the instrument be repackaged in the original manner for maximum protection. The original shipping carton can be saved and used for this purpose. The Repackaging illustration in the Mechanical Parts Illustrations shows how to repackage the instrument and gives the part numbers for the repackaging components. New shipping cartons can be obtained from Tektronix, ine. Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative. REV. A, JUNE, 1975Section 5-465 Service (SN B250000 & up) PERFORMANCE CHECK Purpose The following procedure is intended to be used for incoming inspection to determine the acceptability of newly purchased or recently recalibrated instruments, This procedure does not check every facet of the in- strument's calibration; rather it is concerned primarily with those portions of the instrument that are essential to measurement accuracy and correct operation. Removing the instrument's dust cover is not necessary to perform this procedure. All checks are made from the front panel, NOTE Wa complete check of every lacet of the instrument's operation is desired, perform the calibration procedure eliminating the ADJUST portion of the Check/Adjust steps. Limits and Tolerances All limits and tolerances given in this procedure are performance guides and should not be interpreted as specifications unless they are found in the specifications section of this manual. Line Voltage Selection This procedure is for 115 Vac line, medium range. ia different range is to be used, set the Regulating Range Selector and Line Voltage Selector for the available line voltage (see Item 42 under controls and connectors in section 2). Equipment Required The following equipment is required to perform a complete Performance Check. For equipment specifications, usage, and recommended types see Table 6-2 in the Calibration section 1. Calibration Generator 2. Square-wave Generator 3. Leveled Sine-wave Generator 4, Time-mark Generator 5, 42 Inch, 50-ohm BNC Cable (2 Required) 6. Dual Input Coupler (2 Required) 7, GR to BNC Female Adapter 8, X10 BNC Attenuator 9. X2 BNC Attenuator 10. 50-ohm BNG Termination (2 Required) 11, 20-pleotarad RC Input Normatizer 12. 80-ohm Signal Pickoff Unit (Type CT-3) Special Special fixtures are used only where they simplify the test setup and procedure. These fixtures are available from Textronix Inc. Order by part number through your local Tektronix Field Office or representative. ixtures Test Equipment Alternatives When equipment other than thatrecommended is used control settings or test setup might need to be alterad, If the exact item of equipment given as an example in the Tost Equipment tist is not available, first check the specifications column carefully to see if any other equip- ment might suffice. Then check the Usage column to see ‘what this item is used for. If used for a check that s of little or no importance to your measurement requirements, the item and corresponding steps can be deleted. INDEX TO PERFORMANCE CHECK Vertical 4. Check Trace Rotation 53 2. Check Alternate Mode 53 3. Check Chop Mode 63 4, Check CH 1 Balances ba 5. Check CH 2 Balances 54 6. Check Position Range and Centering 54 7. Chock Beam Finder Operation 54 8. Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Deflection Factor 55 8 Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Variable Volts/Division Range: 55 51Performance Check—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 10. Check Output Amplifier Low Frequen- 5. Check Trigger View 59 cy Compensation 55 _ 41, Cheek Gh 1 and Gh 2 Volts/Division ~ Compensation 55 Horizontal ACEC Cok een 4. Check A and B Time/Division Accuracy 510 Respon: coe 56 2. Check A Variable Time/Division Range et 1 ind Ch 2 Bandwi re Sena a) 5S 3, Check Delay or Differential Time Linearity 5-11 eet aoe Gai] ad cans 58 4, Check Delay or Differential Time Accuracy 5-11 lay or Differential Jitter 512 TD 5, Check Delay or Differential Jitt 1. Check A and 6 Internal Triggering 57 6, Check Mixed Sweep Accuracy 512 2. Check A and 8 External Triggering 58 7. Gheok A Intensified and B ENDS A Operation 5-12 3. Cheok A Normal Mode 58 8. Check X Gain 512 4. Check Single Swen 5&8 9. Check X Bandwidth 5.13 52Performance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) VERTICAL Equipment Required 1. Calibration Generator 2. Square-wave Generator 3. Leveled Sine-Wave Generator 4, 42 Inch, 50 ohm BNC Cable (two) 5, GR to BNG Female Adapter 6, 50 ohm BNC Termination 7. 20 picotarad RC Input Normalizer 8. X10 BNC Attenuator 465 CONTROL SETTINGS POWER on crt INTENSITY As desired Focus Best focused display SCALE ILLUM As desired Vertical (CH 1 and CH 2) VERT MODE cHt POSITION Midrange voLTs/oIv 5 mv VAR VOLTS/DIV Calibrated detent AC-GND-DG GND INVERT 20 MHz BW (Pull) Normal (button out) Full banéwidth (no yellow showing) Trigger (A and 8) COUPLING. ac LEVEL Midrange SLOPE + SOURCE NORM TRIG MODE AUTO ATRIG HOLDOFF NORM ‘Sweep (A and B) HORIZ DISPLAY A TIME/DIV Tms VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise X10 MAG Off (button out) POSITION (Horizontal) Midrange FINE Midrange 1, Check Trace Rotation a. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule tine. b. Check that the trace is parallol with the center horizontal graticule line, Readjust TRACE ROTATION it necessary (Front panel screwdriver adjustment) 2. Check Alternate Mode a. Set VERT MODE ALT ATRIGGEA LEVEL Fully clockwise AG-GND-DC (both) GND b. Position the traces 2 divisions apart. ¢_ CHECK-The sweeps alternate in all settings of the TIME/DIV witch except X-¥ 3. Check Chop Mode a. Set TIME/DIV tps A SOURCE NORM VERT MODE CHOP b. Position the two traces about 4 divisions apart. ©. Adjust A LEVEL control for a stable display, d. CHECK—Duration of one cycle is about 4 ys. CHECK Display for blanking of switching transients, 53Performance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 4, Check Ch 1 Balances a. Set: VERT MODE cH4 CH 1 VOLTS/OIV 20 mv 'b. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line. c. CHECK Step Attenuator Balance—Trace shift is 0.2 division or less as the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch is rotated from 20 mV to § mV. d. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule fine. e. CHECK Variable Balance—Trace shift is 1.0 division or less as the CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIN control is, rotated from extreme to extreme, CHECK—CH 1 UNCAL light comes on whien the VAR. control is out of the detent position 5. Check Ch 2 Balances a. Set VERT MODE cH CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 20 mv b. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule tine, c. CHECK Step Attenuator Balance—Trace shift is 0.2 division or less as the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch is rotated from 20 mV to 5 mV. d_ Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line. e. CHECK Variable Balance—Trace shift is 1.0 division or less as the CH 2 VAR VOLTS/OIV control is, rotated from extreme to extreme, CHECK—CH 2 UNCAL light comes on when the VAR control is out of the detent position, 1. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line 54 9. CHECK Invert Balanco—Trace shiftis 2 divi less when switching from normal to INVERT 6. Check Position Range and Centering a. Set: VOLTS/DIV (both) 20 mv AC-GND-DC (both) AC A TRIGGER LEVEL Fully clockwise INVERT Normal (button out) b. Connacta$00 millivolt standard amplitude signal to CH2 input ©. CHECK—Top of the display can be positioned at least 0.5 division below and the bottam of the display can be positioned at least 0 division above the center horizontal graticule line. d. Move the 500 millivoll signal to the CH 4 input and set the VERT MODE switch to CH 1 fe. Repeat the CHECK in step ¢ for CH 1 7. Check Beam Finder Operation fa, Push in and hold the BEAM FINDER button b, CHECK—A compressed trace is visible regardless of the settings of the: CH 1 POSITION control INTENSITY control horizontal POSITION control ¢, Return the horizontal POSITION control and the INTENSITY control to midrange. ¢. While still holding in the BEAM FINDER button, vertically position the trace to the center horizontal graticule tine @, Release the BEAM FINDER button. f. CHECK—Trace remains within the graticule area8. Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Deflection Factor a. Connect @ 20 millivolt standard ampltiude signal from the calibration generator to the CH 1 input and set both AC-GND-DC switches to DC. b, CHECK—CH 1 deflection factor is within the limits given in Table 5-1 ©. Sot the VERT MODE switch to CH 2 4. CHECK—CH 2 ceflection factor is within the limits, given in Table 5-1 TABLE 5-1 VOLTS /DIVv| Standard | vertical |3% Tolerance Switch | Amplitude | Detlection |in Setting Signal__| in Divisions | Divisions Sm 20 mv. 4 |e to 4.12 10 mv 50 mv 5 [4.88 to 5.15 20 mv o1v 5 [4.85 to 5.15 50 mv o2v 4 |age to 4.12 ory osv 5 [4.86 to 9.15 o2v 4.0 5 [4.85 to 5.15 05 Vv 20V 4 |3.88 to 4.12 10 5.0V 5 [4.85 to 5.15 2.0 10.0 5 [4.85 to 6.15 5.0. 20.0 4 _|3.88 to 4.12 9. Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Variable Volts/Division Range fa, Set the CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switches to 20 mv. 'b. Adjust the calibration generator for a 0.1 volt stan- dard amplitude signal ©. CHECK—Display reduces to less than 2 divisions when the CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV control is turned to its extreme counterclockwise position dd. Move the signal to the CH 1 inputand set the VERT MODE switch to CH 1. © _CHECK—Repeat step ¢ using the CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIV control. f. Return the VAR controls to the detent position and remove the signal from the CH 1 input. @ Performance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 10. Check Output Amplifier Low Frequency Compensation a. Set TIME/DIV (both) VOLTS/DIV (both) 02 ms 5 mv b. Connect the fast-rise + output of the square-wave generator to the CH 1 input via a GR to BNC adaptor, 50 ‘ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC attenuator and 50 ohm BNC termination. c. Adjust the square-wave generator for a 5 division, 1 kilohertz display. Adjust A LEVEL control for a stable display. d. CHECK—Rolloft or overshoot is within 3% (0.15 division) at the frequencies listed in Table 5-2. TABLE 5-2 LOW FREQUENCY COMPENSATION SETUP ‘Square-Wave TIME /DIV Generator Switch Frequency Setting 1 kHz 0.2 ms 10 kHz 20 us 100 kHe 2us 11. Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Volts/Division Compensation a. Add a 20 picofarad normalizer between the 50-ohm BNC termination and the CH 1 input. b. Move the test setup trom the fast-rise output to the high amplitude output of the square-wave genorator. ©. Set the TIME/DIV switch to 0.2 ms and adjust the square-wave generator for a 6 division, 1 kilohertz dis- play. d. CHECK—Rolloff or overshoot is within 3% (0.18 division) at all settings of the VOLTS/DIV switch between 5m¥ and OSV. Adjust the square-wave ‘generator and add or remove attenuators as necessary to maintain 5 divisions of display. ©. Move the test setup to CH 2and set the VERT MODE switch to CH 2, 1. CHECK—Repeat step d. 55Performance Check—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 42. Check Ch 4 and Ch 2 Transient Response a. Set ATIME/OIV (both) 0.05 ws A TRIGGER SLOPE , b. Remove the 20 picofarad normalizer from the test setup. Move the test setup to the fast-rise, ~ output of the ‘square-wave generator. Set the square-wave generator for a 100 kilohertz signal. Adjust the square-wave generator and add or remove attenuators as needed to maintain 5 divisions of display. c. CHECK—Flat-top waveform within 3% or less (0.15 ivision) for the 5 mV, 10 mV and 20 mV positions of the VOLTS/OWV switch, d. Move the test setup to CH 1 and set the VERT MODE witch to GH 1 @, CHECK—Repeat step 1. Disconnect the test setup. 13. Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Bandwidth a, Sot VOLTS/DIV (both) 5 mv ATIME/DIV 0.2 ms A TRIGGER LEVEL fully clockwise b. Connect the output of the leveled sine-wave generator to the CH 1 input via a $0 ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC altenuator and 50 ohm BNC termination. . Adjust the sine-wave generator for a § division, 50 kilohertz reference signal. Change the generator tre- quency to 100 megahertz. CHECK Display amplitude is 3.5 divisions or greater. 56 d. Repeat step c for all CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV sotlings from 5 mV to 0.5 V. Adjust the generator and add or remove attenuators as needed to maintain a 5 division, 50 kilohertz reference signal. e. Move the sine-wave generator output to the CH 2 input. {, Repeat step ¢ for all CH 2 VOLTS/DIV settings from 5 mV to 05 V. 9. Remove the test sotup. 14. Check Cascade Gain and Bandwidth a. Set: VOLTS/DIV (both) Sm TIME/DIV ms VERT MODE oH2 b. Connect the GH 1 OUT (on the rearpanel) to the CH 2 input via a 80 ohm BNC cable and a 0 ohm BNC termination. c. Connecta5 mv standard amplitude signal from the, calibration generator to CH 1 via a 60 ohm BNC cable. d. CHECK—Display amplitude is 6 divisions or areater. ©. Remove the calibration generator signal from the CH 1 input. 1. Connect the output of the leveled sine-wave generator to the CH 1 input via a50 ohm BNC cable, X10, BNC attenuator and 50 ohm BNC termination. Adjust the generator for a § division, 80 kilohertz display reference signal. Adjust the generator to 50 megahertz, g. CHECK—Display amplitude is 35 divisions or greater. ePerformance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) TRIGGERS ~ | Equipment Required 1. Leveled Sine-Wave Generator 2. Calibration Generator 3. 42 Inch BNC Cable (2 required) 4, GR to BNG Female Adapter 5, 50-ohm Signal Pickoff Unit (Type CT-3) 6. X10 BNC Attenuator 7. X2 BNC Attenuator 8. 50-ohm BNC Termination (2 required) 8 Dual Input Coupler (2 required) 465 Control Settings POWER oN cAT INTENSITY As desired Focus Best focused display SCALE ILLUM As desired Vertical (CH 1 and CH 2) VERT MODE cH4 POSITION. Midrange ~ — voutsyorv Smv VAR VOLTS/DIV Calibrated detent AC-GND-DC. oc INVERT Normal (button out) 20 MHz BW (Pull) Full bandwidth (No yellow showing) Trigger (A and 8) COUPLING AC LEVEL Midrange SLOPE + SOURCE NORM TRIG MODE AUTO ATRIG HOLOOFF NORM ‘Sweep (A and 8) HORIZ DISPLAY A TIME/DIV Bus VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise X10 MAG Off (button out) POSITION (horizontal) Midrange FINE Midrange REV. A, APR, 1975 1. Check A and B Internal Triggering a. Connect the output of the leveled sine-wave generator to the A and B EXT trigger inputs via a 50 ohm signal pickoff unit (Type CT-8) THRU SIG OUT output, GA to BNC female adapter, 50 ohm BNC Gable, 2X BNC attenuator, 10X BNG attenuator, 50 ohms BNC termina- tion and dual input coupler. b. Connect the SIG OUT 10% on the CT-8 to the CH 1 and GH 2 inputs via 50 ohm BNC cable, 50 ohm BNC termination and dual input coupler. c. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for either a3, division, 50 kilohertz display and set both VOLTS/DIV switches to 50 mV (0.8 division of display), or a § division, 90 kilohertz display and set both VOLTS/DIV switches to 50 mV (0.5 division display) as necessary for parts d and f of step 1 d. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by ad- justing the A LEVEL control in the following A COUPLING and SOURCE switch pasitions: ACOUPLING — A SOURCE DISPLAY Ac NORM,CH1,CH2 0. Div DC. NORM,CH1,CH2 0.3 Div LF REJ NORM, CH1,CH2 05 Div HF REJ NORM,CH1,CH2 05 Div ©. Set HORIZ MODE BOLYD A LEVEL Fully clockwise f. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by ad: justing the B LEVEL control in the following 8 COUPLING. and B SOURCE switch positions: BCOUPLING 8 SOURCE DISPLAY AG. NORM,CH1,CH2 03 Dv De NORM, CH 1, CH 2 LF REJ NORM, CH 1, CH 2 HF REJ NORM, CH 1, CH 2Performance Check—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 2. Check A and B External Triggering a. Set: CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 20 mv A&B SOURCE ExT b, Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 5 divisions of display. c. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by ad- justing the B LEVEL control in the following B COUPLING. switch positions. AC, DC d. Remove the X2 BNC attenuator and set the B COUPLING switch to LF REJ then HF REJ. e. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by ad- justing the 8 LEVEL control. 1. Sot HORIZ MODE A A COUPLING LF REJ and HF REJ 9. CHECKSiable display can be obtained by ad- justing the A LEVEL control hh. Replace the X2 BNC attenuator. |. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by ad- justing the A LEVEL contra! in the following A COUPLING. switch positions: Ac, DC j. Remove the X10 BNC altenuator and set the A SOURCE switch to EXT + 10. k. CHECK—Stablo display can be obiained by ad- justing the A LEVEL control in the following A COUPLING. switch positions: AC, DG. |. Remove the X2 BNC attenuator and set the A COUPLING switch to LF REJ then HF REJ. 58 m. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by ad- justing the A LEVEL control - 3. Check A Normal Mode a, Sot ACOUPLING Ac ‘A SOURCE NORM TRIG MODE AUTO b. Adjust A LEVEL for a stable display. ad ©. Set the TRIG MODE switch to NORM J, CHECK-Stable display is visible fe. Set the CH 1 AG-GND-DC ewiteh to GND. 1, CHECK—No visible display in the absence of an adequate trigger signal 4. Check Single Sweep fa, Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to DC. ~ b. Adjust A LEVEL until the display just triggers. c. Set the CH 1 AG-GND-DC switch to GND. 4, Push the SINGL SWP button. e. CHECK—READY light comes on and stays on f. Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switen to DG. — 9g. CHECK READY light goos out and asingle sweep h. Push the SINGL SWP button. i. CHECK—Single sweep occurs every time the SINGL WP button is pushed: |. Disconnect the test setup. REV.A, APR. 1975- Performance Check—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 5. Check Trigger View ©. Push the TRIG VIEW button and hold it in. - a. Set — ATIME/DIV 0.2 ms A. COUPLING De d, CHECK—Display amplitude is 3.2 to 4.8 divisions A SOURCE EXT b. Connect a 200 millivolt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator to the A EXT input €. Disconnect the test setup. e 59Performance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) IMPORTANT NOTE OSCILLOSCOPES WITH DIGITAL MULTIMETERS ATTACHED, REFER TO THE DIGITAL MULTIMETER MANUAL AT THIS POINT, THEN RETURN TO STEP 8 IN THE HORIZONTAL SECTION. OSCILLOSCOPES WITHOUT DIGITAL MULTIMETERS, CONTINUE WITH THIS PROCEDURE. HORIZONTAL Equipment Required 1. Time-Mark Generator 2. Calibration Generator 465 Control Settings POWER on crt INTENSITY As desired Focus Best focused display SCALE ILLUM As desired VERTICAL (CH 1 and CH 2) VERT MODE CHI POSITION Midrange VvoLTS/DIV osv VAR VOLTS/DIV Calibrated detent AC-GND-DC oc INVERT Normal (button out) 20 MHz BW (PULL) Full bandwidth (No yellow showing) TRIGGER (A and 8) COUPLING ac LEVEL Midrange SLOPE + A SOURCE NORM B SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY TRIG MODE AUTO ATRIG HOLOOFF NORM ‘SWEEP (A and B) HORIZ DISPLAY A TIME/DIV 1 ms VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent DELAY TIME POSITION — Fully counterclockwise X10 MAG. Of {button out) POSITION (horizontal) Midrange FINE Midrange 6-10 3. Leveled Sine-Wave Generator 4. 42 Inch, 50 ohm BNC Cable 5. 80 ohm BNC Termination 1. Check A and B Timing Accuracy a, Connect the time-mark generator to CH 1 via a 50 ohm BNC cable and a 50 ohm BNC termination, b. CHECK—A and B timing accuracy according 10 Table 5-3. Timing to be accurate within 3% (0.8 division at the 17th time marker). If 11 time markers are not visible when checking B sweap, set the A TIME/DIV switch one step slower than the B TIME/DIV switch, ie A TIME/DIV 4ms B TIME/DIV 0.5 ms TABLE 5-3 AAND 8 TIMING ACCURACY Aand B CRT Display TIME/DIV Time-Mark | (Markers/ Switch Setting | Generator Output | Division) 0.05 us ‘50 ns a ays 0.1 us 4 2us 4 ys 2 5 us. 0.5 us 4 Vas tus 1 2a tus 2 bus 5 us 1 10 us, 10 4s 1 2048 10 us 2 50 ws 50 us 1 ms Ot ms 1 2ms Ot ms 2 5 ms 05 ms 1 1 ms 1 ms 1 2ms 1 ms 2 5 ms 5 ms 1 ‘oms | 10 ms 1 ‘20ms | roms [2 "50 ms soms | REV. A, APR. 1975TABLE 5-3 (cont) Aand B CRT Display TIME/DIV ime-Mark, (Markers/ Switch Setting | Generator Output_| Division) ‘A SWEEP ONLY 16 O1s 1 “28 ots 2 256 05s 1 “Set the TRIG MODE switch to NORM 2. Check A Variable Time/Division Range a. Set HORIZ MODE A TRIG MODE AUTO TIME/DIV ams b. Select millisecond time marks from the time mark generator c. CHECK—At loast 1 marker per division can be obtained by adjusting the VAR TIME/DIV control 4. Return the VAR TIME/DIV control to the detent position. 3. Check Delay or Differential Time Linea a. Set: ATIME/DIV ims BTIME/DIV 5 us HORIZ DISPLAY BDLYD b. Set the time mark generator tor 1 millisecond time marks. ©. Set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to position the tenth time marker to the beginning of the trace (about 10.00) d. Note the reading on the DELAY TIME POSITION, dial. ©. Adjust the DELAY TIME POSITION dial so that the ninth time marker is at the beginning of the trace @ Performance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 4. CHEGK—DELAY TIME POSITION dial fora reading one division tess, within 0.01 division from +18°C to +35°C; (one division loss, within 0.03 division from —15°C to +55°C) than the reading noted in step 4. g. Rotate the DELAY TIME POSITION diat to position ‘each successive time marker to the beginning of the sweep, h, CHECK—DELAY TIME POSITION dial for a reading of one division less, within 0.01 division from +15°C to +35°C (one division less, within 0.03 division from ~15°C to +55°C} than the adjacent time marker. 4, Check Delay or Differential Time Accuracy a. Set B SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY A TIME/DIV 02 ys B TIME/DIV 0.05 ys b. Sot the A TIME/DIV, B TIME/DIV and the time mark generator to the settings given in Table 5-4. First set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 1.00, Adjustthe horizontal TABLE 5.4 DELAY OR DIFFERENTIAL TIME ACCURACY. ATIME/ Btimey | Time pv pv Mark ‘Switch ‘Switch Generator Setting Setting Output 24s 05 us 1 ys 59 05 us 58 1s Vas tus 2us tus tus Sus 5 us Sus 104s tus 10 us 20 us Tus 10 us 50 13 Sus 50 us ms 10 us Ams 2ms 10 us 1ms Sms 50 ys 5 ms ms 1 ms 1 ms 2ms 1 ms ms Sms 5 ms 8 ms "10 ms 1ms 10 ms "20 ms 1ms 10 ms “0 ms 5 ms 50 ms “ts 10 ms 1s “28 10 ms 1s 188 50 ms 5s “Set the TRIG MODE switch to NORM. 511Performance Check—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) POSITION contro! so the top of the displayed time mark crosses the center vertical graticule line, (If the top of the time marker at the beginning of the sweep isn't visible, then use the time mark near the end of the sweep). Without touching the horizontal POSITION control, set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 9.00. Slightly readjust the DELAY TIME POSITION diel to position the top of the displayed time mark to the center vertical graticule line, (CHECK—DELAY TIME POSITION dial setting to be. 8.92 to 9.08. Repeat the above for each of the settingslisted in Table 54, 5. Check Delay or Differential Jitter a. Set DELAY TIME POSITION 9.00 HORIZ DISPLAY BOLYD ATIME/DIV ims BTIME/DIV 02 us B SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY b. Select 1 ms time marks. ¢. Slightly readjust the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to, position the time mark to the center of the graticule, 4. CHECK—Jitter on the leading edge of the time marker does not exceed 1 division (2.5 divisions if operating from a 50 hertz line voltage). Disregard theslow ari. ©. Set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 1.00 and repeat step ¢. 6. Check Mixed Sweep Accuracy a, Set A TIME/DIV 1 ms BTIME/OIV ms DELAY TIME POSITION Fully clockwise b. Select 1 ms time marks c, CHECK—Timing error between the second and the tenth time marks. Note the amount of error for step & 512 d. Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to MIX. e. CHECK—Timing between the second and tenth time marks is within 0.18 division = the errornoted instep c f. Disconnect the time mark generator. 7. Check A Intensified and B Ends A a. Sot ATIME/OIV 1 ms B TIME/DIV 1 ms DELAY TIME POSITION About $.00 HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN b. CHECK—B portion of the trace is intensified (about 1 division) ©. Rotate A TRIG HOLDOFF control clockwise to the B ENDS A position (in the detent) d. CHECK—Trace ends at the ond of the intensified portion, 8. Check X Gai a. Set TIME/DIV (both) xY VERT MODE cH? VOLTS/DIV (both) o mv. CH 1 AC-GND-DC AC CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND HORIZ DISPLAY A A TRIG HOLDOFF Fully counterclockwise b. Connect a 20 millivolt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator to the GH 1 input via a 50 ohm BNC cable. c. CHECK—Display is 4 divisions between the dots. (£0.16 division} 4. Set CH 1 AG-GND-DC switch to BC. ©, CHECK—Display is 4 divisions (-+0.16 division) between the dots. itis normal for this CHECK tobe slightly shorter than that In step c.f. Set the calibration generator for a 50 millivolt stan- dard amplitude signal 9. CHECK—Display is 10 divisions botwoen the dots 4 division) h. Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to AC. i, CHECK—Display is 10 divisions (:+0.4 division) between the dots. Itis normal for this CHECK to be slightly longer than step g. j, Disconnect the test setup. Performance Check--465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 9. Check X Bandwidth a, Connect the leveled sine-wave generator to the CH 1 input via a $0 ohm BNC cable and 50 ohm BNC termination. b. Adjust the generator for a 10 division display of a 50 kilohertz reference signal. ©. Without touching the generator amplitude, adjust the generator frequency to 4 megahertz. d. CHECK-—Display is at least 7 divisions in length. €. Disconnect the test setup. 513Section 6—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) CALIBRATION IMPORTANT—PLEASE READ BEFORE USING THIS PROCEDURE Purpose ‘The purpose of the calibration procedure! to providea calibration sequence for adjustments—not to provide a ‘trouble-shooting guide. See the Trouble Shooting Aids portion of the Maintenance Section for trouble-shooting information. Limits and Tolerances All limits and tolerances given in this procedure are calibration guides and should not be interpreted as instrument specifications unless they are also found in the Specifications section of this manual Tolerances given are for the instrument under test and do not include test equipment error. Step Titles Where possible, instrument performance Is checked before an adjustment is made. Steps containing checks and adjustments are titled Check/Adjust. Those with checks only are titled Check Line Voltage Selection This procedure is for 118 volt ac line, medium range. It a different range is to be used, set the Regulating Range Selector and Line Voltage Selector for the available line voltage (see item 42 under Controls and Connectors in Section 2) Internal Adjustments Do not preset theinternal controls or move the +65 volt supply adjustment as this will typically require complete recalibration of the oscilloscope. Display ‘The most accurate display adjustments are made with a stable, well-focused, low-intensity display. Unless otherwise noted, adjust the Intensity, Astigmatism, Focus, and Trigger Level controls as needed Test Equipment Required The test equipment listed in Table 6-2, or equivalent, is, required for complete calibration of the oscilloscope @ ‘Specifications given for the equipment ara the minimum necessary for accurate calibration. Therefore, the equip ment used must meet or exceed the listed specifications. Detailed operating instructions for the test equipment are ot givan in this procedure. Refer to the appropriate instruction manual if more information is needed, Special Calibration Fixtures. Special calibration fix- tures are used only whore they facilitate instrument calibration. These fixtures are available from Tektronix Inc. Order by part number through your local Tektronix Field Office or Representative. Calibration Equipment Alternatives and Partlal Procedures. The Calibration procedure is based on the first item of equipment given as an example. When other equipment is substituted, control settings or calibration setups might need to be altered. If the exact equipment listed is not available, check the specifications column carefully to see if any otherequipment mightsuffice. Then check the usage column tosee what this item is used for. If used for a check that is of little or no importance to your measurement requirements, the item and corresponding step(s) can be delotod. Ifthe applications for which you will use the 485 do not require the full performance available, the procedure and the equipment list can be shortened accordingly. For ‘example, the basic measurament capabilities of this instrument can be verified by checking and adjusting as needed: vertical deflection factor, horizontal timing ac- curacy, and the calibrator signal. Ifany step requires more than a minor readjustment, check Table 6-1 for any possible interactions. Interactions Table 8-1 shows calibration adjustments and the possible interaction each adjustment might have on other adjustments. The use of Table 6-1 is particularly important it only a partial procedure is performed or if @ circuit requires recalibration due to component replacement. To use this tablo, find the adjustment made in the column at the left of the table. Then move to the right across that row until you come to adarkened square. From the darkened square move up the column and check the accuracy of the adjustment titling that column. Readjustif necessary, 61Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) TRIGGER LEVEL CENTERING [A AND BH Interaction —= Adjustment made \ HV. SUPPLY ‘TRACE ROTATION Y-AXIS ALIGNMENT GEOMETRY STEP ATTENUATOR BALANCE CH 1 VARIABLE BALANCE CH2 VARIAGLE BALANCE INVERT BALANCE VERT OUT POSITION CENTERING CH 1 POSITION CENTERING oH 1 cain | cH 2 GAIN VERT OUT GAIN SNP START AND A SNP CAL X1 HORIZONTAL GAIN X10 HORIZONTAL GAIN B swe CAL, 05 4 TIMING 1A AND Bi] HIGH SPEED MAG TIMING TRIGGER SENSITIVITY (A AND 8) SLOPE CENTERING (A AND 8) NORMAL DE BALANCE cH 1 DCBALANGE cH 2 De BALANCE “TRIGGER VIEW CENTERING XGAIN CRT GRID BIAS cat TABLE 6-1 ADJUSTMENT INTERACTIONS 2 4 fe 205 Eom ale 3 gefe 2 g22 88 e22 g2>tfu = gas 3e $23 G2tSRBSSSS5ETES ERK OST AEZASExEG NOTE For 45's with the IC version of the Vertical Output Amplifier, adjusting the Vertical Output bias affects Vertical Output Gain and High Frequency compensation. 62 REV A, JAN 1975Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) TABLE 6-2 ‘TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED with 10X probe and 1X probe. factor, 5 mV/division; acc racy, within 3%; dual trace Vertical gain adjustment. A Trigger Holdotf check. A and 8 + Gate Output Signals, check. Minimum Description Specitications Usage Examples 1. Variable | Capable of Supplying Power supply regulation General Radio W8MT3VM Variac Autotransformer| 1.2 amperes over a range of | check. Autotransformer 1035 to 1265 volts, 2. Digital Range, 0 to 140 volts; de Low-Voltage Power Supply | a. Tektronix DM $01 Di Voltmeter! voltage accuracy, within checks and adjustments. CRT | tal Multimeter.’ 0.15%; display, 4 1/2 Grid Bias adjustment, Vertical digits. and Horizontal Centering b. Any digital voltmeter adjustments. Calibrator Output | that meets minimum specifi- Voltage adjustment, cations, 3. DC Volt- | Range, 0 to 2500 volts; cali- | High-Voltage Power Supply | a. Triplett Mode! 630-NA. meter brated to 1% accuracy at adjustment. 2450 volts. b. Simpson Model 262. 4, Test Bandwidth, DC to 100 mega- | Power Supply Ripple Check. | a. Toktronix 485 Oscillo- Oscilloscope | hertz; miniumum deflection | CRT Z-Axis Compensation; | oscope with 2 PBOB5A (10X) probes. b. Tektronix 475 Oscillo~ scope with 2 P6075 (10X) probes, ~ 8. Amplitude Calibrator 6 Sine-wave Amplitude accuracy, within 0.25%; signal amplitude, 2 millivolts to 50 volts output signal, 1 kilohertz | square wave, | Frequency, 960 kilohertz to Vertical checks and adjust- ments. Trigger View Gain check. X Gain adjustment. External Z-Axis check Vertical Centering. Bandwidth a. Tektronix PG $08 Calibra- tion Generator! b. Tektronix 087-0502-01 calibration fixture a. Tektronix SG 503 Leveled Generator above 100 megahertz; output | and Isolation checks. Trigger | Sine-wave Generator.’ amplitude, variable from 0.5 | checks and adjustments. X-Y to 4 volts peak-to-peak; out- | Phase Difference. X Band- b. Tektronix Type 191 Con- put impedance, 50 ohms; refer-| width check. stant-Amplitude Signal erence frequency, 50 to Generator. 350 kilohertz; amplitude accu- racy, constant within 3% of reference frequency as out- put frequency changes, 7. Time-Mark | Marker outputs, 2 nanoseconds | CRT Y-Axis and geometry a, Tektronix TG 501 Time- Generator 10.0.5 second; marker accu- | adjustments. Auto Trigger Mark Generator.’ racy, within 0.1%; trigger ‘output, 1 millisecond to 0.1 microsecond, time coin- cident with markers. check. Horizontal timing checks and adjustments, b. Tektronix 2901 Time- Mark Generator. @ "Requires a TM 500 series power module. 63Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) TABLE 6-2 (cont) Minimum Description Specifications | Usage Examples 8 Low-Fre- | Frequency, 10 hertz to | Low-Frequency Trigger checks] a. Tektronix SG 502 Oscil- quency 50 kilohertz; output ampl lator.! Generator tude, variable from 10 miti- volts to 4 volts peak-to-peak. | b. General Radio 13108, Oscillator. | 8. Square-Wave | Repetition rate, + to | vertical Compensation Generator 100 kiloherte: risetime, | 4 nanosecond or less from fast-rise output; output | amplitude, 60 volt pulse sup- | plying at least 10 milli amperes from high-amplitude output; aberrations, within 2% from fast-rise output. a, Tektronix PG 506 Call bration Generator! ~ b. Tektronix Type 106 Square-Wave Generator. 10. 50-Ohm | Frequency response, 60 kilo- | Trigger checks and adjust- Signal Pickott |} hertz to 100 megahertz: ments. impedance 50 ohms for signal input, signal output and trigger output. Tektronix OT-3 Signal Pick- off. Part Number (017-061-009. 11. Gable (2 | Impedance, 50 chms; Length, | Signal interconnection, Tektronix Part Number Required) 42 inches; Connectors, 8NC 012-057-014 12. Cable (2 | Impedance, 50 ohms; Length, | Signal interconnection. ‘Tektronix Part Number Required) 18 inches; Connectors, BNC 012-0076-00. 18, Adapter | Connectors, GRE74 to BNC | Vertical Compensation: Trig- | Tektronix Part Number female gor adjustments. 017-0063-00. 14, Adapter | Connectors, BNC female to | Signal interconnection Tektronix Part Number = BNC female 103-0028-00 15. Oual- Connectors, BNC female to 2 | Vertical checks. Trigger checks} Tektronix Part Number Input Coupler | BNC male. and adjustments. X-Y Phase | 067-0525-00. 7 (2 required) check. 16. T Con- Connectors, BNC Signal interconnection Tektronix Part Number S nector 103-0030-00. 47. 10X Ratio, 10X; impedance, Vertical Compensation. Verti- | Tektronix Part Number Attenuator (2 | 50 ahms; connectors, BNC. cal Bandwidth check. Trigger | 011-0059-01 required) adjustments. 18. 5X Atten- | Ratio, 5X; impedance, 50 ohmsi| Vertical System Compensation | Tektronix Part Number - uator connectors, BNC adjustments, Trigger adjust- | 011-0060-01 ments, 19. 2x Atten- | Ratio, 2X; impedance, 50 ohms) Vertical System Compensation.| Tektronix Part Number ator connectors, BNC. Trigger adjustments, 011-0069-01 - ‘Requires a TM 500 series power module 64 REV. 6, JUNE, 1975Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) TABLE 6-2 (cont) Description Minimum Specifications Usage Examples 20, Termi Impedance, 50 ohms; connect- | Signal termination. Tektronix Part Number nation (2 ectors, BNC 011-0049-01 Required) 21, Input RG | RC time constant, 1 megohm | Vertical Input Attenuator ‘Tektronix input RC Normalizer Normalizer times 20 picotarads; con- Compensation calibration fixture, Part nectors, BNC, Number 067-0538-00. 22, Screw: Length, three-inch shaft, Adjust variable resistors. Xcelite F-39323, driver bil size, 3/32 inch. 23, Low-Cap- | Length, 1-inch shatt; bit ‘Adjust all variable capaci- JLF.D. Electronics Corp. acitance Screw: | size, 3/32 inch. tors. Adjustment Tool Number driver 5284 24. Shorting Calibrator adjustment Strap INDEX TO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE Power Supply 4. Check/Adjust Power Supply DC Levels, Regulation and Ripple 2, Check/Adjust High Voltage Supply Display and Z Axis 1. Check/Adjust CRT Grid Bias 2. Check/Adjust Trace Alignment 3. Chock/Adjust Y-Axis Alignment 4, Check/Adjust Geometry Check/Adjust Z-Axis Compensation Vertical 1. Check Probe Coding Indicator Lights 2. Check CH 1 and CH 2 Gate Current 3. Check AG-GND-DC Switches 4. Check Alternate Mode: 5. Check Chop Mode 6. Adjust Vertical Output Bias e 7. Check/Adjust Vertical Output Centering 8. Check/Agjust Ch 1 Step Attenuator Balance 8. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Variable Volts/Div 10. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Step Attenuator 11. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Variable Volts/Div 12, Check/Adjust Ch 2 Invert Balance 18, Check/Adjust Ch 2 Position Centering 14. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Position Centering 16. Check/Adjust Ch 1 and Vertical Output, 18. Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Variable 20. Check Compression and Expansion 21. Check/Adjust Vertical OutputLow Fre- Page 68 Balance cy Balance 19 Balance 610 ett en e11 15: Check Beam Finder Operation Gain 613 17. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Gain 6-13 Voits/Division Range 613 19. Check Add Mode 613 6-13 6-14 quency Compensation 616 616 616 6SCalibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 22. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Volts/Division ‘Compensation 28. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Volts/Division ‘Compensation 24. Check/Adjust Ch 2and Vertical Output, High Frequency Compensation 28. Check Ch 2 Position Etfect 26. Check/Adjust Ch 2 10 millivolt and 20 millivolt High Frequency Compensation 27. Check/Adjust Ch 1 High Frequency Compensation 28. Check Gh 1 Position Effect 29. Check/Adjust Ch 1 10 millivolt and 20 millivolt High Frequency Compensation 90, Check Bandwidth 31, Check Cascade Gain and Bandwidth 32, Check Channel Isolation 38. Check Common Mode Rejection Ratio 84, Check Bandwidth Limit Operation Triggers 1. Check/Adjust A Trigger Sensitivity 2. Check/Adjust B Trigger Sensitivity 3. Check/Adjust 8 Trigger Slope and Level Centering 4, Check/Adjust A Trigger Slope and Level Centering 5. Chock/Adjust A Trigger DC Levels 6. Check 8 Trigger DC Levels 7. Check B Internal 25 megahertz Trigger- ing & Check A Internal 25 megahertz Trigger- ing 9. Check A External 25 megahertz Triggering 10. Check Triggering B External 25 megahertz 11. Check Band A External 100 megahertz Triggering 66 619 619 6-20 6-20 6-21 6-21 6-21 6-22 6-22 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-26 6-26 6-27 6-27 6-28 6-28 6-29 6-29 12, Check A Internal 100 megahertz Triggering 18. Check B Internal 100 megahertz Triggering 14. Check A & B High Frequency Reject Triggering 15. Check Single Sweep 16. Chock 60 Hertz Internal and Low Fre~ quency Reject Triggering 17. Check 60 Hertz External Triggering 18, Check External Trigger Level Ranges 19, Check Line Triggers 20. Check A Normal Mode 21, Check/Adjust Trigger View Centering 22. Check Trigger View Gain Horizontal 1. Check/Adjust Sweep Start and A Sweep Calibration 2. Check Delay or Differential Time Linearity 3. Check/Adjust Horizontal Amplifier Gain 4. Check Sweep Linearity 5. Check/Adjust Magnifier Registration 8. Check/Adjust B Sweep Calibration 7. Check A Sweep Length 8. Check Variable Time/Division 9. Check Horizontal Position Range 40. Check/Adjust A 10 p18 Timing 11. Check/Adjust A Sweep High Speed Timing 12. Cheok/Adjust B Sweep High Speed Timing 48. Check A and 8 Time/Division Ac- curacy 6-30 6-30 631 eat 631 6-32 6-33 6-33 6-34 6-34 6-34 6-35 6-36 6-36 6-38 6-3914. Check/Adjust High Speed Magnified Timing 18. Chock A and B Magnified Timing Ac- curacy 16. Check Delay or Differential Timing Accuracy 17. Check Delay or Differential Time Jitter 18. Check Mixed Sweep Accuracy 19. Check/Adjust X Gain 6-39 6-40 6-40 6-40 eat Calibration--465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 20. Check X- Phasing and Bandwidth 21. Check Ends A, 22, Check A Trigger Holdoff Gates, Calibrator and Ext Z Axis 1. Check A and 8 + Gates 2. Check/Adjust Calibrator DC Level 3. Check External Z Axis eat eat eat 6-43 44 6-44 67Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) POWER SUPPLY Equipment Required 8, Test Oscillsocope | 41. Digital Voltmeter 4, Autotransformer 2, DC Voltmeter 5. 3 Inch slotted Screwdriver S00 SERA MRIEBURDEIBR., In tre Diagram section for adjustments end test points (TP) 485 Control Settings ‘Sweep Controls Power Controls HORIZ DISPLAY A Renuictinaleananten earn eecirn DELAY TIME POSITION — Fully counterclockwise Line Voltage Selector 115 A TIME/DIV tims. POWER on BTIME/DIV ims VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent X10 MAG Off (button out) CRT Controls POSITION Midrange FINE Midrange INTENSITY As desired ATRIG HOLDOFF NORM Focus Best focused display SCALE ILLUM As desired 1. Check/Adjust Power Supply DC Levels, Regula- tion and Ripple Vertical Controls pp ee canes earn) wore EGND.DE op Ce st the digital voltmeter bet, the test, it VERT MODE CH sutonouy aden Tobe 68 end run. Votaye wo be wih te 20 MHz BW (Pull) Off (No yellow overlay showing) LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY LIMITS ‘Triggering Controls (both A and B If applicable) Power | Test LEVEL As necded for a stable sess Bt | eg Lecce display +ssv | tpisse | +5472 to +55.27 | 10.5% SLOPE + H5Vv | TPtsda | +14.77 10 +18.22 | +1.5% COUPLING. AC. +sv | Tpr1ss8 +492 10 +5.07 | #1.5% SOURCE NORM -ev | TP1s6s 8.12 to 7.880 | 1.5% TRIG MODE AUTO +110v] Teisig | +1078 to +113.4 | +3%; 2%NOTE If the adjustmentin step 1b is made, the oscilloscope will require complete recalibration. b. Connect the digital voltmeter to TP1536: ADJUST +85 volt supply (R138) for +55 volts. Recheck all supplies according to Table 6-3. ©. Connect the test oscilloscope to the indicated test point anc check the ripple amplitude according to Table 6- 4 while varying the line voltage between 103.5 volts and 128.5 volts, TABLE 6-4 TYPICAL LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY RIPPLE Power Supply | Test Point | Typical Ripple +55 V TP 1536 +15V TP1548 45V TP1558 av TP1568 +110 P1518 REV A, JAN 1975 Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) . Retum line voltage to 115 voits. 2, Check/Adjust High Voltage Supply ‘a. Connect the de voltmeter between 1P1423 and ground on the interface board (TP1423 Is accessible through a hole in the high voltage cover), b. CHECK—High Voltage supply for ~2450 volts :2% (2401 volts to ~2499 volts). c. ADJUST—High Voltage (R1400) for ~2450 volts. d. Disconnect the de voltmeter from the 465.Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) DISPLAY AND Z AXIS Equipment Required 1. OC Voltmeter 2. Test Oscilloscope 3. Time Mark Generator 4, 50-ohm BNC Cable See “ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 7 485 Control Settings (“Indicates Changes From the Previous Step) Power Controls Regulating Range Selector Medium Line Voltage Selector 115 V POWER ON CRT Controls INTENSITY As desired Focus Best focused display “SCALE ILLUM “Fully counterclockwise Vertical Controls (both Channels If applicable) VoLTs/DIv sm VAR Calibrated detent POSITION Midrange AC-GND-DC GND VERT MODE CHA INVERT Normal (button out) 20 MHz BW (Pull) Off (No yellow showing) Triggering Controls (both A and B if applicable) LEVEL As needed for a stable display SLOPE + COUPLING AC SOURCE NoRM TRIG MODE AUTO 6.10 5. $0-ohm BNC Termination 6. X10 Probe 7. 8 Inch slotted Screwdriver 8. Low Capacitance slotted Screwdriver in the Diagrams section for adjustments and test points (TP) ‘Sweep Controls HORIZ DISPLAY A DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise “A TIME/OIV XY “3 TIME/DIV xy VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent X10 MAG Off (button out) POSITION Midrange FINE Midrange A TRIG HOLOOFF NORM 1. Check/Adjust CRT Grid Bias a. Connect the digital voltmeter between P1486 and, ground. {TP1486 is accessible through a hole in the high voltage cover.) b. Set the INTENSITY control for +20 volts on the digital voltmeter. c, CHECK—Display for a well defined, low intensity dot. Use FOCUS and ASTIG controls as needed: d. ADJUST—Grid Bias (R1480) for a visible dot, then back until the dot just disappears, 2. Check/Adjust Trace Alignment a. Set: ATIME/DIV 0.5 ms INTENSITY as desired SCALE ILLUM as desiredb. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line, ©. CHECK—Trace is parallel with thecenter horizontal, ule line, 6, ADJUST—TRACE ROTATION (front panel adjust- ment) to make the trace parallel with the center horizontal graticule line. 3. Check/Adjust Y-Axis Alignment a, Connect 1ms time marks from the time-mark, generator to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm BNC cable and a 50 ohm BNC termination, b. Set CH 1 AC-GND-DC pe CH 1 VOLTS/DIV or ¢, Adjust VAR TIME/DIV control for exactly 1 time mark/major division. (Time marks should fill the screen vertically. If not, reduce the VOLTS/DIV switch setting.) d. CHECK—Display for 0.1 division tilt or less, when compared to the center vertical graticule line fe ADJUST—Y-Axis Alignment (R146) to align the center time mark with the center vertical graticule line. 1. INTERAGTION—TRAGE ROTATION 4, Check/Adjust Geometry a. CHECK—Display for 0.1 division or less, vertical curvature of the markers across the graticule area, (Readjust A VAR TIME/DIV as needed to maintain exactly 1 mark per division.) ci ration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) b, ADJUST—Geometry (R142) for minimum cur- valure of the markers across the graticule area, ¢. INTERACTION—Y-Axis Alignment. 4. Disconnect the test setup. , Return A VAR TIME/DIV to detent. 5. Check/Adjust Z-Axis Compensation a, Set the A TIME/DIV switch to 0.05 ps. b. Connect the X10 probe from the test oscilloscope to TP 1486, c. Adjust the 465 INTENSITY control for a 15 volt display on the test oscilloscope. d. CHECK—Test oscilloscope display for optimum, square corner on the unblanking gate (with minimum ringing). @. ADJUST—Z-Axis Compensation (C1471) witha low capacitance screwdriver for the best square corner an the unblanking pulse viewed on the test oscilloscope. f. Disconnect the test setup. g. CHECK—Display for uniform intensity across the graticule area (especially the first2 divisions of the trace). h. READJUST—C1471, if necessary. 611Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) - VERTICAL Equipment Required 7. 80. ohm BNC Cable 8. Dual-Input Coupler 1, Calibration Generator 9. GR to BNC Female Adapter 2. Test Oscilloscope 10. X10 BNC Attenuator (2 required) 8. Square-wave Generator 11. 50 ohm BNC Termination (2 required) 4. Leveled Sine-Wave Generator - 12, 20 picofarad BNC Normalizer 5. 2X10 Probes 18. Low-Capacitance Screwdriver . X10 Probe with Scale-Factor Switching (or an 11 kilohm resistor, see Step 1a) 14. 3 Inch slotted Screwdriver i oe gan = ‘See ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 2» and /ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS da, or ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 3b. | the Diagrams section for adjustments and test points (TP). ‘Some instruments have an output stage (and output “POSITION “Midrange Circuit board) using an integrated circuit (IC). Other AC-GND-DC pe = instruments contain individual transistors in the output VERT MODE cH1 stage (Gisorete). The pull-out pages ADJUSTMENT INVERT Of (button out) LOCATIONS Sa & 3b permit easy identification of the 20 MHz BW (Pull) Off (No yellow board in your instrument. The calibration procedure| indicates the IC output stage acjustments by double showing) = boxes. Triggering Controls a 465 Control Settings (“Indicates Changes From (both A and B if applicable) Previous Step) LEVEL As needed for a stable Power Controls display _ SLOPE, + Regulating Range Selector Medium counna! oy Line Voltage Selector 115¥ Paver! a SOURCE NORM TRIG MODE AUTO ~ CRT Controls ‘Sweep Controls INTENSITY As desired Monizivisela A pocus) Best focused display DELAY TIME POSITION — Fully counterclockwise SCALE ILLUM As desired Eee Ses “8 TIME/DIV “1 ms VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent Vertical Controls X10 MAG Off (button out) (both Channels if applicable) POSITION Midrange *vOLTS/DIV *5mv FINE Midrange _ VAR Calibrated detent ‘A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM 6-12 REV A, JAN 19751. Check Probe Coding Indicator Lights ‘, Connect a X10 Probe with a scafe-factor switching connector to the CH 1 input connector (er connect an 11 kilghm resistor between the input coding ring and ground). b, CHECK—Light under § mV position is extinguised and the light under §0 mV position comes on. cc. Set the VERT MODE switch to CH 2. 4d. Move the probe, or the 11 kilohm resistor, to the CH 2 input. e, CHECK—Light under 5 mV position is extinguished and the light under 50 mV position comes on. 1. Remove the X10 probe or the resistor. 2, Check Ch 1 and Ch 2 Gate Current a. Set: CH1&CH2AC-GND-DC GND CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV. 5 mV b. Position the trace to araticule center. , Switch the CH 2 AC-GND-DC switch to DC d. CHECK—Trace shift is 0.1 division or less when CH. 2AC-GND-DC switch is switched between GND and DC. €, Set the VERT MODE switch to CH 1 f. Position the trace to graticule center. g. Switch the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to DC. h. CHECK—Trace shift is 0.1 division or less when the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch is switched between GND and Dc. 3, Check AC-GND-DC Switches a, Connect 2 20 millivolt standard amplitude from the calibration generator to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm BNC cable (unterminated). @ Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) b. Position the bottom of the display to the center, horizontal graticule line. ¢. Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC ewitch to GND. d, CHECK—For no vertical deflection; trace Is on the center horizontal graticule line. ©. Sot the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to Ac. 1. CHECK—Display Is centered about the center horizontal graticule line. 1g. Move the test signal to CH 2. h. Set the VERT MODE switch to CH 2. i, Position the bottom of the display to the center horizontal graticule line. j. Set CH 2 INPUT COUPLING switch to GND. k, CHECK—Display for no vertical deflection; trace is at the center horizontal graticule line. |. Set the CH 2 INPUT COUPLING ewitch to AC. m. CHECK—Display is centered about the center horizontal graticule line. n. Remove the test setup. 4. Check Alternate Mode a. Set VERT MODE ALT A TRIGGER LEVEL Fully counterclockwise b. Position the 2 traces about 2 divisions apart. ¢_ CHECK—Sweeps alternate at all settings of the A TIME/DIV switeh except X-Y. 5. Check Chop Mode a. Set ATIME/DIV tus VERT MODE CHOP AC-GND-DC (Both) GND 613Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) b. Position the 2 traces about 4 divisions apart. ¢. Adjust the A LEVEL control for a stable display. d. CHECK—Display for blanking of switching tran- sients between chopped segments. @, CHECK—Duration of each cycle Is about 4 divisions, 6. Adjust Output Amplifier Bias (IC version only) NoTE This adjustment alfects position effect, aberrations, and risetime. This adjustment may be slightly misad- justed for optimum vertical performance. Severe misadiustment will result in oss of gain and in- creased aberrations. if performing a routine recalibration, do not adjust at this time. Move to step 7 and complete the checks in Steps 7 through 25. If calibration requirements aro met there is no need to readjust the bias, If position elect, aberrations and risetime requirements are mst, then readjust the bias according to the procedure in the note after step 25, Recalibration Due to Replacement of Vertical Output Ic. ADJUST As follows: a. Set VERT MODE CHI CH 1 VOLTS/DIV o2v CH 1 AG-GND-DG Dc b. Connect the leveled-sine wave generator to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm BNG cable and 50 ohm BNC| termination. c. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for a few| divisions of display. d. ADJUST—Vertical Output Bias (R455) for max-| imum display amplitude 2, Disconnect the test setup. 614 7. Check/Adjust Vertical Output Centering and Beam Finder a. Set VERT MODE cH1 CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV. 5 mv CH 1 & CH 2 AG-GND-DC GND b. Connect the de voltmeter between TP322 and TP324, c. Adjust the CH 1 POSITION control tor 0 volton the voltmeter d. ADJUST—Vertical Output Centering (4418) to position the trace to the center graticule Tine. e, Remove the voltmeter lead connections. 8. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Step Attenuator Balance a. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 mv. b. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line. c. CHECK—Display for 0.2 division or less of trace shift between adjacent positions when rotating the CH t VOLTS/DIV switch from 20 mV to 5 mV. d. ADJUST—CH 4 Step Atten Bal (R25) for minimum, trace shift when rotating the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switeh from 20 mV to 5 mV. 9. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Variable Volts/Division Balance a. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line, b, CHECK—Display for 1.0 division or less of trace. shift when rotating the CH 1 VAR control through its range ©. CHECK—CH 1 UNCAL light comes on when the VAR control is out of the detent position. d. ADJUST—CH 1 Variable Balance (R120) for minimum trace shift when rotating the CH 1 VAR contrat through its range.@. Return the CH 1 VAR control to the detent position. 10. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Step Attenuator Balance a. Set VERT MODE cH CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 20 mv b. Position the trace to the centerhorizontal graticule line. c. CHECK—Display for 0.2 division or less of trace shift between adjacent switch positions when rotating the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch from 20 my to 5 mV. d. ADJUST—CH 2 Step Atten Bal (R75) for minimum, trace shitt when rotating the CH2 VOLTS/DIV switch from 20 mV to § mv, 11. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Variable Volts/Division Balance a. CHECK—Display for 1.0 division or less of trace shift when rotating the CH 2 VAR control through its range b. CHECK—CH2 UNCAL light comes on when the CH 2.VAR control is out of the detent position ¢. ADJUST—CH 2 Variable Balance (R220) for minimum trace shift when rotating the GH 2 VAR control through its range. d. Return the VAR contro! to the detent position. 12. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Invert Balance a. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line. b. Push the INVERT button c, CHECK—2 divisions or less of trace shitt between INVERT in and INVERT out. 4. ADJUST—Invert Balance (R215) for minimum trace, shift between INVERT in and INVERT out. ©. INTERACTION—CH 2 Variable Volts/Division balance, @ Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 13. Check/Adjust CH 2 Position Centering a. Connect the leveled sine-wave generator tothe Ch2. input via a 50 chm BNC cable and a 50 ohm BNC termination. b. Set: CH2 INVERT Button out CH 2 VOLTS/DIV ory CH 2 AC-GND-DC pc ATIME/DIV 1 ms INTENSITY as needed for a visible display c. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator tor 48 divisions of a 50 kilohertz signal, d. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 mv (26 divisions of display). ¢, CHECK—Display can be positioned both above and, below the center horizontal graticule line. f. ADJUST=Slight reagjustment of vertical output centering (R418) can be made such that the display can be positioned an equal distance both above and below the center horizontal graticule line, 14. Check/Adjust CH 1 Position Centering a. Move the leveled sine-wave generator signal to the, CH input. b. Sat CH 1 AG-GND-DC De CH 1 VOLTS/o1v 20 mv VERT MODE CHA ©. CHECK—Display can be positioned both above and below the center horizontal graticule line, d. ADJUST—CH 1 Position Centering (R115) so the display can be positioned an equal distance both above and below the center horizontal graticule line. fe. INTERACTION—CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIV balance (R120). 615Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 15. Check Beam Finder Operation a. Push the BEAM FINDER button and hold it in throughout checks b through d. b. CHECK—Display remains visible regardless of the settings of the CH 1 POSITION and the HORIZONTAL POSITION controls, c, CHECK—Display intensity is not affected when the setting of the INTENSITY control is changed. 4. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line. Set the HORIZONTAL POSITION control and the INTENSITY control to midrange. ©. Release the BEAM FINDER button and CHECK— Trace remains visible on tie screen 16. Check/Adjust Ch 1 and Vertical Output Gain a, Set: VERT MODE cH CH 1 & CH 2 AC-GND-DC DC CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV 5 mv b. Connect @ 20 millivolt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm unterminated BNC cable. &. Connect two X10 probes from the test oscilloscope to TP322 and TP324 on the 485 Preamp board, 4. Set test oscilloscope: VERT MODE ADD CH 2 INVERT Inverted CH 1&CH2VOLTS/DIV 50 mv @. CHECK—Test oscilloscope for a 200 millivolt (peak. to peak} signal between TP322 and TP324. NOTE This is a nominal value and may vary 10% or more from instrument to instrument. {, ADJUST—CH 1 Gain (R118) for a200 millivolt (peak to peak) signal between TP322 and TP324, 616 9. Remove the X10 probes from TP322 and TP324, h. CHECK—<465 ert display for 4 divisions of deflec- tion. i, ADJUST—Vertical Output Gain (R4466) for 4 divisions of display. j. CHECK—Accuracy of all CH 1 VOLTS/DIV ranges, according to Table 6-5. TABLE 6-5 VERTICAL DEFLECTION FACTOR ACCURACY VOLTS/DIV [Standard Amplitude|Vertical Deflection Switch Setting Output in Divisions Sm 20 mv fs.88 to 4.12 10m 50 mv 4.85 to 5.15 20m Orv [4.85 to 5.15 50m o2v 3.88 to 4.12 1 os 4.85 to 5.15 2 iv 4.85 to 5.15 5 av J3.88 to 4.12 1 ov 4.85 to 5.15 2 10Vv 4.85 to 5.15 8 20 3.88 to 4.12 17. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Gain a. Set the VERT MODE switch to CH 2 b. Adjust the calibration generator for @ 20 millivoit ‘output and move this signal fo the CH 2 input, ©. CHECK—Display for 4 divisions of deflection d. ADJUST—CH 2 Gain (R218) for 4 divisions of deflection. e. CHECK—Accuracy of all CH 2 VOLTS/DIV ranges. according to Table 6-6. 18. Check Ch 1 & Ch 2 Variable Volts/Division Range a. Set CH18CH2VOLTS/DIV 10 mv Calibration generator output 50 mvb. Rotate the Ch 2 VAR control fully counterclockwise, ¢. CHECK—Display reduces to less than 2 divisions. d. Move the test signal fo the CH 1 input connector. ©. Sot the VERT MODE switch to CH 1 £. Rotate the Ch 1 VAR control fully counterclockwise. 9. CHECK—Display reduces to less than 2 divisions. fh, Return the VAR controls to the detent positions. 49. Check Add Mode a. Connect the calibration generator to both CH 1 & CH 2 via‘a dual input coupler and adjust for a 10 millivolt output. », Set VERT MODE ADD GH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV 5mVv ©. CHECK—Display for 3.88 to 4.12 divisions of detles |. Check Compression and Expansion a. Set: CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND VERT MODE CHI b. Adjust the calibration generator for a 20 millivolt output, ©. Adjust the GH 1 VAR control forexactly 2 divisions of deflection centered about the center horizontal graticule tine. d. Position the top of the display to the top graticule line. @, CHECK—Display for 0.1 division or less of com- pression or expansion. REV. A, JUNE, 1975 Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) {. Position the bottom of the display to the bottom graticule line. g. CHECK—Display for 0.1 division or less of com- pression or expansion h. Set the CH 1 VAR control to the detent position i. Disconnect the test setup. 21. Check/Adjust Vertical Output Low Frequency Compensation a. Set ATIME/DIV o2ms CH 1 & CH 2 AC-GND-DC DC VERT MODE cH b, Connect the fast-rise + output of the Square-wave Generator to the CH 1 input via a GR-to-BNC adapter, 50 ‘ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC attenuator, and a 50 chm BNC termination. ©. Adjust the square-wave generator to maintain a 5 division display throughout this step 4. Adjust the square-wave generator for a 1 kilohertz signal fe. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with 3% (0.15 division) o less overshoot or roll off, 1. ADJUST— flat-top waveform. (IC version only) forthe best g. Set: ATIME/OIV 20 us h. Adjust the square-wave generator fora 10 kilohertz. signal 6-17Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) i, CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with 3% (0.15 division) or less overshoot or roliott. j. ADJUST—R4425 waveform. for the best flat-top k. Sot the A TIME/DIV switch to 2 ys. |. Adjust the square-wave generator fora 100 kilohertz signal. m. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with 3% (0.15 division) or less overshoot or rollott. n, ADJUST—Red27 [433__RAZ3] for the best flat- top waveform, ©. INTERACTION—Between all vertical Output Low Frequency adjustments. 22. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Volts/Di Compensation a. Add a 20 picofarad normalizer to the test setup, between the 50 ohm BNC termination and the CH 1 input. b. Move the test setup from the fast-rise + outputto the high-amplitude output of the square-wave generator and adjust the generator for a 1 kilohertz signal. ¢. Adjust the square-wave generator amplitude for a S division display. Add or remove attenuators as nocessary to maintain a § division display throughout this step. 4. CHECK—Display fora flat-top waveform with 3% or less overshoot or roll-off an the leading edge. e. ADJUST—C1 with the low-capacitance screwdriver, for the best flat-top waveform NOTE 1 Ct does not have sufficient range C2 can be removed or replaced with @ 2 picofarad capacitor. The nominal value is 1 picofarad. f. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 50 mv. 618 g. CHECK—Display for a tlat-top waveform with 3%, or less, overshoot or roll-off on the leading edge. h. ADJUST—Channel 1 C13 for the best flat-top waveform, and Channel 1 C12 for the best front corner with the low-capacitance screwdriver. i, CAL AID—Remove the 20 picofarad normalizer when adjusting or checking the front comer response. j. INTERACTION—Between Channel t's C13 and C12, Readjust both for total optimum response, k. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 05 V. |. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with 3% or ess overshoot or roll-off on the leading edge. m. ADJUST—Channel 1 C11 for the best flat-top waveform, and Channel 1 C10 for the best front corner. n. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 5 V. It may be necessary to remove the 50 ohm termination to get 5 divisions of display at 5 volts/division. 0. CHECK—Display fora flat-top waveform with 3% or less overshoot or roll-off on the leading edge. 23. Check/Adjust Ch 2 Volts/Division ‘Compensation a, Set the VERT MODE switch to CH 2 . Connect the test setup to the CH 2 input. c. Adjust the square-wave generator for 2 5 division display. Add or remove attenuators as necessary to maintain a § division display. d. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with 3% or less overshoot or roll-off on the leading edge. 2, ADJUST—C51 with the low-capacitance screw- driver for the best flat-top waveform. NOTE 11.051 does not have sufficient range, C52 can be removed or replaced with a 2 picofarad capacitor. The nominal value is 1 picolarad.f. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switeh to 0 mv. 9. CHECK—Display fora flat-top waveform with 3% or less overshoot or rall-off on the leading edge. fh. ADJUST—Channel 2 C18 for the best flat-top wavetorm, and Channel 2 C12 for the best front corner with the low-capacitance screwdriver. i. CAL AID—Remove the 20 picofarad normalizer when adjusting or checking the front commer response. j. INTERACTION—Between Channel 2's C13 and C12. Reagjust both for total optimum response. k. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 08 V. |. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with 3% or less overshoot or roll-off on the leading edge. m, ADJUST—Channel 2 C11 for the best flat-top waveform, and Channel 2 C10 for the best front corner with the low-capacitance screwdriver. 1. INTERACTION—Between Channel 2's C11 and C10. Readjust both for optimum response. 0. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 6 V. It may be. necessary to remove the 0 ohm BNC termination to get 5 divisions of display at § volts/division. Pp. CHECK—Display fora flat-top waveform with 3% or, less overshoot or roll-off on the leading edge. q. Disconnect the test setup. 24, Check/Adjust Ch 2 and Vertical Output High Frequency Compensation a. Sot CH1&CH2VOLTS/OIV 5 mv ATIME/DIV 0.08 ys b, Connect the fast rise, positive output of the square- wave generator to the CH? inputvia a GR to BNC adapter, 50 ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC Attenuator and 60 ohm BNC termination. @ Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) NOTE ‘Steps 24 through 29 are adjustment related. Perform all the chacks in each of these steps before making any adjustments (unless calibration is being per formed after repair or replacement of vertical com- ponents) ¢. Adjust the square-wave generator for a division display of a 100kilohertz signal. Add or remove attenuators as needed to maintain a § division display throughout this step. d. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less (0.15 division peak-to-peak for a S division display) @. CHECK—Display tora risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or less. f._ ADJUST—C77, C83, C205, R205, C249 and R249 on the Preamp board. Also C4428, R4438, 04422, R4422 on the discrete Vertical Output board, ‘Also C403, C442, R442 and C443 on the IC Vertical] Output board Adjust for the best flat-top display with aberrations of 8% peak-to-peak or less and a risetime of 8.5 nanoseconds oF less. g. Move the test setup to the fast rise, negative output of the square-wave generator. h. Set the A TRIGGER SLOPE switch to ~. |. CHECK—Display for a flat-bottom waveform with aberrations of 5% peak-to-peak or less. (0.25 division peak-to-peak for a 5 division display.) 25. Check Ch 2 Position Effect a, Position the bottom of the display to the top horizontal graticule line. b. CHECK—Display for a flat-bottom waveform with aberrations of 7% peak-to-peak or less (0.35 division with 2 5 division display). ©. Position the bottom of the display to the bottom horizontal graticule line 619Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) d. CHECK—Display for a flat-bottom waveform with aberrations of 7% peak-to-peak or less (0.35 division with a 6 alvision display). ¢. Move the test setup to the Fast rise, positive output of the square-wave generator. 1. Set the A TRIGGER SLOPE switch to + g. Position the top of the display to the top horizontal graticule line. h. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with aberrations of 5% peak-to-peak or less (0.25 division with 5 division display. i. Position the top of the display to the bottom horizontal graticule line. j. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with aberrations of 5% peak-to-peak or less (0.25 division with 5 division display) NOTE 1 you have trouble with position effect and aberrations, then readjustment of the Vertical Ouiput Bias (R455) could help. Readjust as follows: Set the VOLTS/DIV switch to 5 mV. Adjust the squara-wave generator for § divisions of + dis- play. Move the top of the display from the top to the bottom of the graticule area white adjusting the Vertical Qutput Bias (R455). Adjust R455 for minimum observable change in tho fal-top aberrations when moving the display from the top 10 the bottom of the graticule area, INTERACTIONS: Vortical Centering (steps 7, 13 and 14) Vertical Output Gain (step 161) Compression and Expansion (step 20). Vertical Output Low Frequency Compensation (step 2m) Alter readjustment for interactions, readjust according to step 241 and repeat the checks in the remainder of step 24 and siep 25. 26. Check/Adjust Ch 2 10 mV and 20 mV High Frequency Compensation a. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 mv. 6-20 b. Adjust the square-wave generator for divisions of, display. c. CHECK—Display for a tlat-top wavetorm with aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less. (0.15 division with a 5 division display). d. CHECK—Display fora risetime of 8 nanoseconds or less. ©, ADJUST—R97 and C97 for the best flat-top waveform with 3% peak-to-peak or less aberrations and a risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or less. f. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 mv, 4. Adjust the square-wave generator for a 5 division display. h. CHECK—Display for a tlat-top waveform with aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less (0.18 division with a 5 division display) i. CHECK—Display for a risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or less. |, ADJUST—R9B and C98 for the best flat-top waveform with 3% peak-to-peak or less aberrations and a risetime of 3.6 nanoseconds or less. 27. Check/Adjust Ch 1 Compensation a, Set the VERT MODE switch to CH 1 igh Frequency b. Move the test setup from CH 2 to CH 1 ©, Adjust the square-wave generator for 5 divisions of display. d. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with, aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less (0.15 division with a5 division display) e. CHECK—Display for a risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or less.f. ADJUST—C27, C33, C105, R105, C122, R122, C149, and R148 for the best flat-top waveform with aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less and a risetime of 8.5 nanoseconds or less. g. Move the test setup to the fast rise, negative output of the square-wave generator. h. Set the A TRIGGER SLOPE switch to ~, 1. CHECK—Display for a flat-bottom waveform with aberrations of 5% peak-to-peak or less (0.25 division with a 5 division display). 28. Check Ch 1 Position Effect a. Position the bottom of the display to the top horizontal graticule tine. b. CHECK—Display for a flat-bottom waveform with aberrations of 7% peak-to-peak or less (0.35 division with a 5 division display) ©. Position the bottom of the display to the bottom horizontal graticule line. 6. CHECK—Display for a flat-bottom waveform with aberrations of 7% peak-to-peak or less (0.35 division with a5 division display), fe. Move the test setup to the Fast rise, positive output, of the square-wave generator. 1. Set the A TRIGGER SLOPE ewitch to +. 4g. Position the top of the display to the top horizontal graticule fh. CHECK—Display for a tlat-top waveform with aberrations of 5% peak-to-peak or less (0.25 division with a 5 division display). |. Position the top of the display to the bottom horizontal graticule line. |. CHECK—Display for a flat-top waveform with aberrations of 5% peak-to-peak or less (0.25 division with a5 division display} e Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 29, Check/Adjust Ch 110 mV and 20 mV High Frequency Compensation a. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV suitich to 10 my. . Adjust the square-wave generator for 5 divisions of display c. CHECK—Display for a fiat-top waveform with aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less (0.15 division with a 5 division display) 4. CHECK—Display tor a risetime of 8.5 nanoseconds or less. ©, ADJUST—R47 and C47 for the best flat-top waveform with 3% peak-to-peak or less aberrations and a risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or less. 1. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 mV, 9. Adjust the square-wave generater for5 divisions of display, h. CHECK—Display for a tlat-top waveform with aberrations of 3% peak-to-peak or less (0.15 division with a 5 division display) 1. CHECK—Display for a risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or loss. j. ADJUST—R48 and C48 for the best flat-top ‘waveform with 3% peak-to-peak or less aberrations and a risetime of 3.5 nanoseconds or less. k. Remove the test setup, 30. Check Bandi a. Set ATIME/DIV ATRIGGER LEVEL About § us Fully clockwise (un- triggered display) CH1& CH2VOLTS/DIV 5mV¥ b. Connect the leveled sine-wave generator to the CH Tingut via a 50 ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC attenuator anda 50 ohm BNC termination 621Calibra n—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) ©. Adjust the sine-wave generator for a 5 division display of a reference signal of about 50 kilohertz, d. Set the generator to 100 megahertz. Do not change, the generator amplitude adjustment. @. CHECK—Display amplitude is 3. divisions or more, {, Repeat steps ¢ through e for all CH 1 VOLTS/DIV ranges from 10 mV to 2V. 9. Set VERT MODE cH CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 5 mv h. Move the test setup to the CH 2 input. Repeat steps ¢ through e for all CH 2 VOLTS/DIV ranges from 5 mV to 2V. 31. Check Cascaded Gain and Bandwidth a, Set: CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV. 5 mv ATIME/DIV ims b. Connect the CH 1 VERT SIGNAL OUT (an the rear panel) to the CH2 inputconnector viaa 50. chm BNC cable and a 50 ohm BNC termination. ©. Connect a § millivolt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm unterminated BNC cable. d. CHECK—Display for al ‘east 5 divisions of deflec- tion. e. Remove the standard amplitude signal from the CH 1 input. f Connect the output of the leveled sine-wave ‘generator to the CH 1 input via a GR-to-BNC adapter, 50 ‘ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC attenuator, and a 50 ohm BNC termination g. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for a § division display of a 50 kilohertz reference signal 622 h. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 50 megahertz. Do not change the generator amplitude - adjustment. i. CHECK greater, isplay foran amplitude of 3.5 divisions or j. Disconnect the test setup. 32. Check Channel Isolation = a. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV o2v (CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND b. Connect the leveled sine-wave generator to the CH - 2 input via a 50 chm BNC cable and a 50 ohm BNC termination. ¢. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for a 2 division display of a 25 megahertz signal. d. Set: CH 1 & CH2VOLTS/DIV 20 mv (20 divisions of display in CH 2) VERT MODE cH e. CHECK—Display for no more than 0.2 division of deflection (100:1 ratio) f. Move the CH 2 input test setup to the CH 1 input. g. Set = CH 2 AG-GND-DC GND CH 1 AG-GND-DC pe h. CHECK—Display for no more than 0.2 division of deflection 33. Check Common-Mode Rejection Ratio a. Set: CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV 5 mv - CH 1 & CH 2 AG-GND-DC DG VERT MODE CHI = CH 2 INVERT Inverted (pushed in}b. Connect @ 20 megahertz signal from the leveled sine-wave generator to the GH 1 and CH 2 inputs via a 50 ‘ohm BNC cable, X10 BNC attenuator, 60 ohm BNC termination and dual-input coupler. ©. Set the generator for a 6 division display. d. Set the VERT MODE switch to ADD. e. CHECK—Display is 0.6 division or less (indicates ‘omrr of at least 10:1 at 20 megahertz). 1. Proceed to step | if CHECK meets requirement. 9. Set VERT MODE switch to CH 1 h. Set the generator for a 6 division display of 50 kilonertz reference signal i. Set the VERT MODE switch to ADD. j, ADJUST—CH 2 Gain (R192) for minimum display (best emer) Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) k. Set the generator for 20 megahertz output frequen- cy. CHECK—Display is 0.6 division of less (indicates cmrr of at least 10:1 at 20 megahertz) |. Sot the CH2 INVERT swit to normal (button out). 34. Check Bandwidth Limit Operation a. Set: 20 MHz BW (PULL) Pull out (shows yellow) CH 1 AC-GND-DC bc VERT MODE, CHA b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 6 divisions of a 50 kilchertz reference signal . Increase the generator output frequency until the display amplitude is 4.2 divisions. d. CHECK—Generator output frequency is between 46 and 24 megahertz. fe, Disconnect the test setup 6-23Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) TRIGGERS Equipment Required 8. GR to BNC Female Adapter 1, Leveled Sine-wave Generator 9. X10 BNC Attenuator 2, Low-trequency Generator 10. 50 ohm BNC Termination (2 required) 3. Time Mark Generator 11, Dualinput Coupler (2 required) 4, Calibration Generator 12. BNC T Connector 5. 50 ohm Signal Pickoff Unit (Type CT-3) 13. 18-inch, 50 ohm BNC Cable (2 required) 6. X10 Probe 14, Female to Female BNC Adapter 7. 42 Inch BNG Cable (2 required) 16. Inch slotted Screwdriver See ROJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 2. GATIGNEW». in the Diagrams section for ad- justments and test points (TP). 485 Control Settings (“indicates Change From the Previous Step) ‘Sweep Controls HORIz DISPLAY A Regulating Range Selector Medium DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise Line Voltage Selector. 115 *ATIME/DIV "0.05 ns ~~ POWER: ON *B TIME/DIV 0.05 us VaR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent CAT Controls x10 MAG Of (button out INTENSITY As desired POSITION Mierange FOCUS Best focused display fe pends ‘SCALE ILLUM As desired eS CLO Oe on Vertical Controls (both channels If applicable) 1. Check/Adjust A Trigger Sensitivity and Triggered Lamp voursw on a. Comert a 25 mepshrts san om the eld cine-fevegonottr to he And Bontrager nat POSITION Midrange via CT-3 through output, GR to BNC female adapter, 50 AG-GND-DC_ pe ohm BNC Cable, X10 BNC Attenuator, 50 ohm BNC ven WODE ns ‘mina an del int cour INVERT. Off (Button out) “20 MHz BW (Pull) “Off (No yellow showing) ‘Triggering Controls (both A and B if applicable) b. Connect CT-3 Sig Out 10% signal to CH 1 and CH 2 inputs via a 60 ohm BNC cable, 50 ohm BNC termination and a dual input coupler. LeveL Adjust as needed for ©. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator tor a stable display 3 divisions of display. SLOPE + COUPLING AG SOURCE NORM d. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 01V — TRIG MODE AUTO (0.3 division of display), 6-24e. CHECK—A stable display can be obtained by rotating the A TRIGGER LEVEL control in both + and — slopes. CHECK—TRIG lamp is on when the display is stable. {. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 5 mV and adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 2 divisions of display. g. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 01V (0.1 division of display). h. CHECK—Stable display cannot be obtained by rotating the A TRIGGER LEVEL control in both + and — slopes. Return the A Slope control to +. Mf the CHECKS in steps c through h meet the requirements, move on tostep 2. Ifnot, make the following ADJUSTMENTS j. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 mVand adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 2.5 divisions of dis- play. k Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to O1V (0.25 division of display) | ADJUST—A Trigger Sensitivity (R65S) so the dis- play can just be triggered by rotating the A TRIGGER LEVEL control (Adjust with A Slope +). m. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 mV and adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 2 divisions of display A. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to O.1V {0.2 division of display) ©. CHECK—Stable display cannot be obtained by adjusting the A TRIGGER LEVEL control in + slope only (© slope is generally slightly more sensitive), Ita stable display can be obtained, then the trigger is t00 sensitive. READJUST—A Trigger Sensitivity slightly so that the display will just barely not trigger by adjusting the A TRIGGER LEVEL control (in + slope only). Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) . Repeat steps j through o untilastabledisplay can be obtained on 0.25 division of display, but not on 0.2 division of display (in the + slope only}. 4. Repeat the CHECKS in steps ¢ through h. 2. Check/Adjust B Trigger Sensitivity a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY BDLYD GH 1 VOLTs/oIV 10 mv A TRIGGER LEVEL 8 TRIGGER LEVEL Fully clockwise Asneeded fora stable display b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 8 divisions of display. ©. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 01 V (0.3 division of display). 4. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained by rolating the 8 TRIGGER LEVEL control in both + and slopes. @. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 5 mV and adjust the sine-wave generator for 2 divisions of display. 1. Setthe CH 1 VOLTS/DIVewitchto0.1 V (0.1 division of display), 9. CHECK—Stable display cannot be obtained by rotating the B TRIGGER LEVEL control in both + and — slopes. Return 8 SLOPE control to + h. If the CHECKS in steps b through g meet the requirements, move on tostep 3. Ifnot, make the following ADJUSTMENTS, i. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 mV andedjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 2.8 divisions of dis- play. j. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 0.1V (0.25 division of display). k. ADJUST—B Trigger Sensitivity (R555) so the dis- play can be just triggered by adjusting the 8 TRIGGER LEVEL control. (Adjust with B SLOPE in +). 6-25Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) |. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 mvandadjust the leveled sinewave generator for 2 divisions of display. m. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to O.1V (0.2 division of display). n. CHECK—Stable display cannot be obtained by adjusting the B TRIGGER LEVEL control in + slope only. Ifa stable display can be obtained, then the trigger is to0 sensitive. READJUST—B trigger Sensitivity (R555) so that the, display will just barely not trigger by adjusting the B TRIGGER LEVEL control in + slope only. ©. Repeat steps i through n untilastable display canbe obtained on 0.25 division of display but not on 0.2 division Of display (in + slope only) p. Repeat CHECKS in steps c through g. 3. Check/Adjust B Trigger Slope and Level Centering a. Set BTRIGGER SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY A&B TIME/DIV 1018 B TRIG LEVEL 0 CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv CH 1 AC-GND-DC ND NOTE The B TRIGGER LEVEL control must remain at 0 throughout step 3. b. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule line ©. Set CH 1 AG-GND-DC po BTRIGGER SOURCE NORM 4. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for about 4 divisions of display of a $0 kilohertz signal e. Switch the 8 TRIGGER SLOPE switch between + and. 6-26 CHECK—Display begins at about the same vertical point, within 1 division of graticule center, in both +and— slopes. f, ADJUST—8 Slope Center (R545) for the display to start at the same vertical point on the sine-wave (not Recessarily the center horizontal graticule line). Return slope to + g. ADJUST—B Level Genter (R535) to move the starting point of the display to the center horizontal graticule line. 4. Check/Adjust A Trigger Slope and Level Centering a, Set: HORIZ MODE ATRIG LEVEL o> NOTE The A TRIGGER LEVEL contro! must remain at 0 throughout step 4 b, Switch the A TRIGGER SLOPE switch between + and — ¢. CHECK—Display begins at about the same vertical in t division of graticule center, in both +and— d. ADJUST—A Slope Center (R645) for the display to start at the same vertical point on the sine-wave (not necessarily the graticule center) in both + and — slopes. Return A SLOPE to + fe, ADJUST—A Level Center (RE35) to move the starting point of the display to the center horizontal graticulte line. . Check/Adjust A Trigger DC Levels ‘a. Set the A COUPLING switch to DC. NOTE The A TRIGGER LEVEL control must remain at 0 throughout step 6.b. CHECK—Start of the display is within 1 division of the center horizontal graticule line in both + and — slopes. Return A SLOPE to + ¢. ADJUST—Normal Trigger DC Balance (R340) to. move the starting point of the display to the center horizontal graticule line. d. INTERACTION—A + B LEVEL centering (R635 and S35) 2. Set the A SOURCE switch to CH 1 f. CHECK—Start of the display is within 1 division of the center horizontal graticule line in both + and — slopes, Return A SLOPE to + g. ADJUST—CH1 Trigger DC Balance (R155) to move ‘the starting point of the display to the center horizontal graticule line h. Set the A SOURCE switch to CH 2. i. CHECK—Start of the display is within 1 division of the center horizontal graticule line in both +-and — slopes. Return A SLOPE to +. j. ADJUST CH 2 Trigger DC Balance (R255) to move the starting point of the display to the center horizontal graticule line. Check B Trigger DC Levels a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY BDLYD A TRIG LEVEL Fully clockwise B TRIG LEVEL 0 B COUPLING Dc B SOURCE NORM NOTE The 8 TRIGGER LEVEL contro! must romain at 0 during stop 6. b. CHECK—Start of the display is within 1 division of the center horizontal graticule line for the following B SOURCE switch positions: NORM CHI CH2 @ Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) 7. Check B Internal 25 Megahertz Triggering a. Set: A&B TRIGGER COUPLINGAC CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv CH 2 VOLTS/DIV o1Vv A TIME/DIV 0.2 ys B TIME/DIV 0.05 ws A & B SOURCE NORM b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 3 divisions (30 millivolts} of a 25 megahertz display. ¢. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 0.1V (0.3 division of display). d. Adjust the B LEVEL control as needed for a stable, display. 2. CHECK-—For a stable display, with both + and slopes for these modes’ B TRIGGER SOURCE COUPLING NORM AGG CHI De, AC cHe AC, DC 1. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10mv BTRIGGER COUPLING LF REJ @. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 5 divisions (80 millivolts) of a 25 megahertz display. h. Setthe CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to.1 V (0.5 division of display) i. Adjust B LEVEL control as needed for a stable display. j. CHECK—For a stable display, with both + and ~ slopes for these modes: B TRIGGER SOURCE cH2 CHT NORM 627Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) k. Set the 8 TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REV. |. CHECK—No stable display for these modes: B TRIGGER SOURCE NORM cH1 cH2 8 Check A Intern; a. Set 25 Megahertz Triggering HORIZ DISPLAY a ATIME/DIV 05 us ATRIG LEVEL As needed for a stable display CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 8 divisions (30 millivolts) of a 25 megahertz display. ¢. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV ewiteh to.1 (0.3 division of display). d. Adjust the A LEVEL control as needed fora stable display. ©. CHECK—For a stable display. with both + and — slopes for these modes’ ATRIGGER SOURCE COUPLING NORM AG, DG cH1 DC. AC CH? AC, DG 1 Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10mv ATRIGGER COUPLING LF REJ 9. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator tor 5 divisions (50 millivolts) of a 25 megahertz display. h, Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 1 V (0.5 division of display} |. Adjust the A LEVEL control as needed for a stable display. 6-28 |. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes for these modes: - A TRIGGER SOURCE cH cH1 NORM k, Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REJ |. CHECK—No stable display for these modes: A TRIGGER SOURCE NORM CHI CH2 = 9. Check A External 25 Megahertz Triggering a. Set CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV 10 mv A&BTRIGGER ~ COUPLING AC. A&B TRIGGER SOURCE EXT b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator to maintain 5 divisions of display throughout Steps 9 and 10. Adjust the A LEVEL control as needed for a stable display. CHECK—Fora stable display, with both +and—slopes for these modes: = A TRIGGER COUPLING Ac, DC ©. Set ~ CH 1 VOLTS/DIV A TRIGGER COUPLING 20 mv LF RED d. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 5 divisions (100 millivolts) of a 25 megahertz display. e. Adjust the A LEVEL control as needed for a stable display - 1, CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes. eg. Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING ewiten to HF REJ ~~ ih. CHECK—No stable display. i. Remove the X10 BNC attenuator from the external trigger setup and change the A TRIGGER SOURCE switch to EXT = 10. |, CHECK—No stable display k. Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to LF REV |. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes. m. Set: CH 1 VoLTS/DIV 10 mv ATRIGGER COUPLING AC. n. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator tor 5 divisions (50 millivolts) of a 25 megahertz display. (0.5 volt at the external Trigger Input) 0. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and for these modes: slopes A TRIGGER COUPLING AG, DC 10. Check B External 25 Megahertz Triggering a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY BDL A TIME/DIV 2 ys B TIME/DIV 05 us b. Reconnect the X10 BNC attenuator to the external, trigger setup. ¢. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes for these modes: B TRIGGER COUPLING Ac, OC d. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 mV. Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) e. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 8 divisions (100 millivolts) of a 25 megahertz display. 1, Set the B TRIGGER COUPLING switch to LF REJ, and adjust the B LEVEL control as needed for a stable display. g. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes. h. Set the 8 TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REJ i. CHECK—No stable display. 44. Check B and A External 100 Megahertz Triggering a. Set ABBTRIGGER COUPLING AC 8 TRIGGER SOURCE EXT CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 50 mV c. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 8 divisions (150 millivolts) of 25 megahertz display, then change the frequency to 100 megahertz, Do not readjust, signal amptitude. d. Push in the X19 MAG (IN) button and use the A and, B LEVEL controls as needed for a stable display. e. CHECK—Stablo display, with 0.1 division or less jitter, with + and — slopes for these modes: B TRIGGER COUPLING Ac, DC 1. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 6 divisions (300 millivolts) ofa 25 megahertz display, then change the frequency ta 100 megahertz, Do not readjust the signal amplitude. Q. Set the 8 TRIGGER COUPLING switch to LF REJ. and use the A and & LEVEL controls as needed. h. CHECK—Stable display, with 0.1 division or less, jitter, with both + and — slopes. {, Set the B TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REJ. CHECK—No stable display. 6.29Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) |. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A ATIME/DIV 05 ys A TRIGGER MODE LF REJ ATRIGGER SOURCE EXT k. Use the A LEVEL control as needed. |. CHECK—Stable display, with 0.1 division or less jitter, with both + and — slopes. m. Set the A TRIGGER GOUPLING switch to HF REU hn, CHECK—No stable display. ©. Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to AC. p. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 3 divisions (150 millivolts) ofa 25 megahertz display, then Change the fraquency to 100 megahertz. Do not readjust the signal amplitude. q. Use the A LEVEL control as needed for a stable display 1. CHECK—Stable display, with 0.1 division or less. jittter, with both + and — slopes: A TRIGGER COUPLING Ac, DC 5s. Remove the X10 BNC attenuator from the external trigger setup ang change the A TRIGGER SOURCE switch to EXT = 10, L. Use the A LEVEL control as needed for a stable display u. CHECK—Stable display, with 0.1 division or tess, jitter, with both + and — slopes for these modes: A TRIGGER COUPLING be, AC v. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 6 divisions (300 millivolts) of a25 megahertz display, then change the frequency to 100 megahertz. Do not readjust the signal amplitude 630 w. Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switen to LF REJ and use the A LEVEL control as needed for a stable display _ x. CHECK—Stabie display, with 0.1 division or less jitter, with both + and — slopes. y. Sot the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REJ 2, CHECK--No stable display. 12. Check A Internal 100 Megahertz Triggering a. Set: CH1&CH2VOLTS/DIV 50 mV A&BTRIGGER SOURCE NORM A&BTRIGGERCOUPLING AC b. Reconnect the X10attonuator to the external trigger setup. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 18 divisions of a 100 megahertz display. c. CHECK—Stable display, with 0.1 division or less jitter, with + and — slopes for these modes: ATRIGGER SOURCE COUPLING NORM AC, LF REJ, DC CHI DC, LF REJ, AC CHE AC, LF REJ, DC 4, Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REJ ¢. CHECK—No stable display. 13. Check B Internal 100 Megahertz Triggering a, Set HORIZ DISPLAY BDLYD ATIME/OIV 2 4s ~ B TIME/OIV 05 ys @b. CHECK—Stable display, with 0.1 division or less jitter, with + and ~ slopes, for these modes: B TRIGGER SOURCE COUPLING NORM AG, LF REJ, DC cH DC, LF RE, AC cH2 AC, LF REJ, DC NOTE It may be necessary f0 adjust both A and B LEVEL controls to obtain the most stable display at higher frequencies in B sweep, ©. Set the 8 TRIGGER COUPLING switch to HF REJ, d. CHECK—No stable display. 14. Check A and B High Frequency Reject Triggering a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A A&B TIME/OIV 10 us X10 MAG. Off (button out) A&B TRIGGER COUPLING HF REJ 4 &B TRIGGER SOURCE NORM CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 1Vv CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv VERT MODE CH? b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 5 divisions (50 millivolts) of a 0 kilohertz display. c. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to.1 V.Adjust the A LEVEL control for a stable display, d. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for ‘megahertz and push in the X10 MAG (IN} button e. CHECK—No stable display with the A TRIGGER, SOURCE switch in NORM, CH 1 or CH 2. 9. Set: A TRIGGER LEVEL, HORIZ DISPLAY Fully clockwise BOLYD Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) h. CHECK—No stable display with the B TRIGGER SOURCE switch in NORM, CH 1 or CH 2, 15. Check Single Sweep a, Set ATRIGGER COUPLING AC ‘A SOURCE NORM A LEVEL o A SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY A CH 1 VOLTS/OIV 50 mV VERT MODE CHI X10 MAG CIN) Off (button out) b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for 1 division of a 50 kilohertz display and adjust the ALEVEL control so the display is just triggered. c. Set AGB TIMED 10 ms CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND TRIG MODE SINGL SWP (push in) d. CHECK—Ready lamp lights. e. Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switeh to DC. 1 CHECK—A single sweep occurs and the READY lamp goes out . Press tho SINGL SWP button, h. CHECK—A single sweep occurs each time the SINGL SWP button is pressed. i. Remove the test setup. 16. Check 60 Hertz Internal Triggering a. Set: A&B TIME/DIV 5 ms A TRIGGER MODE NORM CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv b. Connect the low-frequency generator signal to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm BNC cable, BNC tee and 50 ohm BNC termination 631Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) From BNC tee, connect a 50 ohm BNC cable and 50 ‘ohm BNC termination to the B EXT input ¢. Adjust the low-frequency generator for 3 divisions (80 millivolts) of a 60 hertz display. 4. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to.1 V (0.8 division of display). . CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes for these modes: A TRIGGER COUPLING AC, DC 1 Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV A TRIGGER COUPLING 10 mv HF REJ g. Set the low-frequency generator for 5 divisions (50 miliivolts) of a 60 hertz display. h. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to O.1V (05 division of display). i. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and ~ slopes, j, Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to LF REJ. k. CHECK—No stable display. |. Set A TRIG MODE AUTO ALEVEL Fully clockwise ATIME/DIV 10 ms B TIME/DIV Sms BTRIGGER SOURCE NORM. B TRIGGER COUPLING HF REJ HORIZ DISPLAY BDLY'D CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 1V m. CHECK—Stabledisplay, with both + and — slopes. 1. Set the B TRIGGER COUPLING switch to LF REV. 0, CHECK—No stable display. 632 p. Set: GH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv 8 TRIG COUPLING AG. @. Set the low-frequency generator for 3 divisions (30 millivolts) of a 60 hertz display. 5, Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 0.1 Vand use the B LEVEL control as needed for a stable display, 5. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes for these modes. B TRIGGER COUPLING AC, DC 17. Check 60 Hertz External Triggering a. Set. B TRIGGER COUPLING AC CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mv D. Adjust the low-frequency generator for 5 divisions (50 millivolts) of a 60 hertz display. ©. Set the B TRIGGER SOURCE switch to EXT. d. CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes for these modes: B TRIGGER COUPLING AC, HF REJ, DC. @. Sot the B TRIGGER COUPLING swtich to LF REJ, f, CHECK—No stable display g. Move the signal cable from the B EXT input to the A, EXT input, h. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A ATIME/OIV Sms ATRIGGER COUPLING AC ATRIG MODE NoRM A SOURCE EXT A TRIGGER LEVEL As neededi, CHECK—Stable display, with both + and — slopes. = for these modes: A TRIGGER COUPLING AC, HF REJ, OC. a j, Set the A TRIGGER COUPLING switch to LF REV. k. CHECK-—No stable display. 18. Check A and B External Trigger Level Ranges _ a. Set A&B TRIG COUPLING AC A&B TRIG SLOPE + _ CH 1 VOLTS/DIV iv HORIZ MODE A A TRIG MODE AUTO b. Adjust the low frequency generator for 4 divisions, (4 volts) of a 1 kilohertz display ¢. CHECK—Display is triggered along the positive slope of the waveform as the A TRIG LEVEL conirol is — rotated 4d. CHECK—Display is not triggored (free runs) at both, extremes of rotation ©. Set the A TRIG SLOPE switch to — 1, CHECK—Display is triggered along the negative slope of the waveform as the A TRIG LEVEL control is = rotated, 9. CHECK—Display is not triggered (free runs) at both extremes of ratation. h._Move the low frequency generator signal from the A. EXT TRIGGER input to the 8 EXT TRIGGER input. i. Sot A TRIG LEVEL HORIZ DISPLAY Fully counterclockwise BDLY'D j. CHECK—Display is triggered along the positive ~ slope of the waveform as the B TRIG LEVEL control is rotated, @ Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) k. CHECK—Display is not triggered (not visible) at both extremes of rotation, |. Set the 8 TRIG SLOPE switch to — m. CHECK—Display is triggered along the negative slope of the waveform as tho B TRIG LEVEL control is rotated, n, CHECK—Display Is not triggered (not visible) at both extremes of rotation, 0. Disconnect the test setup. p. Sot HORIZ MODE A A TRIG SOURCE EXT #10 CH 1 VOLTS/OIV BV CH 1 VAR Fully counterclockwise A COUPLING AC 4. Connect a 50 volt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator to the CH 1 inputand the A EXT input via a50 ohm BNC cable, BNC tee to CH 1 input, BNC cable from BNC tee to A EXT input. NOTE The range of the A LEVEL contol with the A SOURCE switch in EXT + 10, is +20 volts (40 V peak-to-peak) or greater. The applied signal is 50 volts peak-to-peak. Thorofore, _untriggered ‘operation at both extremes of the A LEVEL controlis, not required. 1. CHECK—Display is triggered along the nogative slope of the waveform as the A LEVEL control is rotated, . Set the A SLOPE switch to +. t. CHECK—Display is triggered along the positive slope of the waveform as the A LEVEL control is rotated, u. Disconnect the test setup. 19. Check Line Triggers a. Set. A TRIGGER MODE AUTO ATRIGGER COUPLING AC ATRIGGER SOURCE LINE SLOPE + CH 1 VOLTS/DIV and VAR As required 633Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) b. Connect a 10X probe trom the CH 1 input to a line- frequency source. CHECK—Stable display, starting on the positive-going slope. ©, Set the A TRIGGER SOURCE switch to ~. CHECK—Stable display, starting on the negative- going slope. d. Disconnect probe from the line-frequency source, then from the 466, 20, Check A Normal Mode a. Set: ATIME/DIV 1ms A SLOPE 1 ATRIGGER SOURCE NORM A TRIGGER COUPLING AC A TRIGGER MODE AUTO CH 1 VOLTs/DIV 5v CH1VAR Calibrated detent b. Connect0.1 second time marks from the time-mark generator to the CH 1 inputvia a0 ohm BNC cableand 50 ‘ohm BNC termination. c. CHECK—Display can be triggered by adjusting the A LEVEL contro! d, Sot the A TRIG MODE switch to NORM e. CHECK—Display is triggered. 1, Set he CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to GND. 9. CHECK—No display is visible. 21. Check Auto Recovery Time a. Set CH 1 AG-GND-DC oc A TRIG MODE AUTO b. CHECK—Dispiay is triggered. 634 c. Set the time-mark generator for 0.5 secone time marks d. CHECK—Display cannot be triggered (free runs) ©. Disconnect the time-mark generator. 21. Check/Adjust Trigger View Centering a. Set: ATRIG COUPLING Ac SOURCE EXT LEVEL ° ATIMEDIV 2ms b. Connect a 0.2 volt standard amplitude signal from, the calibration generator to the A EXT trigger input via a 50 ohm BNC cable. ©. Push the TRIG VIEW button and hold it in. 4. CHECK—Display triggers symmetrically within 1 division of the graticule center line when the A TRIGGER SLOPE switch is switched between ++ and — , ADJUST—Trig View Centering (R675) to center the display-about the center horizontal graticule line, 4. Rotate the A LEVEL control (with the TRIG VIEW button pushed in}, g. CHECK—Display top and bottom are triggered within 1 division of the graticule center line. fh, Set the A TRIG COUPLING switch to DC. i. CHECK—Display top and bottom are triggered within 1 division of the graticule center line. 22. Check Trigger View Gain a, Push the TRIG VIEW button and hold it in. b. CHECK—Display amplitude is 3.2 to 4.8 divisions, ©. Disconnect the calibration generator.Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) IMPORTANT NOTE OSCILLOSCOPES WITH DIGITAL MULTIMETERS ATTACHED, REFER TO THE CALIBRATION SECTION OF THE DIGITAL MULTIMETER MANUAL AT THIS POINT. ON COMPLETION OF THE CALIBRATION SECTION IN THE OM MANUAL RETURN TO THIS MANUAL AND COMPLETE STEPS 19 & 20 IN THE HORIZONTAL SECTION, THEN CONTINUE ON TO THE NEXT SECTION. FOR CALIBRATION OF OSCILLOSCOPES WITHOUT DIGITAL MULTIMETERS, CONTINUE TO HORIZON- TAL SECTION OF THIS MANUAL. HORIZONTAL Equipment Required 1. Test Oscilloscope 2. Time Mark Generator 3. 50 ohm BNC Cable 4, 50 ohm BNC Termination 5. 3einch slotted Screwdriver 6. Low Capacitance slotted Screwdriver See ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS ¥ justments and test points (TP). 485 Control Settings ("Indicates Change From Previous Step) Power Controls Regulating Range Selector Medium Line Valtage Selector 115 POWER ON CRT Controls INTENSITY As desired Focus Best focused display SCALE ILLUM As desired Vertical Controts (both Channels it applicable) VOLTS/DIV os VAR Calibrated detent POSITION Midrange AC-GND-DC oc. VERT MODE cH INVERT Off (button out) 20 MHz BW (Pull) Ott (No yellow showing) in the Diagrams section for ad- Triggering Controls (both A and B if applicable) LEVEL As needed for a stable display SLOPE “COUPLING “AG “A SOURCE “NORM “B SOURCE “Starts after delay ‘Sweep Controts “HORIZ DISPLAY SAINTEN “DELAY TIME POSITION *1.00 “A TIME/DIV “1 ms *BTIME/DIV *5 us VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent X10 MAG Off {button out) POSITION Midrange FINE A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM 1. Check/Adjust Sweep Start and A Sweep Calibration ‘a. Connect 1 millisecond time marks to the CH 1 input from the time mark generator via @ 50 ohm BNC cable and 1 50 ohm BNC termination, 6-35Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) b. CHECK—Intensified portion of the sweep begins at the second time marker. (It may be necessary to readjust the INTENSITY control so that the intensified portion of the sweep is visible.) ¢. ADJUST—Sweep Start (R1115) so the intensified portion of the sweep begins at the start of the second time markor, d, Set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 9.09. ¢. CHECK—Intensified portion of the sweep begins at the tenth time marker 1. ADJUST—A Sweep Cal (R1145) so the intensities portion of the sweep begins at the start of the tenth time marker, 9. Set: HORIZ DISPLAY 8 DLY'D DELAY TIME POSITION 1.00 h, CHECK —Displayed pulse starts at the beginning of the sweep, i ADJUST—Swaep Start (R1115) so the displayed pulse starts at the beginning of the sweep. j. Set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 9.00. k. CHECK—Displayed pulse starts at the beginning of the sweep. |. ADJUST—A Swoop Cal (R1145) so the displayed pulse starts at the beginning of the sweep, m, INTERACTION--Botwoen Sweep Start and A ‘Sweep Cal adjustments. Repeat both for no visible interaction 2, Check Delay or Differential Time Linearity a, Set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to position the tenth time marker to the beginning of the sweep. b, Note the reading on the DELAY TIME POSITION dial 6-36 ©. Adjust the DELAY TIME POSITION dial so theninth, time marker is at the beginning of the sweep. d. CHECK—DELAY TIME POSITION dial for a reading 1 division lass, within 0.04 division from+15°C to +35°C: 1 division less, within 0.03 division trom 15°C 10. 95°C, than the reading noted in step c. NOTE 1 division of the DELAY TIME POSITION dial is one compiete revolution of the inner knob. 0.01 division is one minor division of the inner knob, @. Rotate the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to position each successive time marker to the beginning of the sweep. 1. CHECK—DELAY TIME POSITION dial tora reading of division less, within 0.01 division from +15°C to +35°C; 1 division less, within 0.03 division from 18°C to 485°C, than the adjacent time marker. 3. Check/Adjust Horizontal Amplitier Gain a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A Aand B TIME/DIV ms DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise b, Select 1 millisecond time marks from the time mark. generator cc. CHECK—Display for 1 marker/division +2% (1 minor division at the eleventh time marker}. d. ADJUST—X1 Gain (R1237) for exactly 1 marker/division @. Select 0.1 millisecond time marks from the time mark generator £. Push the X10 MAG button. g. CHECK—X10 MAG light is on when the X10 MAG button is pushed in h. CHECK—1 marker/division +3% (+1 1/2, minor divisions at the eleventh time marker) REV. A, APR, 1975|. ADJUST—X10 Gain (R1288) for exactly 1 time marker/division 4. Check Sweep Linearity a, CHECK—Linearity over any 2divisions of the magnified sweep to be within 0.1 division. b. Rolease the X19 MAG button, ¢. Select 1 millisecond time marks from the time mark. generator. d. CHECK—Linearity over any 2 divisions of the sweep to be within 0.1 division. 5. Check/Adjust Magnifier Registration a, Push the X10 MAG button in. b. Select § millisecond time markers from the time mark generator ©. Position the middle time marker to the center vertical graticule fine d. Release the X10 MAG button 2. CHECK—Middle time marker is within 0.2 division of the center vertical graticule line. f. ADJUST—Magnitior Registration (R1225) 10 posi- tion the middle time marker to the center vertical graticule line 4g. Repeat steps ¢ through { until no horizontal shift is, observed between X10 MAG in and X10 MAG out 6. Check/Adjust 8 Sweep Calibration a, Set DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise HORIZ DISPLAY BDLYD ATIME/ONW 2ms BTIME/OIV 1 ms x10 MAG Off (button out) b. Select 1 millisecond time marks from the time mark generator. Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) &. CHECK—Display for 1 time marker/division 2% (1 minor division at the eleventh time marker) d. ADJUST—B Sweep Cal (R1175) for exactly 1 time marker/division, 7. Check A Sweep Length a. Set A&B TIME/DIV ms HORIZ DISPLAY A b, Select 1 millisecond and 5 millisecond time marks, . Position the third taller time mark horizontally to the center vertical araticule line. 4. CHECK—Display extends to the right of the center vertical graticule line 1 division (0.5 division). 8. Check Variable Time/Division a, Sot the A TIME/DIV switch to 2 ms. b. Select § generator illisecond time marks from the time mark ¢. CHECK—At least 1 time marker per division can be obtained by adjusting the VAR TIME/DIV control d. CHECK—UNCAL light comes on when the VAR TIME/DIV control is out of the detent position, fe. Return the VAR TIME/DIV control to the detent position. 9. Check Horizontal Position Range a. Set the horizontal FINE position to midrange b. Turn the horizontal POSITION contro! tully clockwise, ¢. CHECK—Start of sweep is to the right of the center, vertical graticule line. d. Turn the horizontal POSITION contro! fully coun- torclockwise. 637Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) fe. CHECK—End of sweep is to the left of the center, vertical graticule line. 1. Rotate the horizontal FINE position control g. CHECK—FINE position control will position the sweep between one and two divisions. 10. Check/Adjust A 10 Microsecond Timing a. Set: DELAY TIME POSITION DIAL 1.00 A TIME/DIV 1048 BTIME/DIV Aas b. Select 10 microsecond time marks from the time: mark generator c. CHECK—Display for 1 time mark/division +2% (1 minor division at the eleventh time marker). d. ADJUST—10 microsecond timing (C1136) for ex- actly 1 time marker/division fe. Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to 8 DLY'D. {. Horizontally position the display so the displayed Marker crosses the center vertical graticule line. g. Set the DELAY TIME POSITION DIAL to 9.00. h. ADJUST—10 microsecond timing (C1136) so the displayed marker crosses the center vertical graticule line. i. Repeat_ steps f Uirough hy until no error exists between a DELAY TIME POSITION dial setting of 1.00. and 9.00. 11. Check/Adjust A Sweep High Speed Timing a, Set DELAY TIME POSITION 1.50 8 SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY ATIME/DIV 06 us BTIME/DIV 0.05 ws b. Select 0.5 microsecond time marks from the time mark generator. 6-38 c. CHECK—Display for 1 time markor/division +2% (1 minor division at the eleventh time marker) d, ADJUST—A High Speed Timing (C1187) with the low-capacitance screwdriver, for exactly 1 time marker/division e. Switch the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to 8 DLY'D. {. Set the horizontal POSITION control so the dis- played time marker crosses the center vertical graticule line. g. Set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 8.50. h. CHECK—Displayed time marker crosses the center vertical graticulo line. | ADJUST—A High Spesd Timing (C1137) 0 the displayed time marker crosses the center vertical graticule line. |. INTERACTION—Between the two positions of the DELAY—TIME POSITION dial when adjusting 61137 Compromise the adjustments as necessary to achieve correct timing 12, Check/Adjust B Sweep High Speed Timing a. Set: DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise HORIZ DISPLAY BDLY'D B TRIG SOURCE NORM ATIME/DIV Vas 8 TIME/DIV 05 ys b. Adjust the A and B LEVEL controls for a stable display. , CHECK—Display for 1 time marker/division 2% (1 minor division at the eleventh time marker) d. ADJUST—BHigh Speed Timing (C1167) for exactly 1 time marker/division13, Check A and B Time/Division Accuracy a. CHECK—Using the 8 TIME/DIV ewitch and the time mark generator sottings given in Table 6-6, check B swoop timing, within 0.2 division, over the first 10 divisions of the display. b. Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to A c. CHECK—Using the A TIME/DIV switch and the time mark generator settings given in Table 6-6 check A sweep timing within 0.2 division, over the first 10 divisions of the display. TABLE 6-6 A AND B TIMING ACCURACY Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) ¢. CHECK—Display for 1 cycle/2 divisions, within 03 division over the full 10 horizontal graticule divisions, Disregard the firstand last 10 divisions (5 cycles) of sweep length, See Table 6-7. d. ADJUST—Magnifier Timing (C1261 and ©1281), with the low-capacitance screwdriver for 1 cycle/2 divisions, Disregard the first and last 10 divisions (5 cycles) of sweep lenath 45. Check A and B Magnified Timing Accuracy 8. CHECK—Using the A TIME/DIV switch settings and the time mark generator settings given in Table 6-7 check A magnified sweep timing, within 0.3 division over the center 10 divisions of the magnified display. Note the portions of the total magnified sweep length to be excluded from the measurement. Aand 8 CRT Display TIME/OIV Time-Mark (Markers! Switch Setting _| Generator Output_| Division) TABLE 6-7 aera ar AND 8 MAGNIFIED ACCURACY ae ot ° 3 ‘and B CRT | Portions of eee wee : TIME? Time- | Display |total magnified eS ae } pw Mark (Mark- |sweep length ee 1 4 Switch | Generator | ers/ | to exclude a Sa $ Setting | Output | Division) | from 104s, 10 us 1 measurement 20 us tous 2 0.0548 | ns 1 First and last 10 50 1s 5048 1 divisions + ms 0.1 ms 1 1s | 10n8 7 First and last 5 2ms 0.1 ms 2 divisions Sims oS ms 7 Zs | T0ns z First and fast 25 ims 1me 1 ams bts 2 Bis [50ns 7 ms ms 7 tus [Ot us 1 "10 ms 10 ms 1 25 | Ot 2 “20 ms. 10 ms 2 Bis [0a 7 y *50 ms 50 ms 1 1018 | tus 1 2040 | ips 2 A SWEEP ONLY 50s [Bus 7 = ims | 10 us 1 te oe H 2ms | 106 2 rs Ors ! Sms | o0 us 7 as Ose i tims |0.1'ms 1 *Suitch A TRIG MODE to NORM below 5 ms/alv Gwe __ Ovi 2 Sms Posms T noms |1ms 1 14. Check/Adjust High Speed Magnified Timing “20 ms_| 1ms 2 750 ms__| Sms 7 a. Set x10 MAG On (button pushed in) ASWEEPONLY HORIZONTAL POSITION Midrange San TS 7 ATIME/DIV 0.05 us elton 5 A TRIG MODE Auto te lst Fi b. Select the 10 nanosecond sine-wave output from the time mark generator. REV. A, APR. 1975 “Switch TRIG MODE to NOAM below 5 ms/div 6-39Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) b, Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to B DLY'D. c. CHECK—Using the 8 TIME/DIV switch and the time mark generator settings given in Table 6-7 check B magnitied sweep timing, within 0.2 division over the center 10 divisions of the magnified display. Note the portions of the total magnified sweep length to be excluded from the measurement 4. Release the X10 MAG button, 16. Check Delay or Differential Time Accuracy a. Set within the given tolerance, First set the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 1.00 and rotate the dial slightly until the ‘sweep starts at the top of the second time marker. Note the control setting and then set the dial to 9.00 and rotate it slightly until the sweep starts at the top of the tenth time marker. DELAY TIME POSITION dial setting must be £8.00 divisions higher, +0.08 divisions. NoTE ‘Swoop will start at the top of the third time marker at 1.00 and at the fop of the nineteenth time rmarker at 9.00 for sweep rates which are multiples of 2 (2.9. 2 15, 20 18, 0.2 ms, etc). If in doubt as to the correct satting of the DELAY TIME POSITION dial, sot the HORIZ DISPLAY switch fo A INTEN and check B TRIG SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY which marker is intensified. ATRIG MODE AUTO A and 8 TIME/DIV According to Table 6-8 b. CHECK—Using the A TIME/DIV switch, B TIME/DIV switch and the time mark generator settings given in Table 6-8 check differential time accuracy is TABLE 6-8 DIFFERENTIAL TIME ACCURACY ATIME/ | 8 TIME/ Time- pv pv Mark | Allowable Switch | Switch | Generator Jerror for given Setting _| Setting Output | accuracy us. 05 us ys Sas. 05 us Sus 4 us 4 ys. Tus Ts 5 us 5 ys tas 10 ps Ts 10 15 Sus 50 us 10 45 ims__| +8 minor TOs Tims dial 50s Sms _ | divisions ms ims ims Tims 5 ms Sms lims | 19ms_| 1 ms 10 ms 5 ms 50 ms 10 ms 1s 10 ms Ts 60 ms 5s *Sot A TRIG MODE lo NORM below 5 ms/div. 6-40 17. Check Delay or I Time Jitter a. Set DELAY TIME POSITION 1.00 HORIZ DISPLAY BDLYD ATIME/DIV ims BTIME/DIV 0.2 ys TRIG MODE AUTO b. Position the time marker near the center of the display area with the DELAY TIME POSITION dial ©. CHECK—Jitter on the leading edge of the time marker should not exceed 1 division (2.5 divisions if the instrument is being operated on a 50 hertz line voltage). Disregard the slow drift. 4. Turn the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 9.00 ana slightly readjust so the time marker is displayed near the center of the display area @. CHECK Jitter on the leading edge of the time marker should not exceed 1 division (2.5 divisions if the instrument is being operated on a 60 hertz line voltage) Disregard the slow drift. 18. Check Mixed Sweep Accuracy a. Set ATIME/DIV tims 8 TIME/DIV 05 ms HORIZ DISPLAY A 8 SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY DELAY TIME POSITION — Fully clockwise REV. A, APR. 1975,b. Select 1 millisecond time marks from the time mark generator. c, CHECK—Timing between the second and tenth time markers, Note any timing error for use in step e. d. Set the HORIZ DISPLAY switch to MIX, e, CHECK—Timing between second and tenth time markers is within 0.16 division, + the A Sweep error noted in step c. f. Disconnect the test setup. 19, Check/Adjust X Gain a. Set A and B TIME/DIV xY VERT MODE CH CH 1 and CH2 voLTs/o1V 5 mv CH 1 AC-GND-DC AC CH 2 AC-GND-DC @ND HORIZ MODE A b. Connect a 20 millivolt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator to the CH 1 input via a 50 ohm unterminated BNC cable. ©. CHECK —Display for 4 divisions of horizontal deflection +4% (0.18 division). 4, Switch the GH 1 AG-GND-DG switeh to DC. @. CHECK—Display for 4 divisions of horizontal deflection -t4% (0.16 division). Itis normal for this check to be slightly less than that observed in step c. 1. Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to AG. g. ADJUST—X Gain (R1215) for exactly 4 divisions of horizontal deftection ). Check X-Y Phasing and Bandwidth a. Connect the output of the leveled sine-wave generator to the Ch t and CH 2 inputs via a 50 ohm BNC cable, 50 chm BNC termination, and a dual input coupler. @ Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) b. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for an 8 division horizontal display of 50 kilohertz ©. Set the CH 2 AC-GND-DG switch to AC, 6. Center the display vertically and horizontally with the HORIZ POSITION and CH 2 POSITION controls. ©. CHECK—Display for an opening at the center horizontal graticule line of 0.4 division or less. f. Set the CH 2 AC-GND-DC switch to GND. g. Adjust the leveled sine-wave generator for a 10 division horizontal display of 60 kilohertz, 1. Increase the leveled sine-wave generator frequency until the display is reduced to 7 divisions. i. CHECK—Output frequency of the leveled sine-wave generator is at least 4 megahertz. j. Disconnect the test setup. 21. Check B Ends A a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A INTEN ATIME/DIV ims BTIME/DIV Ot ms ATRIG HOLDOFF BENDS A (in detent) b. Adjust the INTENSITY control so the A sweep portion of the display is visible, ¢, Rotate the DELAY TIME POSITION dial through its, range. d. CHECK—A sweep ends atter the intensified portion at all settings of the DELAY TIME POSITION dial. 22, Check A Trigger Holdoff a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A A TRIG HOLDOFF Fully counterclockwise ATRIGGER LEVEL Fully clockwise 6-41Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) b, Connect the A GATE output signal to the test oscilloscope via a 50 ohm BNC cable. c. Set the test oscilloscope TIME/DIV switch and VAR TIME/DIV so that the bottom portion of the waveform (holdoff time of the A GATE) is exactly 1 division in length. 6.42 4d. Rotate the A TRIG HOLDOFF control clockwise. 2, CHECK —At least 10 times increase in the holdott time of the A GATE. f. Set the A TRIG HOLDOFF control fully coun terclockwise.| Calibration—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) GATES, CALIBRATOR AND EXT Z AXIS Equipment Required 1. Test Oscilloscope 2, 42 Inch, 50 ohm BNC cable (2 required) 3. Digital Voltmeter Shorting Strap Calibration Generator 6, BNC Tee Connector 7. 3 Inch slotted Screwdriver See SRGIUSTMENT LOCATIONS», in the Diagrams section for adjustments and test points (TP). 465 Control Settings (“Indicates Change From Previous Step) Power Controls Regulating Range Selector Medium Line Voltage Selector 115 V POWER ON CRT Controls INTENSITY As desired FOCUS Best focused display SCALE ILLUM As desired Vertical Controls (both Channels if applicable) VOLTs/DIv 5 mv VAR, Calibrated detent POSITION Midrange VERT MODE cHT INVERT Off (button outy 20 MHz BW (Pull) Off (No yellow showing) Triggering Controls (both A and B if applicable) LEVEL Fully clockwise SLOPE + COUPLING. AG A SOURCE NORM 8 SOURCE STARTS AFTER DELAY TRIG MODE AUTO ‘Sweep Controls “HORIZ DISPLAY "BOLYD “DELAY TIME POSITION “Fully counterclockwise SATIME/OV *50 us °B TIME/DIV *80 ys VAR TIME/DIV Calibrated detent X10 MAG Off (button out) POSITION Midrange FINE Midrange ATRIG HOLDOFF NORM 1. Check A and B +Gates a. Set DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise HORIZ DISPLAY BOLYD Aand B TIME/DIV 50 us b. Connact the B +Gate output (from the back of the 465) to the test oscilloscope via a 50 chm BNC cable. ©, CHECK—Test oscilloscope display for a positive going pulse of 5.5 voits in amplitude (within 0.5 volt) 4. Disconnect the cable from the B +GATE outputand connect it to the A +GATE output, e. CHECK—Test oscilloscope display for a positive going pulse of 5.5 volts in amplitude (within 0.5 volt).Calibration—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 2. Check/Adjust Calibrator DC Level a, Connect a shorting strap betwoen TP1594 and P1590, b. Connect the digital voltmeter between the CALIBRATOR current loop and ground ¢, CHECK—CALIBRATOR de level is 200 millivolts, 0.3% (299.1 to 300.9 millivolts) d. ADJUST—Calibrator Amplitude (1597) for exactly 300 millivolts fe, Remove the shorting strap and the digital voltmeter, connections 1, Connect a X10 probe fram the test oscilloscope to, the CALIBRATOR current loop. 9. CHECK—Test oscilloscope display for 1 03 volt squarewave with a duration of about 1 millisor «1 h. Remove the test setup, 6.44 3. Check External Z Axis a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY A ATIME/DIV 0.2 ms ATRIGGER SOURCE = EXT b. Set the INTENSITY control for a normal viewing level ©, Connect aS volt standard amplitude signal from the calibration generator via a 50 ohm BNC cable, BNC T connector to the A EXT trigger input, BNC cable from BNC tee to EXT Z AXIS input d. Adjust A LEVEL fora stable display (TRIG light on). . CHECK—Display for noticeable intensity modula- tion f. Disconnect the test setup.‘Section 7—465 Service (SN B250000-up) REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION Replacement part area or representative lable rom or through your local Tektronix, Ine. Field Ottico ‘changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available, and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvemonts developed In our engineering department, I fs therefore important, when ordeting parts, to include the following information in your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial number, and modification number it applicable. IW part you have ordered has heen replaced with a new or improved part, your local ‘Tektronix, Ine, Feld Office oreepresentativewillcontact you concerning any change inpat number. CChange information, if any, is located at the rer ofthis manual SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS x000 Part fret added at this serial number 00x Part removed afte this serial number TEM NAME In the Parts List, an Iter Name is separated from the description by a colon (:) ‘Gocause of spaco limitations, an Item Name may somatimes appear as incomplete. For further item Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H8-1 can be lized where possible. ABBREVIATIONS ACTR ACTUATOR pisrc ——pLasTic ASSY ASSEMBLY arz (QUARTZ CAP CAPACITOR ECP RECEPTACLE CER CERAMIC RES RESISTOR kT GIROUIT AF RADIO FREQUENCY COMP COMPOSITION SEL SELECTED CONN CONNECTOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR ELOTLT ELECTROLYTIC SENS. SENSITIVE ELEC ELECTRICAL VaR) VARIABLE INCAND INCANDESCENT ww \WiREWOUND LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE XE ‘TRANSFORMER NONWIR NON WIREWOUND XTAL CRYSTAL 7Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) CROSS INDEX MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER MFR.CODE MANUFACTURER ADDRESS CITY,STATE,ZIP 00779 ~My INC. P.O, BOK 3608 HARRISBURG, PA 17205 00853 SANGANO ELECTRIC CO., S. CAROLINA DIV. P.O. BOK 128 Pickens, 8C 29671 01002 ,ceR 9110.001% 4100-08 5000 72962 @3i-sienioae © des-o000-00 {aP. [PD,CER BE10-0010F 1100-08300 72962 Sai-sherio2> cig) soraneca ‘aeemvatoR 20 100% coe o7-1014-02 € ia) 07-1013-01 ATTENUATOR, FD :10K 0009 307-2013-01 aa 18 e2-0001~00 CAP, /PHD,CER b+0.0050r 4100-08 5007 yasezsaiessers027 cis 281-0626-00 CAP. ,290,CER DI:3.39F, 28,5007 rave sel-coocosoa390 Gi es-ocoe-co EAP. [ED,CER DE 0.020% 480-208, 1507 Yisez sesouezsweaosr az es-o0e7-00 ‘ip CER 91 300FF, 10%, 2000 Yaoea sao-saaeaeik 3 s0-ost7-00 ‘i ELETLT.6,90P, 208,957 36209 Lsenessxoe3exal 25 e3-0004-00, ‘D.CER D1 +0. 0208 480-208,1507 jaoea assouezsvozes2 2? 281-0207-00 cab. var Piste 2618Rr, 1007 80001 wnioss-2i8 3 del-oa07-00 Ens. Jone, BuSme 2-180F 2007 0001 mosacale © Hra-o133-00 CAP. |FXD,CER DE SGPT 208,50 72982 @101-os0xsrI5ix ee ——es-ocee-0e AP. JPR CER DE 0.020" 480-204, 1500 72962 esseisesvorese 7 eL-08u0-00 EXP. [EXD/CER DE 1000PP, 108 5009 72962 Soi-ossxsroioaK cis 261-0536-00 cap. ;7x0,CER Dr 2000R2,108, 5007 72962 s01-0ssxsro.o2x 38263-00080 EAP. (2D, CER DE 0.020" 480-208, 1507 72962 assouseswoacsr ca 262-0004-00, GR2. [225 CER DI-9, O20P, 480-208, 1507 yase2 essotezsvoaoee Se ael-oeze-00 a2. XD, CER DI-3.39P, 14, 5000 72982 301-c00cer0339— S47 —el-oie2-o0 ER. WAR, ESTE! 1. @e1OPT, S007 34883 2aaz-sos-osoe2 cas 28i-0282-00 cae. aR PLeTC:1.8-1028, 3007 34953 2722-803-05002 G49 ei-oezi-00 CaP, [PeD,CER DET2PP, 18, SOV 72962 do1mcencoe0i20F es dei-ooed-o0 fk PLSTC%0. 25-1. 5.6907 7062 S30-002 32 2ai-oeei-o0 Cae. [PeD,CER DI 10.85% (ON CARE), SEL 72962 301-o0dcacoa0s 653 es-o8ne-08 as, [F2D, PLETE 10. 190P, 108,600" i009. 2a5-oele-01 ex 283-0000-00 cae. 4220, CER D1:0.0010F,+100-08 5007 Jase2 ssiesueeicze es? 23-0000-00 CAP. ;22D,CER DE0.O01U #100008 5000 72962 sal-sieeieze 20) or-tous-o2 DSETATOR,PxD 100% 80008 se7-s0u4-e2 cal $2) sor-zo13-01 awsunuazon,£x0 10% 20009 307-1013-00 cel css 282-0001-00 car. sPxD, CER 0::0.005uF +100~08, 5007 Tase2 e31-ssonso27 cee 281-0626-00 AP, [PRD,CER E+3.30F 26,5000 yaoas 301-000c0303298 cn es-o004-00 ne, PAD CER O40. C2UF 1008-20¢ 250 Taoe2ssso1ceswo203" cr 2s3-067-00 ERP. SND, CER DEs300FP,108, 1001 Ya9m2 639-Ss3nv01K Jeeta /tado onty- REV. ¢ APR. 1975,Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mf Ckt No. Port No. Ef Dscont Nome & Description Code _Mfr Port Number 73-290-0517-00 (CAP. ,PAD,BUCTIN:6.6UF ,20%, 350 536289 196D685KO03SKAL €75 2683-00040 (GAP. /PAD,CER D1+0,02UF ,+80-20%, 1507 ya9e2 5501625002032, cr? 281-0184-00 (CAP. YAR, PLSTC 2-LapP ,5OOVDC 34553 2222-809-05002 cee -290-0517-00 ‘CAP. PND ELCTON:6 . 80? 208,350 56269 LoGDeeSx0035xAL cas 281-0207-00 (CAP. VAR PISTC12-187F 1000 0031 PLomA~23e sg 283013800 CaP, ,PxD, CHR DT:150F, 20%, 50v 72902 eloi-osoxsP152" 87281-05360 RP. FAD, 72982 301-O55xsP0102K cea —281-0536-00 AP. ,PxD,CER DI:1000PF,108,500V 72982 301-0ssx8e0102K 92 283-0004-00 ‘CAP. FRD,/CEE DI:0.02U , 80-20%, 150¥ 73982 asso1ez5v02032, 69s 261-0676-00 CAP, (EXD,CER DI:3.3PF, 14,500 72982 301-000c0s03398 cov 282026200 CAP. ,WAR,PLETC:1,.8-102¥ ,3007 34553 2222-808-05002 98 -261-0182-00, CCAP. /WAR,PLSTC:} -8-10D¥ ,3007 34553 222-809-0500 ces 281-061-900 (CRD, (xD CER DI:12PF 18,500 72982 301-00cc0G0120F Guo. 281062800 CAP, FED CER DI:15PF,58,600¥ 72962 3010000001500, e102 -290-0517-00 CCAP. FAD ELCTLT:6 BUF, 208,350 36289 196D68540035KA1 ios -281-0207-00 CCAP. , VAR, PLSTC:2-180" ,100¥ 90031 HPloza-218 clo? —_-281-0536-00 CCAP. ,FXD,CER D11000PF ,108,500V 72302 301-055x5P0102K 109 -281-0536-00, CAP_PXD,CER BE +L000P 208, 500 72982 301-05sxsP0102K azz -281-0207-00 CAP. |VAR,PLSTC12~18DP , 2000" 80031 HPLoEA-2i8 124 -283-0004-00 CAP. EXD ,CER Br¥0.020P,+80-208, 1500 72982 9550162502032 eizs 280-0517-00 CAP. , EMD /RLCTUN6.80F ,208, 350 56289 19sD608x0035KA cass 261-0525-00 (GAP, |PHD,CHR DI-A7OPF+/-S4PP ,500V 7a9e2 301-00oxsv0a71N cas? —_281-0525-00 (GAP. BKD,CER DIsA7OPF 4/942 ,500V 72982 301-000KSu0a7IN cis2 283-0030 CCAP. /FXD,CER DI:0,010F /480-208 150 72982 855-54781037 elds 281-0625-0 CCAP. ,FXD,CER DI:35PF ,58 5000 72982 308-000c0603503, aes -281-0207-00 CaP, ,VAR,PLSTC:2~15PF ,1000 0091 HTLoRA-218 isi —_281-0825-00, CaP. |PxD CER DI :470PF/+/-94Pr,,S00V 72982 301-o00xsuoe71" ciel —-290-0817-00 CCAP. PHD, BLOTL:6 BUF, 20%, 25 56289 L96D685x0035KA2 cis2 —281-0512-00 CCAP. ,PXD,CER D:270P /4/-2.72F,500V 72982 308-000c0G0270K eusé——-730-0517-00 (CAP, FAD, BLCTUT:6 OUP, 208,280 56269 196D6eSx0035KA1 cass 283-0004-00 ‘CAP, ,PXD,/CER DI+0.020 , 480-208, 1507 72982 esso16z5vo2032 201 —281-0828-00 (CAP. PXD,CER DIs1592 54,6000 72982 301-o00c0s01506 202 -285-0004-00, CCAP. /FXD CER DI:0,020F 480-208, 1507 72362 assolez5voz032, e205. 281-0207-00, cap. /vaR,Piste:2-18PF , 1007 90031 mrloxa-zia 207 281-0836-00, (AP. ,PHD,CER Dr+1000PF ,108,500Y 72962 301-05SxSPo102" 209 201+0536-00 CCAP. ,PHD,CER Dr+1000PF,108,500V 72982 301-055x5PO102K 225 283-0004-00 (CAP FAD, CER DI:0.020F ,480-208,150¥ 72982 8550162502032 6228 -290-0517-00 (GAP, EXD ELCTIA:6 SUP, 208,350 56289 19eDé85X0035KAL 235 281-0525-00 CAP. EXD,CER DI:470P2 /+/~349P 500 72982 301-000xsvoa7I" ¢237—-281-0525-00 ERP, /PXD/CER DI +47OPP /+/-947F ,S00V 72982 301-o00xsvoa7in 22 -263-0003-00 CaP. , 22D CER BI:0,010P /+80-208, 250 7ave2 955-s47E1032 205 -261-0628-00 (CAD. /PWD |CER DI: 15PP, 58,6007 72962. 301-000c001506 243 261-0207-00 CaP VAR,PLOTCs2-10PF, 1007 0031 HPoEA-218 251 261-0525-00 (CAP. ,PXD CER DI +470PF +/~940P,500v 72982 201-0doxsvoa7IM 253 283-0000-00 (CaP /PXO CER DI:0,0020F ,+100-08, 5000 72982 @31-516e1027 261 __290-0527-00 ‘CAD. ,PXD EUCTLT:6.8UF 208,350 56289 196D685X0035xa1 262 261-0519-00 (CAD. EXD,CER DESATPP /t/—4. PF, SOV 72982 308-900c0<0470x 302 -290-0527-00 ‘CAP. ,PXD,ELCTLT:6, UF 208, 2507 6289 196Dg05x0035"a1 321 283-0004-00 CCAP, |PXD,CER 91+0,02UF ,+80-208 1500 72982 Bss016z5v02032, 334 283-0040, CAP, /PHD,CER DI:0.020P,+80-208 2500 72982 |5s01675v02037, 328 281-0579-00 CCAP. ,PAD,CER DI:22PF,54,500V 72982 30t-osocos02103 338 203-0644-00 (CAP, PAD,MICR Ds150PF,14,5000 00853 DISSEISIF0 346 290-0517-00 CCAP. ,FXD,ELCTUT:6.8UB, 208,350 156269. 196D605x0035xAr 74‘Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Sorial/Mods! No. Mfr Ckt_No. Part No. Code_Mfr Part Numbor 47281-05080 (CAP. ,PAO,CER DI#10RF /2/-LPF 500 ‘72982 301-oonc0G0100r e349 -281-0578-00 CCAP_/FXD,CER DI+182F, 5%, 500V yage2 301-00co¢o1807 e351 281-0543-00 GP. ,PxD/CER DI :6EPP 108,500 72982 301-000U2s0680K e352 -790-0517-00 (CAP, PHD ELCTET 6,80 , 208, 350 56289 19605e5x0035xa1 254 283-0008-00 (GaP, FXD,CER DI:0,021F ,=80-208 1507 ‘72982 05501625702032, 356 261-0543-00 GaP. PXD,CER DI-68PF,108,500V 72982 301-0000200680K ase 290-0817-00 (CAP FAD, ELCTLT :6.8UF ,208, 357 56269 lo6p05x0035Ka2 asl _—-290-0517-00 (CaP. /PXO,ELCTLT:6 SUF, 208,35 ‘56209 L9gp¢@sx003SraL 362 -290-0517-00 (CAP. /FXD,ELCTLTS6_8UP , 20%, 250 56289 l96p6e5x0035KaL 263 -790-0517-00 CAP. /PXD,ELCTET=6.5UP 20%, 350 56209 196068540035KaL e364 -281-0804-00, (CAP PXD,CER DI:10PE y4/-1PP /5000 72962 301~000C000100F 368 283-0058-00 CAP. ,PXD,CER 9T:0.0270? ,10%,1007 7ageg ersime7wsR273K 374 281-0504-00 CCAP PHD CER DT: 10PP +/1PF 5008 72982 301-000c0c01007 cael 283-0000-00 CCAP. /PXD,CER D1+0,001U¥ ,+100-0%,S0Ov 72962 831-516E102" 381 _283-0000-00 CCAP PXD,CER DI+0.0O1UF +1000 ,500¥ 7282 831-516E102° cos 282-0089-00 CCAP. ,WAR,CER D1:2-8PF 72882 528-006-098 cio? 283-0082 -00 (OAD. ,FED,CER DI:0.107 ,#60-208,257 56289 36c600 cat? 263-0081-00 (CAP. /FxD,CER D1:0,1UF ,+60-208, 257 56269 36c600 423, 263-0180-00 (GAB. /FAD,CER D1+56000F ,208,2007 y2982 B121N7204651562K 424 —-283-0198-00 (CAP. /FAD,CER D1:0.22U 208,50 7aye2_ e131%075651220x e433, -283-0113-00 ‘GAP. /FXD,CER DT:2200°F ,5%, 2009 yase2e§5-53552227 casa 283-0341-00 CRP. ,2¥D,CER D1:0.047UF,108,200¥ 7ave2 exsulaswsR473K cag. —283-0636-00 (CRP, PHD (ICA D:36PP, 1.48, 100 0883 15136000 442 281-0089-00 (CRP. ,VAR,CER DI:2-8P2 72362 538-006-098 443 281-0096-00 (CRP. (VAR/AIR DI:5.5-108F 72982 538-00609-35, cats 261-0602-00 (CAP PAD CER DI:GEPP, 58,5000 72962 308-00002G06603 cass _263+0860-00 CCAP. ,FAD,MICA D:SLOFE, 28,5009 0853 pissrsiico 451 283-0144-00 CCAP. /PAD,CER DE:33EF, 10,5000 72982 801-457P25330" 453 -203-0000-00 (GAP, -FxD /CER DI:0,00]UF ,+100-08,500v 72962 @31-516E102P 457 -283-0010-00 (GAP. FKD,CER DI:0.050F /#100-208,,50V 6289 273620 488 -283-0081-00 CGAP. -FAD,/CER DI:010F,+80-208,257 56709 36c600 ease —-283-0023-00 ‘CAP. ,FAD,CER DI:0.1UP,+60-208,10¥ 56289 200374 ca4s4-283-0178-00 CCAP. /2xD,CER DI+0,108 #80208, 100¥ 72962 aLsumasesiiosz e471 —-283-0178-00 CCAP, /#xD CER BI:0. 1UP 480-208, 100¥ 72982 e1simasestioaz 502 281-0579-00 CAP, |2¥D CER DI:2197, 58,5000 72902 301-s0cos02103 503 261-0651-00 CCAP, |P¥D,CER DI +47EF, 53,2000 72962 374-o01r2H08705 esi1—_281-0523-00 CCAP. ,PHD,CER DI: 1000 ,+/~-208? 2500 72982 301-000uz0101" e512 283-0004-00 DE10,020? ,+60-208 1507 72902 ss0L625v02032 e515 261-0521-00 (CAP. PXD,CER DI:22FF #/-2.29F ,5000 72962 301-000c060220K, 6522 -263-0003-00 ‘CAP. ,PXD,CER DI:0,010F 480-208, 1507 72902 055-547=1032 6525283000300, CCAP_ PAD CER DI:0-01UP,+80-208, 1507 72962 055-54751032 528 ‘CaP. ,PXD CER DI:22PE,4/-2.20F,SOOv 72982 301-900c0s0220K 531 ‘CAP. BXD,CER D1:0,01UF /+80-208, 1500 72982 @55-54781033 e549 283-0003-00 ‘CAP. /EXD,CER D1:0.01UF /#80-208,2500 yag02 055-s47n1032 e601 283-0167-00 r10/]0F, 108, 1000 72982 SLsINa7WSRIOAK 602 281-0611-00 CCAP BHD CER DI:2,7PP /+/-250P 2000 72982 374-003¢090279C 603 281-0670-00 (AP. ,FxD,CRR 0:1 .8PF/+/-0.1PP, SOV 72992 374~ooscoxo18sH 604 2a1-0523-00 CGRP PRD,CER DI:1002F /+/~202P 3500 301-000r2Ko10u" 606 -281-0628-00 (CAP PHD, CER DI:15PF, 58,6007 301-000c0501506 c60721-0515-00 (GRP PED/CER DI:272P #+/-1.35PP 5007 72982 3020000000270 sll 281-0823-00 CCAP ,PXD,CER D1:1002F,4/-200P,250 72982 301-00002x0101m 612 _-283-0004-00 CCAP. ,FAD,CER D1:0.02UF,480-20%, 1500 72982 asso1sasvo2032 615281051100 ‘CAP. FXD/CER D1 :22P8 /4/-2.20F , SOO” 72382 201-000C0G0220K 622 283-0003-00 ‘CAP. FAD CER D1:0,01UF 480-208 1500 72382 855-547E1032, e 75Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt_No. Part No. __Eff Dscont Name & Description Code_Mfr Part Number (6625 283-0003-00 ‘CAP. /FXD,CER D710.010F 480-208, 1507 72982 655-54751032, (6528 281-0521-00 (CAP. /EXD,CER DY:207F /+/-2.20P, 5000 72982 301-000c0s0220K c631 283-0003-00 (CAP. /FXD,CER 9110,010F ,+80-20%, 1500 72982 955-547E1032, 549 283-0003-00 ‘GAP. PND CER D140010F ;#80-208, 1500 72982 955-547E1032, 6655 290-0527-00 (CAP, | PRD ELCTLTSLSUP,208, 200 90201 Toc1s6woz0r!. ce7e, — 281-0540-00 ‘CAP, ,FRD,CER DI:51PF,58,500V 72982 301-00002s05103 57a CAB. |PXD,CER OT:33PP, (NCH VALOE) , S31, 690 _-283-0024-00 ‘CAP. PXD,CER D1:0.10P,+80-208, 30 s6289 273c16 6805 290-0527-00, CAP. | PXD ,BLCTUT«15UF 20,207 90201 Tocls6wo20rs, (6008 —«284-0577-00 250000 251094 CAP. /FAD,CER DT+L4PP,58,5007 72982 301-asocos01403 e808 -281-0364-00 8252035 CCAP. /FXD,CER DI:247F, 58 72982 301-vo0coai2403 ca2¢ 281051100 CAP. jPxD,CER D1:2207 -+/-2.20F ,5OOV 72982 301-000c0s0220x 6626 -281-0523-00, ‘CAP. EXD CER DIsLO0F2 /+/~20PF,350V 72982 301-o002NoL01N (e828 -290-0529-00 (GAP. /PXD,ELCSUT ATU , 203,200 56289 1960476x0020185 83¢ -290-0827-00 (CAP, /FXD,ELCTLTSL5UP , 203,200 90201 7Dc156H0207L 0835 280-0527-00 CCAD. |PXD,BLCTLT: 150" 208,207 90201 mDcLSeNo20=L e835 -290-0527-00 AP, ,PxD ELCTUT#LSUP 208,200 90201 rocis6woz0rE e837 —261-0524-00 CAP. ,PuD,CER DI+LS0PF ,+/“30PF,,S0OV 72982 301-000x540151M e229 —-290-0536-00 CAP. ,PxD,BLCTLE+ LOU? , 208,250 90201 TDcLoswo2seL e253 283-0024-00 CAP. /PXD,CER D1+0.10F 80-208, 300 56289 273016 e855 290-0527-00 CCAP. |PXD,ELCTUT#1SUP , 208, 207 90201 TociseNoz0rs, 6858 283-0577-00 8250000 8252094 CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:L0FF,5t,SOOV 72982 301-050c0s01409 238 281-0564-00 9251085 CCAP. | FAD CER DI:249F, 54,500 72882 301-o00c0c02403 363. 281-0523-00 CAP. ,PxD,CER DI: LOOPF ,+/-20PF,, 3500 72982 301-000u2N0101M e374 = 290-0827-00 CORP. |PXD,ELCTUT:150P 208,207 90201 ocis6w20F1, 77 281-0508-00 (cab. |PXD,CER DI:L2FP /+/-0.6PF,SOOV 72882 301-000c0601203 ce79 290-052-009 CCAP. ,PXD,BLCTLT:1UP, 208,50 156289 L9s0105x00S0HA1 cast 230-0527-00 CAP. ,PXO,BLCTUT+1 SUP ,208,207 90201 socisewo20rL e893 230-0527-00 CAP. |PXD,BLCTLT-15UP 208,207 90201 TocIs6wo20rZ cas 290-0527-00 CAP. ,PXD,ELCTUT:1SUF,208,207 90201 mocisswa20% e397 230-0527-00 Cap, jPxo,ELCTuT+15UF,20%, 207 90201 TDclsewaz0rT lov 283-004-200 CAP. /PHD,CER Dz+0.020F /+80-20%,250V 72902 9550162502032 ciooz — 283-0178-00 cab, ,PxD,c2R 210.107 400-208, 1007 yase2 aisimsesiio4z ©2003 261-0637-00 CRP. |PxD,CER DI:919F, 58,5007 72982 301-00005009103 cao? 281-0811-00 CAP, /PRD,CER DI:227F /+/-2,20F ,S0OV 72382 301-000c0G0220% ciozt 283-004-009 CAP, |PXD,CER DI:0,020F ,+80-208 1500 72982 9550162502032, cioza —290-0527-00 CCAP. |PXD,BLCTUT:15UP 208,200 90202 mBCISGMO20RL cuozs —281-0523-00 CCAP. ,PRD,CER DI:100PP ,4/-20PP,, 3500 72882 301-000u2H0101M lost 283-0004-00, CRP. | PAD, CER DI:0.02UF /+80-20%, 1500 72982 assorszsvo2032 ions 261-0579-00 (CAP. /FHD,CER Dx12i0F 54,5007 72962 301~050c0s02103 cioza —290-0527-00 CAP. ,Px0,ELCTUT15UP ,208,207 90201 "Dc1S6NC20EL cio 283-0023-00 CaP. ,PXD,CER D1:0.1UF,+80-208, 200 56289 200374 eiosa — 290-0823-00 CAP, ,PxD,ELCTLT:2, UF, 208,200 56289 1960225x0025HAL cios2 283-0178-00 ‘CAP. ,PAD,CBR DI:0.1UF 480-208, 1007 72902 @isimLasesii04z i063. 261-0637-00 (CAP. |PxD,C2R DT-917F,58,500¥ 72982 301-oocas009107 cis 261-0628-00 (CAP. PaD,CER D1+337F, 54,6007 72982 308-000¢0003306 61077 281-051-009 (CaP, /FAD,CER D2:222¥,+/°2.29F, 5000 72982 301-000c0s0220% clos. 283-0003-00 (RP, ,FAD,CER DI:0,02UF ,+80-208,1500, 72982 asso1szsvoz032 cosa 290-0827-00 CCAP. ,FeD,ELCTUT:150F ,208, 207 90202 Toc1s6Ho20FL close 281-0523-00 (CAP. |FXD,CER DI:1O0PF ,+/-20PF,, 3500 72982 301-00002N0101M ci9i 283-000-900 CCAP. |FXD,CER DI:0.02UF ,+80~208, 150 72982 5501625102032, e106 201-0578-00 ‘CAP. |PXD,CER DI:18PF,58,500V 72982 301-000c0001803 i099 263-0023-00 CCAP. ,PxD,CER D1:0.10P, 460-208, 10¥ 56209 200374 cl12280-0818-00 cap. Fx, ELCTUT: 100UF, 20%, 207 ‘56289 196D207x00z0HA3 2117 282-0080-00 (CRP. |PED,CER DI:0.022UF +60-208, 25 56289 19c611 Agelected and added 1 neoessary. 76 Pov. B OAK. 1975Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN 6250000-up) od Toktronix Serial/Model No. Mfr — Cit No. _Part No. __Eff Dscont Nome & Description Code_Mfr Part Number (61130 261-0629-00 ‘CAP. FAD CER DI:33PF, 58, G00V yase2 sce0scose3303 cu]] ‘cap. SET yncHD:9.950P - 1123} 295-0175-00 cap. Se2,wncu0.0,i0r 80009 295-0275-00 on35] (CAP. SE? wrcHD 9050 1136 261-0096-00 (CA. ,VAR,ATR DI:5.5-28PE 72982 538-006n9-35 = i137 261~0089-00 CCAP. ,VAR,CER BE:2-80P 72982 $28-006-098 cuise —263-0331-00 (CAP. /PuD CHR DE: 430F,2¥,100V 72362 605-505A4203 ciis1 — 263-0268-00 (CAP. ,FHD,CER DT +0,015UF, 108, 50 72362 6121N07SWSA1S3K iis? 290-0245-00 CAP. FMD /ELCTLT:1,5UF,108, 100 56269 150D15Sx9010n2 1153 283-0645-00, ‘EAP. ,FAD,MICA D:730FE, 18,3007 0853 DISiE791FO cust] ‘cap, ,SEt TCH c1UP cites}? 295~-0157-00 (ca SPn TCHD:0.1UP 80009 295-0157-00 cuies| (CaP. SET, TCHD:9982" clue? 2@1~0089-00 (CAP. ,VAR,CER DI:2-8P 72982 523-006-898 cites 283-0331-00 (CAP. PAD CER DI:432F,2%,100¥ 72382 205-505n4205, 1201 283-0023-00 (CAP. ,PAD,CER DY:0.1UP +60-208,10¥ 56209 200374 1208 283-0004-00 ‘CAP. /PAD,CER 01:0 02UF /#80-208, 1500 72982 as50l6zsvo2032, = clz09 283-0004-00 CCAP. ,PaD,CER D1:0,02UF #80208, 1500 yasa2assoiezsv02032, 1220 290065000 CCAD. (Pub /ELCTUT + 10000F ,208,20¥, 56209 109D108x0D1072 1235 283-0178-00 CAP. /PHD,CER D1:0,10¥ ,+60-208 1007 72982 8131N1456511062 - 1249 283-0004-00 CAP, ,FHD,CER DI:0.0207 480-208, 1500 729m2 assorezsve2032 ize 203-0024-00 (CAP. /PAD,CER DI:0,1U¥ 480-208, 301 88289 273c16 i261 281-064-009 (CAP, (VAR, PLSTC10.25-1.57F ,€00 72982 530-002 1262 283-092-009 (CAP_ /FND,CER DY:0.03UF /+80-20%, 2000 72982 845-s34z3032 i263 223-002-090 (CAP. /FXD,CER DI:0.01U #80208, 2500 72982 855-s47E1032, 1269 263-0003-00 ‘AP. ,PXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-208 2507 72982 655-s47E1092 ize. 2A1-0064-00 CCAP. VAR, PLSTC+0.25-1, 5PF 6000 72982 530-902 i2e2263-0092-00 CCAP, |FXO,CER DI:0.03UF,+80-208, 2007 72982 945-s3ars032 _ ©8283 263-0003-00 CAP. ,PAD,CER DE+0.01UP,+80-200, 1500 T2982 855-sa7e1032 izes 263-0003-00 (AP. ,PHD,CER DI:0.01UP,+80-208, 1500 T2982 855-47E1032, 1307 281-0611-00 CCAP. ,PXD CER D112. 799 ,4/=250F,200V Ja9e2_374-v01cosoa79¢ - ©1327 281-0611-00 DIAZ, 7E¥ ,+/-25P , 2000 72982 374-001c030273¢ 1339 283-9081-00, CAP. /PxD,CER D110,10F}+80-20%, 259 e283 3ecec0 1348 283-0023-00 CAP. /PXD,CER DI :0.1UF 80-20%, 100 56208 20c374 _ izes 299-0023-00 CAP. ,PxD,CER 2T10,1UF,4+80-20%,107 56280 200374 * 1403 283-0198-00 ‘CAP. /END,CER DI+0.220E ,208,509 72082 BLsiNo7S6s12200 cdoa—290-0149-00 (GAP. /EXO,ELCNLT =5UP 475-108 15007 55283 s0Ds0sciscona 1412 290-0536-00 (CAP. FXD,ELCTI 100F -208,,257 90201 Tocloswo2srL e1éis —283-0203-00 ‘CAP. /FXD,CER DT:0.470F,20%,500 72982 8131NO756S1474x ieig—_290-0860-00 (ON. FAD /ELCTUT:470F 204,25 56289 196D476xo025MA3 c1dz0 —201-0622-00 COMP. FAD CER DI:47PF, 18,5000 72982 308-000c000870P | cigzt 283-071-009 CCAP. PAD CER DT:0, 0068: 480-308, 50000 56209 4scioa _ caé2z283-0071-00 CCAP. 4D CER DI+0.0069UF, 480-308 , S000 56289 45C10A2 caa23283-0071-00 CCAD. UD /CHR. DI10.0068UF ,+80-30¥, S000 56269 45CL0AL caaze —285-2040-00 CAP, ,4D ,PLSTC0.00120F 108, 4000" 6289 4307122949 1427 263-0002-00 CCAP, ,PHD CER DT-0,010F 480-208, 5000 72982 @li-s4eri03z a 1430 285-1040-00 CAP. ,Pxb ,FLSTC+0.00120P 108, 4000" 36209 4307122940 cisa2 — 283-0003-00 CAP. |PXD,CER DI:0,010F,+80-208,1500 72982 855-S47E1032 aes 283-0003-00 CCAP. [PHD CER BI:0.01UP,+80-208 | 1507 72902 es5-S47E1002 14a? 263-0003-00 ‘CAP. ,FAD,CER DI:0.010F 480-208, 507 72902 ass-sa7R1032 — ci4es —283-0003-00 ‘CAP, ,FAD,CER DI:0.010F ,#80-208,250V 72982 @55-s47E1032, 1452 2#1-0580-00 (CAP. -FED,CER DI:470PP, 10%, 5007 72982 301-coozspad7iK Jgndividual timing capacitors in this assenbly must be ordered by the 9 digit part number, letter suffix and inert ies SSE SNES SPE OPE ig Skt Se SSE beat reece The letter suffix and the tolerance should be the HK WWElectrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt No. Port No. _ EFF Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number cla? 281-0064-00 CAP. WAR, PLETC:0.25-1,50? ,600V 72982 530-002, adr 283-0111-00 CCAP. | #40 ,CHR DI:0.10F,20%,50V_ Tag82 s1siNo7S6s1104 1475. 283-0000-00 CCAP. ,2#0 /CER DI:0,0020F ,+100-08 ,500v 7a9e2931-516E1027 (1476 283-0057-00 CCAP PXD/CER DI:0,10F ,+80-208,2009 56289 274010 L477 283-0057-00 (CAP PXD,CER D1:0,20F,+80-208, 2007 56289 274c10 e141 290-0164-00 ‘CAD. ,EXD,ELCTUT UP, +50~108,1500 56209 sop10srisouas = ci4ea 263-0178-00 ‘GAP. EXD,/CER D1:0,10F 480-208, 1007 yaga2 B1aim4sesi1042 cago? 283-0101-00 ERP, |EXD,CER OL+A700EF +80-208 60000 56289 a5clia 14g 205-1040-00 CaP. |PxD, PLC :0.00120P 30%, 40000 56209 4307122040 cislo —283-0167-00 CAP, /PxD,CER D1:0,10F 18,1007 72982 8131mLdTWSRLOGK - cist. 2#1-0580-00 cap, ,P4D,CER D1 :470PF , 10%, 5007 72982 301-000a500071K 1512 220-0670-00 ‘CAP. | PED,ELOML?:SS0UF 4752108, 1007 56289 GeD10512 1513 230-0638-00 (CAP FAD ELCTU: 12008 ,+75-108 1000 36289 68010528 cisz2 283-004-009 ‘CAP, /FxD,CER DI:0,020F ,+80-208,150¥ 72982 8s50i675v02037 cases 283-0178-00 ‘CAP. FXD,CER DI+0,1UF, 400-208, 1000" yase2 eisuniasesiiodz cass¢ 290-0305-00, CAP. ,F¥D ,ELCTLT: 30,208, 150V 56289 1osp30sx0150c2 iss? 281-0350-00, (CAP. /PYD,CER DI:12022,108,500V 72982 301-000x5PO121K eisaz — 290-0534-00 CCAP. PHD /ELCTLT. 55000? ,#100-100,307 190201 20-36094 esis 290-0525-00 CCAP. ,PxD ELCTLT 470P 208,20 56269 96D476x00201K3 1552 290-0571-00 CCAP . FAD ELCTLT: SOO0UR ,#100-0% 257 30201 20~36083 iss) 290-0535-00 (CAP. ,FAD/ELCTU:330F ,208,10¥ ‘56289 1960336x0010xA2 - 1562 290-0583-00 CRP. (PHD ELCTUT 30000 ,+100-108,350 58289 68010490 c1se9 — 290-0535-00, ERP. |2ND ELCTLT +33UF ,208, 100 ‘56269 196D336x0020xA cise? 290-0523-00, 56209 Lo6D22sxo025uAL casez — 285-0686-00 (On? J PHD /PLETE +0,0880F 10% , 2000 91002 6ér2zan6e3 cisea —261-0551-09 CCAP. ,FKD,CER DI:390PF 208, 5000 ‘2992 3010002570391" e156 290-0832-00 (CAP. EXD ELCTLALS0UF,208, 6 90201 ™DCIS7Ao06CL cise? 281-0523-00 (CAP. |PXD,CER DY:278F /4/~5.4PE,500V ‘72982 301-000P260270" case 290-0536-00 (CAP, FXO, ELCTLT: 10UF,, 208,25 90201 TDelosNozsrL 4402 263-0032-00 AD. /END CER DI:470PP,, 58,5007 72982 931-5002504719 caei2 283-032-009 ERD. ,P¥D,CER OT 470PP, 5%, 500V 72982 931-Sooesoa71y (e422, -281-0139-00 CAP, |VAR,CER DI:2.5-99F 1007 72982 519-00202,5-9 - c4a2s—-281-0638-00 CCAP PHD, CER DI:2407F , 58 ,500V 72982 301-00025002415 c4a27 —281-0524-00 CCAP| ,FED,CER DI:150PF,+/30P,SOV 72882 301-000%5001516 ©4430 283-0000-00 CCAP, FXO {CER DI:0,001UF ,+100-08, 5000 72982 831-516E102F (e442 283-0065-00 CCAP. ,FxD,CER D1:0.001UF, 54,1007 72982 905-S0s81027 - (c4427261-0628-00 (CAP /FXD,/CER D1:33P8, 54,6007 72982 308-00c0203300 caaza — 261-0123-00 (CaP. ,VAR,CER DI:5-259P ,100V 72982 5i8-000n3~25, 4439 261-0617-00 CCAP. /PXD,CER DIs15PF,10%, 2007 72982 374-001c030150x caae2 —283-0065-00 ‘CAP. FXD,CER D1:0.001UF, 58,1007 72962 Bos-sossi07s _ cuasé, —201-0651-00 (CAP. FAD,CER D1:47PF,,54, 2007 72902 374-00172H04709 cance: caaTat cater CaP. ,240,CER 0433002, 58,5007 S629 aoceana cated CCAP /24D,CER DI+0.00107 ,+100-D8,S00V 72962 631-Siee102" ~ 64985 283-0003-00 CAP. HD, CER DI+0,01U,+80~208, 150" 72082 955-547E1032 ago 283-0077-00 CCAP. FAD, CER DI:3308F 58,5007 56289 40c94n3 e442 263-0000-00 ‘CAP. PXD/CER DT:0.0030P,4+100-08,500V 72962 631-S1aE107P caése © 290-0523-00 ‘CAP. PXD,ELCTLT:2.20P 208,200 36269 1960225x002SHAL . cae99 290-0523-00 (ERP. FAD, ELCTUT:2 20? 208,200 56289 1960225x0025uAL cris —_152-0323-00 ‘SEMICOND DEVIEE:szLzCON, 35, 100A 03508 52365, cRaL —_152-0153-00 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 15V, 50" x3715 707003 cr22—_152-0153-00 ‘SEMICOND DEVICE :STLICOM,15V,5O¥A 33715 ¥07003, = aaa 152-0271-00 SENICOND DEVICE ‘STLICOM, 10° o1ze1 ioe R39 «152046000, SENZCOND DEVICE +1009, MR avis INS98 Apart of cireute Board. 78 e| Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN 8250000-up) | | ~ Tektronix Seriol/Model No. Mir — Cit No. Part No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number cxed—_-152-0323-00 ‘SEATCOND DEVICE: STLECON, 350, 100HA 03808 S768 | cesi —_152-0153-00 SE(LICOND DEVICE:SILICON, 250, SORA 13715, #07003 crs2152-0153-00 SEXICOND DEVICE: STLICON,15V SOKA 13715 707003 eres 352-0271-00 [SEATGOND DEVIGE:STLICON, 20%? ouzer vice cmis21s2-014i-02 SEUICOND DEVICE:STLICON, 30, 150Mn 07910 insisa ee cried 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SZLICON, 30V,150HA o7aio anais2 criss 352-0141-02 SEATGOND DEVICE:SELICON,20V 15040 o7si0 inis2 criss 152-0141-02 SSENICOND DEVICE: ScLIOON, 300 150A o7vsio unaas2 cris? 4s2-o14i-02 SEHICOND DEVICE:S=LI00H, 30,1500 7310 inis2 _ crasz_ as2rouai-oa SEAICOND DEVICE:STLICON, 30, 150A o7s10 tnans2 x04 252-0253-00 SeMrcoND DEVICE: SILICON, 150,500, 1smis_ 07003 ccr305_152-0253-00 SEMICOND DEVICE: STLICON, 150,501 13715 #07003 x07 152-0253-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:STLICOW, 150 ,50HA 13715. 797003 = ero 252-0153-00 SSEMTCOND DEVICE: STLICON, 150, SOMA 13718. 757003 Hid 152-0153-00 SEMICOKD DEVICE: STLICON, 150, SOMA 13m1s_ 707003 emis 152-0153-00 SEZGOND DEVICE: SILICON, 15V,S0HA amis. FoT008 eRn17—152-0153-00 SeMICOND DEVICE:STLTOON,15V 50" asms 757003, - craig 152-0153-00 SEMICOKD DEVICE: STLTCOW,15V SOMA 13715, 707003 Ga 3s2-0141-02 SEICOND DEVICE STLI0ON,30V,ASCHA oroio inais2 cre? -152-0141-02 SEAICOND DEVICEYSTLIOON, 200 50H o7eio wis? - cxica152-0141-02 SEHICOND DEVICE: SILICON, 309,508 o7sto umas2 ces72 3s2-o14i-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:STLTOON,30V 250A o7s10 anais2 cxs7e 152-0143-02 SEATCOND DEVICE. SILICON, 30V 5c o7s1o 1nais2 cnazi 152-0269-00 SEICORD DEVICE STLTCON,VAR'VCAP. ,A¥,332° 25403, N13182 craze 352-0269-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:STLIOON,VAR VAP. 4V,332° 25403, n13182 cwsi7__352-0246-00 SEMICOND DEVICE: STLTCON,400PT" 20048 07910 coi2676 R550 152-0225-00 250000 8256799 SEMIOOND DEVICE-TUMVEL, TPP 4. 00 03509 sto70a R550 152-0125-01 8256800 SEMICOND DEVICE: TUMMEL SPP, <. 708 “= emss21520125-00 256800 8256799 SEMICOND DEVICE. TUNNEL SPP 4.708 e3508 sroT0d R552 1s2-0125-01 1250000 SEMICOND DEVICE, TUMMEDLSEP 4.70 cnss3 452-0141-02 SEMICORD DEVICE: STLIOON,30¥ 3500 o7sio mers2 cxsse as2-o1si-02 seiurconD DEVvIcerszLt00",30v,25c0a o7sio i252 - casi? 152-0246-00 SgMEGOND DEVICE: SILICON, 400Pz 200 o7910 co12676 ceRss0152-0125-00 250000 3256799 SEMIOOND DEVICES TUNEL, 1SEF 4. 7A 03503 szo704 exes 4s2-0125-01 8256800 SEMICORD DEVICE: TOME SPF ,€. 708 Res2_ 152-0225-00 8250000 8257699 SMUTCOND DEVICE LTMNWIEL, LSP 4.74 03508, sro704 - Gxes2152-0125-01 3256800 SEMICORD DEVICE: TUNNEL, ASPP 4.708 crac 152-0322-00 SSaNIOOND DEVICE: S1L1008,15¥ 2eaeo S0e2-2672 craos 352-0141-02 SEMTCOND DEVICR:STLICON, 30¥, 500 o7e10 inns creis 152-014-027 SEMICOND DEVICE: STETCON, 30¥, 2500 0790 mans? = cna22152-0141-02 SEMICORD DEVICE: SILICON, 30,2500 o7e1o uans2 creas 152-0141-02 SEMICON DEVICESSILICON, 30, 25cHA o7e1o ueans2 craze 152-0141-02 SEATOOND DFYICR:BILTCON,30V,250NA o7s10 anais2 crest is2-014i-02 SEMICON DEVICE. SILICON, 30, 280HR o7e10 anais2 crs32 352-014-023 SENICORD DEVICEssTETCON, 30,2500, o7e10 ans? craze 352-0142-02 SEAICOND DEVICESSTLTCON, 307, 25CH o7e10 anas2 eras 152-0322-00 SEMICON DEVICE: SILICON, 15 2edso 5082-2672 = crass 252-0141-02 SmAIcOnD DEVICE: SILICON, 30¥,250HR o7sio awans2 cree 152-0141-02 SICOND DEVICE :STETCON, 30,2500 o7s1o uans2 cree 152-0142-02 SECOND DEVICE STLTCON, 307, 250K o7e1o uaas2 cea7?—352-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:STLICON, 30, 250M o7si0 anaas2 _ eRi001 252-0141-02 SEMICON DEVICE:STLTCON, 30¥, 2508 07910 inis2 cmtocs 152-0143-02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30¥,250NR o7s10 anais2 emtonl 152-0141-02 SBLICOND DEVICESILICON, JOY, A50NR 0790 Anaisz cmio24 152-0141-02 SELICOND DEVICE:SILICON, 30V,250NK 0780 uneas2 - cRi035 152-0141-02 SEMICON DEVICH.SILICON, 30V,250NA 07810 252 cRloa2 152-0141-02 [SENICOND DEVICE:SILICON, 30,1508 oreo amis2 EY, A FEB, 1975 79Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt No, Port No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Code _Mfr Part Number ~~ ‘eni0a3152-0141~-02 ‘SEMICON DEVICE: SILICON, 30¥ 15000 ‘ovaxo amais2 rio. 152-0141-02 [SENTCOND DEVICE:STLTCON, 30V,150KR o7sio ais ceived 152-0141-02 [SHMIGOND DEVICE: SILICON, 30V SONA 7310 14152 omio72 s2-ol41-02 SENICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30V,150NR ‘97910 mans2 oRi0ss 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE +SILICON, 30V, 150MA ova. 1mais2 caliol 1s2-0ia1-o2 SENTCOND DEVICE sSTLICON, 30¥,150NA o7e10 awais2 calioz 1s2-0141-02 DEVICH :STLTCON, 30¥, 1508 7910 14152, cRllss 152-0333-00, DEVICE ‘STLTCON,5S¥, 200K ‘80009 152-0333-00 calz01 152-0141-02 7010 Inais2 emizo2152-0141-02 DEVICE :SILICON, 30V, SONA ‘oven amaus2 cpiaig152-0141-02 SENTCOND DEVICE-STLICON, 30V,150NR ovsi0 anais2 cwi24a152-0141-02 SENICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30V,150NA ‘7910 Imais2 emi251—157-0153-00 SEMICOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 15¥, SOKA 13715, F703 cri2s2_152-0153-00 SENICOND DBVICE ‘SILICON, 15¥, SOKA 13715 F700 cri2s3152-0322-00, SEHICOND DEVICE SILICON, 15¥ 26480 5082-2672 cni2ss 152-0141-02 SENICOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 30V,150MA o7s1o amais2 cpd273152-0322-00 SENICOND DEVICE :sTLICOM, 15V_ 28680 5062-2672 or1275152-0141-02 SSEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30V,15Cun 07010 inais2 cr1z65 152-0141-02 SSENICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30,1500 o7o10 masa R134 182-0141-02 ‘SENTCOND DEVICE :STEICON, 30¥, 1504 07010 twais2 cri30s152-0141-02 [SRMTGOND DEVICE:STLICON, 30,1504 o7s10 anais2 eR1309 152-0181-02 SSERICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 30, 150HA o7o10 inais2 cRi315 152-0141-02 SEMTCOND DEVICE:SILICON, 30 , ASCH ovo iwais2 calle 152-0141-02 SSEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30,1500 ovo inais2 orlg25 isz-0141-02 SSIMTICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30,1500 ovo wais2 erims —152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 30V,15cEA ovsto awans2 cri334152-0141-02 SEHICOND DEVICE :SILECOX, 30V, 150m, o7sio awais2 cw1335 152-0141-02 SEUICOND DEVICE STLICOM, 30V, 150% ovaio N4i52 crisi6 152-0141-02 SEXICOND DEVICE :STLICON, 30¥, 15008 o7sio awais2 = cri342 152-0161-02 SEKICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30, 1500 o7sio Nisa cRLa44 152-0241-02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30V, 150HA ovo awansa RLa5 152-0141-02 SENTCOND DEVICE :STLICON, 30V,150KA avais2 eR1347152-0141-02 SEXICOND DEVICE /STLICOM, 30¥,150K ease cRlso4 152-0333-00 SEXICOND DEVICE -STLICOM, S5¥, 200% 152-0323-00 cridos 152-0141-02 SEMTCOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 30V,250HA asais2 cmidi2 152-0141-02 SSENECOND DEVICE :STLICOM, 30V,150KA asaise gmiais is2-o141-02 SENICOND DEVICE :STLICOM, 30V, 150KA asalsz cRUdld 152-0141-02 SSEICOND DEVICE ‘STLICOW, 30V, 150H swans? cR1dié 15-0333-00 ‘SENICOND DEVICE :STLIGOW, 55V, 200K 152-0333-00 cali 182-0409-00, SSENICOND DEVICE :STLICOM, 12000 5H verze cn1a27_152-0107-00 SSEMICOND DEVICE 'STLECOM, 3750, 400A ‘20009 152-0107-00 cRlde1 152-0141-02 SSEMTOOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 30V, 150HA ovo1o inais2 cridg2 152-0141-02 SSEMICOND DEVICE :GILICOM, 30V 150K 97910 wais2 cRia63152-0141-02 SENECOND DEVICE ‘STLICOM, 30v, 15000 ovo10 awaise crias4152-0153-00, SENICOND DEVICE :STLECOM, 15V, SOMA amis 707003 criéss 152-0141-02 SSENIQOND DEVICE ‘STLICOM, 30v,150H0 ovo1o awans2 oxidise 152-0141-02 SSENICOSD DEVICE :STLICOM, 30v,150HA ove1o In4is2 cr1a72 182-0061-00 SSENICOSD DEVICE SILICON, 175V, 100" 80009 152-0061-00 cRLa7 — 152-0107-00 ‘SEXICOD DEVICE :SILICON, 375V, 4000 90009 152-0107-00 ca1ae2 152-0081-00 SSENECOSD DEVICE :STLICOM, 175V, 1004 20009 152-0081-00 caldea 182-0061-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:STLICOK,175V,200% 80008 152-0061-00 cRnae7 152-0242-00 SEMICOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 225V,200KA 32969 NDP342 cRLaes 152-0242-00 SEMICOND DEVICE :STLAICON,225V, 200K 32969 Nop3éi 7-10 eElectrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt_No. Port No. _ Eff Dscont Nome & Description Code_Mfr Part Number cmasi1 —s2-0488-00 ‘SENICOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 200v,1500%A\ 14936 KAPO2~8 cRisid 152-0107-00, SENICOND DEVICE SILICON, 375v,00NA 80009 152-0107-00 cRISI6 152-0107-00, SSEXICOND DEVIGE -STLICOM, 375v, 400" ‘90009 152-0107-00 crisz4 152-0141-02 SENICOND DRVICE-STLICON, 30¥ 150K vaio nais2 grisi2152-0061-00, SENICOND DEVICE:STLICOW,175V,100"A 80009 152-0061-00 or1s33152-0141-02 SENIQOND DEVICE:STLICON, 30v,150HA vaio awais2 coR1534152-0066-00 SENIOOND DEVICE SELECON, 4007, 75NA 02735 37304, ceR1535 152-0066-00 SENICOND DEVICE SILICON, 400V, 750% 02735 37304, (cRIS36 152-0141-02 SENICOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 30v,150HA o7sio aneis2 cRISa1 —152-0556-00 SENICOND DEVICE ‘BRIDGE, S0V,2.59 (06723 HORSGO-2 crisea 152-0066-00 SeNICOND DEVICE ‘STLICOH, 400V, 750K 02735 37304 cRISS1 —152-0488-00 SSEICOND DEVICE ‘STLICON,200V,1500H, 14936 KBPO2-3 RISS6152-0141-02 SSENICOND DEVICE :STLICON, 30v, 150Ha vaio awats2 cRISs9 152-0066-09, SSENTCOND DEVICE STLICON, 4000 ,750HA 02735 37308 cRIS61 152048809 SSEHICOND DEVICE :STLTCON,200V,1500H 14936 KEPO2-9 crise 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30v,150N o7ao avais2 emses 15240066-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:STLICON, 400V, 750" 2735 37308 crises | 1s2-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30v,1 50H o7sto anais2 cRigs1 152-0181-02 SENICOND DEVICE SZLICON, 3ov, 150m o7o1o anats2 crigs2 152-0141-02 SENICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30V,1500 o7eio vais2 cress 152-0181-02 SSENIOOND DEVICE :STLICON, 30V,150N ovsio anais2 creas 152-01a1-02 SENIGOND DEVICE ¥SILICON, 30V,1500, o7s1o Inais2 cress 152-0141-02 SENICORD DEVICE ‘STLICON, 30,1504, o7a10 Inais2 creda 152-0422-00 SENECOND DEVICE SILICON, 40, 79F oizai Paiosa creasl —152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 30,1500 o7e10 inaisz cRaas2 152-0141-02 SSSHICOND DEVICE-STLICON, 30V, 15048 ovsio anais2 mua39 119-0387-00 DELAY LINE ELEC: 0009 119-0387-00 s32 180-0130-00 {LAME -TRCAND 2 5¥,608R 8806 22000 5386 150-0130-00 [TAME /TRAKD 5, 608% 8806 22000% e386 150-0035-00 TaN /GLOW:90V, 0.34 esos Alp s3e9 150-0035-00 RIB {GLOW 900.388 ses AlDat 8392 150-0130-00 [ERIE /INGARD 15V 608 806 22000x e396 180-0130-00 {EAN , THCARD +5, 6088 08806 22000x e834 150-0130-00 ANP -TNCAND + 5,600 (08806 22000x se 150-0130-00 ‘LAUD, INCAND 5,60 foaso6 22000x Dsl140 150-0035-00 ANP /CLOW:80V,0.30 oga06 AlD-T 161239 150-0035-00 TANP,GLOW:90¥,0.348 o@a0s ALD e125 150-0002-00 1HP,GLOWs0.5 MA 60/1250 (98806 Nezr-aIAT ps1426150-0002-00 RUB /GLOW:0.5 MA 60/1250 (08806 NE2T-AIAT s1570 150-0129-00 [DANE TNCAND 6 .3¥, 2009 ose0s 2122 s1571 150-0129-00 [BANE ,INCAND:6,.3¥, 2009 09806 21120 b§1588 150-0130-00 AMP, THCAND = 57,608 (99808 22000x F149 159-0016-00 USE, CARTRIDGE: 3G,2.5A,250v -rasT-BLoW 71400 acct 1-2 FIS01 _159-0016-00 USE, CARTRIDGE:3AG,1.5R,250V FAST -BLOW 71400 accl 1-2, gisol? —159-0042-00 FUSE, CARTRIDGE +0.754,250¥, FAST-BLOW nm 136-0499-14 CcoNNcTOR, RCPT, +14 CONTACT 00779 4-360949-4 a 136-0499-10 CONNECTOR; CPT, +10 cONDRCT (00779 4-300949-0 a 136-0499-04 (CONNECTOR, RCPT, 4 CONTACT (00778 3-360949-¢ m4 131-0679-02 (CONNECTOR, RCP, :BNC W/HAROWARE 20009 131-0673-02 a5 136-0499-10 (CONNECTOR, RCP, :10 CONTACT 00779 4-360949-0 a6 136-0499-14 CONNECTOR, RCP, +14 CONTACT 00779 4-360949-4 384 1a-0679-02 CONNECTOR, CPM, BC. W/HAROWARE, 0009 131-0673-02 Yor 230v operation. RGV. BOGAN. 1975 711Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt_No. Part No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Code_Mfr Port Number yisz__‘131-1003-00, COMUIEGTOR BODY, :CKT BD M2,3 PRONG ‘20009 131-1003-00 sigd—132-2003-00 CHRRIECTOR BODY, CKT BD NT,3 PRONG 0008 131-1003-00, miss 132-0955-00, CCONMIECTOR, RCP, :BNC FEMALE 24932 2858200~21 miss 131-1003-00 CORBIECTOR BODY, :CKT BD ME, 3 PRONG 80008 131~1003-00 s262131-1003-00 CORIEGIOR BODY, ;CKT BD MZ,3 PRONG 80009 131-1003-00, 3338 131-1003-00 CoMECTOR BODY, :CKT BO H,3 PRONG ‘0009 131-103-009 yo29131-2003-00 (CORIEGTOR BODY, :CKT BD MI,3 PRONG ‘30009 131-1003-00, s3t3131-1003-00 CONIECTOR BODY, :CKT 50 £,3 PRONG 30009 131-1003-00, 3351 131-1003-00 CORIECTOR BODY, ;CKT AD ME,3 PRONG ‘90009 131-1003-00 5358 _131-1003-00 COMMCTOR PODY, :CKT 2p M,3 PRONG 0003 131-1003-00 3509 131-0955-00 ‘common, RCPT, BNC FEMALE 24931 287R200—1 5571 131-1003-00, CoRmIECTOR BODY, :CKT ED MT, 3 PRONG 89009 132-1003-00 3573 131-103-009, CORIECTOR BODY, CK BD MT,3 PRONG 80009 31-1003-00 3575 131-1003-00, CommpcroR BODY, :CKT 20 M,3 PRONG 90009 131-1003-00 600 131-0955-00 (CoMIECTOR, REPT, #BNC, FERATE, 24931 289R200-1 3673 131-1003-00 ConECTOR BODY, 10K BO ME, 3 PRONG 80009 131-2003-00 3688 131-1003-00 COMECTOR BODY, :CKT 30 ME,3 PRONG 80009 131-1003-00 317 131-1003-00 CONNECTOR BODY, :CKT BO ME,3 PRONG 80009 131-1003-00 i318 132-0955-00 (COMECTOR, RCPT, sBNC, FEMALE, 24991 2678200-1 siaig131-1003-00 CONMEGTOR BODY, ;CKD’BO ME,3 PRONG 80008 131-1003-00 2337 131-1003-00 CcomectoR SoDy, :cK 80 Mt, 3. PRONG 80009 131-1003-00 yazae 131-0955-00 (COMIECTOR /ROPT, -BNC, FEMALE 24931 287R200-1 eso 151-0985-00 CCORIECTOR, REPT, BNC, FEMALE 24931 267R200-1 1222 106-0161-01 com. FF:0.201 90009 108-o181-01 1143 1n6-0181-01 (com 0.208 80009 108-ol8i-o2 1243 408-0181-01, ‘com, R:0. 208 20009 108-181-021 338 ios-0182-00 (com, Rr:0. 308 80009 108-0182-00 1399 ioe-o192-00 (com, R +0. 30H 80009 108-0182-00 1aso—_108-0370-00 com, RP:0,140m 0009 108-0370-00 yaa 108-0370-00, CorL,mP:0. 140" 0009 108-0370-00 asl 108-0740-00 conn: 2350 80008 108-0740-00 17 108-0740-00 Com x :2251et 189009. 108-0740-00 507 108-0655-00 cory, mr 75:8 180003 100-0685-00, 1545 108-0370-00 Corn xP :0,14UH 80008 108-0370-00 us47—108-0370-00 cortyRr 0.2408 80008 108-0370-00 ets 108-0370-00 cor RP :0.240H 80003 108-0370-00 1647 108-0370-00 Cork rr 10.2408 80009 108-0370-00 1674 108-0538-00 Con, rr +2. 70H 76493. 708276A1 esl 108-0538-00 cote Rr :2.70H 76493 7Or276AL 1893 100-0538-00 cor a7:2,70H 76493 Tor276a1 4697 108-0533-00 CorL Re :2.70H 76493. 7or276a1 32006 108-0328-00, Corn RP :0. 30H 80009 108-0326-00 LLMs 408-0422-00 corn RP :80am 0009 198-0422-00 lado 108-0713-00, COIL, TURE DEFLE:TRACE ROTATION 80009 108-0723-00 saaes—108-0714-00 COrL TURE DEFLESY AXIS ALTORMENT 20009 108-0714-0 1596 108-0245-00, Com nP:3,90H 80009 108-0245-00 xado2? 276-0507-00 SATELDING BEAD, :0.60H 79488 57-0180-7 Tads4 —108-0570-00 [TRANSFORHER, FF 0003 108-0570-00 14474 108-0870-00 TTONSFORIER, RF: 0003 108-0570-00 14498 108-0440-00 CorL, Rr :0H, TOROTOAL, INDUCTOR 0003 108-0640-00 14499 108-0640-00 (COrL, RE 0H, TOROTOAL, INDUCTOR 30009 108-0440-00 un4sl —108-0286-00 cor, na :0,308 ‘20003 108-0204-00 ERTL 108-0284-00 ‘80003 108-0204-00, nated Lf necessary. 72Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr — — CkiNo. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code_Mfr Port Number uRagB3 108-0328-00 (GOEL, 2F 10.308 80009 108-0328-00 uRage3 108-0328-00 (COTL,RE:0. 30 ‘#0009 108-0328-00 g20n,B 151-1032-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STETCON FET, DUAL 27856 DN399. 32° 151-0259-00 ‘TRAMSISTOR: STEICON NPR ovo cs2aaaa 36 151-0259-00 “TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPN o7ei0 cs23214 942 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLIOON, FUP 07263 524849 O44 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PHP 07263 s24849 Q70n,B 151-1032-00 ‘TRANSISTOR SILICON, PET, DUAL 17056 pN399 gaz 151-0259-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :SELICON, NPN ‘o7s10 csaszi6 986 © -151-0259-00 “TRANSISTOR SILICON, NPN e7s10 csa3218 992 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON, PUP 07263 $24849 94 151-0221-00 ‘TRANGISTOR:SELICON, PUP 07263 524949 gioz —151-0427-00 {TRANSISTOR :SILICON NPN ‘80009 151-0427-00 glod —151-0427-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPN 80009 151-0427-00 giz2 —1si-o198-00 TTRANSISTOR:SILICON NPN ,SEZ, PROM MPS918 80009 151-0198-00, giza | isi-olee-oo ‘TRANGTSTOR:SILICON, NPN,SEL PROM MPSO1 80009 153-0198-00, giazj?153-0609-00 SEMICOND DYC SE:STLICON,PNP 80009 153-060-009 usa! gliz —151-0271-00 ‘PRANGISTOR:STLIGON, PRP 01235 sKAA5O4 gide —151-0271-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON ENP 01295 sxdsoa gis2 151-0221-00 {TRANSISTOR :STLIOON, PRE 07263 s24849 gie2 —151-0221-00 {TRANSISTORISILICON, ENP 07263 24549 gies 151-021-009 ‘TRANSISTOR SILICON, PNP 07263. s24849 168 151-0190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR SILICON, NEN 0a713 2n3908 9202 151-0427-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :STLICOM, NPN 0009 151-0427-00 9204 151-0427-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :STLTCOM, NEN 80009 151-0427-00 9222) 153+0547-00 SEMICOND DVC SB:STLICON, NPN MATCHED 80008 153-0547-00 gaa] G26] 153-0547-00 SSEMICOND DVC SE:STLICON, NPNMATCHED e00es 153-0547-00 220 232]? 153-0609-00 SEMECOND DVC SE:SILICON, PNP ‘20008 153-0609-00 234 2g2151-0271-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON ,PNP 02298 sxaasoa 248 151-0271-00 ‘TRANSTSTOR:SILICON, PNP 01295 SKAASO4 252 151-0222-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON, PNP 07263 524849 262 151-0221-00 ‘TRANGISTOR:STLIOON, PNP o7263 524849 g30¢ 152022100 ‘TRANGISTOR SILICON PRP 07263 524849 308 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PAP 07263 524869 gaia 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICOR PNP 07263, 524849 gaia 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR; SILICON, PNP 07263 524849 322 151-0269-00 8250000 #255714 TRANSISTOR: STLICON NPN, SEL PROM 553005 80008 151-0269-00 9322 51-0471-00 255715 ‘TRANSTSTOR: SILICON, {PR (9324 152-0269-00 8250000 5255714 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN, SEL FROM SE3008 0008 151-0269-00 9324 © 151-0471-00 255725, ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON PR 332 451-0188-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON PHP 04713. 293906 344 151-0367-00 ‘TRANGTSTOR:SILICON,NEN/SEL FROM 357377 30003 151-0367-00, ade 151-0221-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PRP 07263 s24809 9382 -151-0223-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON PX ‘e0009 151-0223-00 358 151-0223-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPE 80009 151-0223-00 9364 151-0190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON NPR 04713 2u3904 g374 151-019-009 {TRANSISTOR :STLICOW, NPN 04733 2n3208 9362 -351-0435-00 {TRANSISTOR SILICON, PIE 04713 MPS-RE5 9288 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR: STLICON,PNP 04713 2N2907, 9392 151-0435-00 TRANSISTOR:SZLICON,PXP Yoraz and Ol34 furnished as a matched paix. — 29232 and 0234 furnished as a matched pair, wey. A FEB. 1975 713Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model_ No. Mfc Ckt_No. Part No. Eff Dscont Nome & Description Code _Mfr Part Number 9396 151-0302-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON , PRE (04733 2N2907A 9522) 151-1042-00 SEMICOND DVC SE:MATCHED PAIR FET 80003 151-1042-00 gszal 9550 151-0221-00 “TRANSISTOR: STLICON PRE 07263 s24na9 9552 151-0221-00 TRANGISTOR:SILICON PNP 07263 s24049 9622] 151-1042-00 SEMICOND DVC SE:MATCUED PAIR FED 80009 151~1042-00 | g624 9650 151-0221-00 ‘RANSISTOR:STLICON, PD 07263 s2apa9 | 9652, 151-0221-00 TRANSISTOR SILICON, PUP 07263 s24nq9 ge72t 153-0597-00 SEMICOND DVC SE:STLICON,PHE ‘80009 153-0597-00 678 151-0367-00 ‘TRANSTSTOR:SILICON NEM, SEE PROM 3872/TP ‘80009 151-0367-00 gce2! 159-0597-00 SEAICOND VC SE:STLICON, PNP 130009 153-0597-00 gees 151-0367-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON NPN, SEL PRON 3572P 80009 151-0367-00 o0a ——«1581-0220-03 5250000 2251094 TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PNP 80009 151~0220-03 ge0d151-0199-00 8251095 ‘TRANSISTOR:SEZICOM PHP 04713 wes3640 ganz 151-0220-03, ‘TRANSTSTOR:STLICOM PHP 80009 151-020-083 81d 151-0220-03 [TRANSISTOR :SILICON PNP 80009 151-0220-03 gaz2 © 151-0220-03 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON PNP 80009 151-0220-03 982g 151-0220-03 ‘TRANSTSTOR SILICON, PNP 80009 151-0220-03 9828 151-0190-00 [TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPN 04713 263904 9854 151-0220-03 2250000 B2S1094 TRANSTSTOR:SILICON PNP ‘80009 151-0220-03 ges4 —151~0199-00 251095 ‘PRANS ISTOR:SELICON FRE 04723 wes36ao ge62 —151-0220-03 ‘TRANSISTOR SILICON, PNP 80008 151~0220~03 ge64—151-0220-03 ‘TRANSTSTOR :STLICON , PND 89009 151-0220-03, ‘Q1002A,8 151-0354-00 BNP DUAL 32233 1761200A guoiz ” 1s1-0220-03 [TRANSISTOR :STLICOM PUP. 80009 151-0220-03, los — 151-0220-03 ‘TRANSISTOR SILICOM, PAP 80009 151-0220-03, i024 151-0263-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :STLICON NPM 07263 9032790 g1030 451-1025-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON ,JPE,N-CHANNEL 01295 sBR8129 1036 151~0127-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPM 07263 86075 1038 151-0188-00 \FRANSSTOR:SILICON PUP 04713 203906 91042R,B 151-0232-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :SILECON,NPM,DUAL 12040887348 gloae —151-0190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON NP 04713 2v3904 91052 151-0220-03 ‘TRANSISTOR :SILICOM, PUP 80009 151~0220~03, 91054 151-0220-03 [TRANSISTOR :SILICOM , PHP 80003 151-0220-03, gl062A,m 151-0354~00 [TRANSISTOR :SILICON , PHP, DUAL 32293 1751200K gio" 151-0188-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :SILICON, PUP 04713 2N3908 1072 152-0220-03 ‘PRANSISTOR:SILICON PHP 80009 151-0220-03 91074 352-0220-03 ‘TRANSISTOR SILICO PAP 80009 151-0220-03 guoee —151-0283-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :SILICON, NPR 07263 5032790 glos9—181-1025-00 TRANSISTOR: SILICON, JFE,N-CHANNEL 01295 sBRE129 gicss —151-0127-00 IETCOW TPR 07263 36075 1098 151~0188-00 ELTON PUP. 4723 203906 giigo — 151-0302-00 {ILICOM NPR 04723 2N2222K 1170 © 151-0302-00 ILICON NPM 4733 2N2222K gid 151~0220-02 {XLICON PUP. 80009 151~0220-03 gizis— 151-0216-00 {TLICON, PRP. 04723 Mps6523 1224 151-0190-02 ‘FRANSISTOR:SILICOM, NON o47is 2w3904 91226 151-0188-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SIZ1CON, PHP 04733 2n3906 91234 151-0190-02 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPN 04723 2N3908 91236 151-0188-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:STLICON PHP 04713 243906 91248 151-0190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :STLICOR, NPR 04713 2n3904 gizsa 151-2010 “TRANSTSTOR:SILICON ,PRP_ 04713 2029078 gizs2 — 151~0406~00 ‘TRANSTSTOR SILICON ,PXP 07263 537880 1268 151-0407-00 ‘TRANSISTOR; STETCON, NPR 07263 837682 1g672 and 9682 furnished as a matched pair. 7-14 REV. B JAR. 1975Electrical Parts ist—-465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt_No. Part No, Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number 91274 181-0202-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON, HPN amis 2uo222a 12e2 —1s1-0406-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PH 07263 537000 91286 151-0407-00 {TRAKSISTOR:SILICON EN 07263 37681 91304 151-0190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, EN ba713 203908 1306 151-0190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NEN e713. 213905, gis14—151-0220-02 ‘TRANSTSTOR:SILICOM, PAP ‘s0009 151-020-053 1324 © 151-0190-00, ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PH 04713 213906, 91326 151-0190-00 {TRANSISTOR :SILICOM, MEX 04713 203908 1334 151-0220-03 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICOM, DSP 80008 151-020-038 gu4oa — 151-0126-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON, NEN 07263 2uzaa6 gi4oe —151-0301-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PNP 0s713 229078 1413 151-0188-00 'TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PNP 04713 203906 gi4la — s1-o190-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON 04713 203904 Qu4ie —151-0136-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON APH 02735 35495 gigis — 151-0140-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON NP 02735 36568 gu466 — 151-0223-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SIETOON NPI 0009 152~0223-00 91472 151-0188-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PAP 04713 203906 @ara —151-0407-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, 1201 07263 537881 Q147a —151-0406-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PNP 07263 §37880 qisis —151-0311-01 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PHL 04713 M7E340 gusla —151-0247-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON HEHE ‘90008 151-0347=00 @iss2151-0347-00 "TRANSISTOR: SILICON, EU ‘90009 151-0347-00 91534 151-0436-00, "TRANSISTOR: ILTCON EM ‘39003 151-0436-00 91536 151-0347-00 "TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NEC 90003 151-0347-00 1544 151-0302-00 "TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NEN oars axz2z28 uses 151-0349-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON NPM SEL FROM MI=2801 04713 saz924 gisés —151-0302-00 [TRANSISTORISILICON Nt 04733 anz2220 91856 151-0380-00 'FRANSISTOR:SILICON, PU 04733 MP5-UA5, iss 151-0302-00 {TRANSISTOR:SILICON, NPN (04733 2822220, ised — 151-0302-00 ‘PRANSISTOR:SILICON, NEN 04733 2nz2220 uses 151-0348-00 {TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPHE SEL FROM MJ=2801 e723 sxz024 gises —151-0302-00 ‘TRANSTSTOR:STLICON APH 04733 2uz2z2a 1870 151-0390-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON, NPM oars Mps-v45, gisaz —151-0302-00 ‘TeRWSTSTOR:STLTCON, PH 0473 2422220 q@ises —151-0302-00 ‘eRNSISTOR:SILICON PN 04733 2Nz2220 isso 151-0342-00 anus 1st02: SILICON, PRP 07263 axazes ssa 151-0342-00 ‘PRANSISTOR:SILIOON PHP 07263 2wa249 gis9a —151-0164-00 TTRANSISTOR:STLIOON, PHP 1295 6xs3934 gisse —251-0301-00 {TRANSISTOR:STLICON, PAE 04713 2x2907a Qedo2 — 151-0212-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON, NPY Taaas. aes gugos — 151-0212-00 [TRRNSISTOR:SILICON, NPN T3405 Ades geel2 —151-0212-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SIZICON, NPM 7340s naa Gaels 151-0282-00 ‘TRAYSISTOR:SIZICON PN 73405 nass eas 151-0212-00 ‘TRANSTSTOR:SILICON NPN 7344s RaE5 geae2 1510212400 ‘TPANSISTOR:SIZICON NPN 7aaes aces gtae2—151-0¢3¢-00 gma 284261 Stas 151-0448-00 190003 151-0448-00 94472 151-0434-00 |TRANSISTOR:STLICON, PUP 06713 2waze1 Qua7e — 151-0848-00 ‘TRANSISTOR:SILICON, NPN 190903 151-0448-00 Q#a2 151-0446-00 [TRANSISTOR SELTOON NPN, SE 50003 151-0846-00 gaz 151-0846-00 ‘TRANSISTOR :STLICON, NEN, SE 80009 1s1-0446-00 a 315-0510-00 RES. , MD ,COMP 152. OFM, 58,0.25W 01121 cwsi0s 7-15Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Seriel/Model No. Mir Ckt_No. Part No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Code _Mfr Part Number —~ Ba 317-0047-00 BES. (PHD COMP:4.7 OH,5R 0.1258 oli BRaR705, Re 316-0105-00 RES. /PxD COMP 11M O81, 108 ,0.250 ounai cBi0s1 36 317-0101-00 [PxD,COMP 100 OMB, 580-2250 oui Bp101s Ris 321-0481-00 PRD FILMS OHM, 13,0125" 75042 CEATO-1004P R16 316-0474-00 [PKD,COMP :470K Of, 10%,0.250 o1i2i caa7a1 nig 315-0362-00 RES. ,FXD,COMP 1360 OR, 5%,0.250 cai2i casei Ral —315+0870-00, RES. /PXD,COMP47 MM, 5t,0.258 ola 34705 Raq 324-0030-02 RES, /EXD,PTLM+20 CB, 0,58, 0.125% 75042 c#aT2-20R000 Ria 321-0030-02 RRS, ,PXD PTI: 20 OHM, 0,53,0.125% 7502. cHAT2-20K000, R25 341-1227-00 RES, |VAR,NONWIR:SK CHM, 208,0,50% 30294 $389F-P32-502 nas -31540123-00 NGS, ,FXD,COMP:12K of, 58,0.25H oanat cai235 ra? 3152015100 RES. /FXD,COMP:150 OFM, 58,0,25H oil cBisi5 a2 -321-0208-00 RES. FAD, FTIM:1.43K Of 1¥,0.1250 ‘75042 CEATO=1431F 33, -321-0037-00 ES, ,FXD,PTLM:100 O8M, 18,0125 78042 CeaTO-1000F rogl315-0434-00 RES, ,FXD,COMP:430X OHM,54,0.250 o1i2i ce4345 25 315-o104-00 [RES ,FXD,COMP:200X Os,5¥,0.250 o121 canoes R36 321-0208-00 {RRS ;FHD,PTIM: 1,434 OS) 10, 041250 75082 cEnTO~1431F a7 —-315-0621-00 RES. / 9D COMP :620 OHM, 58 /0.25% on2i cae21s rag 315-0621-20 ES. ,F40 ,COMD +620 OF, 58,0.25% onz1cps2is 739 «316-0101-00 ES. /PXD,CONP +100 O8M,108,0.250 ouizicBiol1 RAL 321-0190-00 RES. ,FAD/PIM:931 OFM, 180.1250 75042 CBATO-9310F Rig 316-0101-00 RES. ,FAD,COMP:100 OFM, 108,0.250 ua. ce1oa a3 321-0180-00 RES. FAD/FILA 931 OHM,24,0.1250 75082 CEnt0-9310F Ria 321-0088-01 REE, PND FILM+102 O#M,0.58,0.2250 75042 ceATO-10200 Ras 321-0088-01 RES, ,PND,FTLM1102 OHM,0.58,0.1258 78082 CERTO-10200 Ras 321-0126-01 RES. ,PYD FTN: 200 08M,0.58 01256 91637 wrriei6az00R00 na? 321-0635-00 RES, ,VAR,HONWIR:1F OHM, 108 ,0. 508 070 62-56-3, Rae 311-0635-00 RES. |VAR,HONWIR: IE OHM, 1080, 50H go74o 6256-3 Ris 321-0080-01 RES. ,PMD,FILA:66.5 OWM,0.56,0.125 91637 NFFLeleccoRSoP = R51 —-315-0510-00 ‘RES. PXD,COMP:51 OMY, 58,0.2507 oniai_essi05, R52 -317-0047-00 ROS. ,FXD,COMP:4.7 lM, 5%,0.125M 1221 pB4n7os R5é —316-0105-00 RES. ,PXD, COMP +18 OBI, 10%, 0.250 142i calos1 R56 -317-0201-00 RES. ,PXD,COMP:100 OHM,5%,0,125H ouizi palo1s R65 -321-04e1-00 GS, ,PXD,PILA: Li OB, 180.4250 75042 CEATO-100¢2 Res ——-316-0474-00 RES. PAD COMP :470K CBM, 108 0.25% oui cada, Ree —_-315-0361-00 RES. ,FHD,COMP:360 om, 54,0.250 on21 cas62s, RTL —_-315=0470-00 RES. ,FXD,COMP:7 cim1, 53, 0.2501 oni cBa705, R72 -321-0030-02 RES, (FXD,F12M120 O8,0.5%,0,1250 75042 CeaT2~20R000 R73 «321003002 RES, ,FXD, 11:20 OFM,0.5%,0.1250 75042 Ckaz2-208000, R75 (311+1227-00, [RES VAR, NONAIRYSK. OFM, 208,0..50H 0294 3389r-P31-502 RTE ——-315-0123-00 ES, ,FXD,COMP:12K OHM,54,0.25% onz1cmi23s R77 315-0151-00, ES, ,TXD,COMP:150 OHM,58,0.25N ouzt ceisis ez -321-0208-00, Bas 2x0 PTL:1.43 Of, 18,0125 75002 CEATO-1431F ei, -321-0097-00, ES. /FXD,PTLN:100 OHM, 10,0.1259 75042. Ceato-1000P eal 315-0434-00 RE, |FHD,COMP:430K ON, 58, 0.250 ontzi cB43es Res -315-0104-00 RES. FAD, COMP: 200K OmM,54,0.250 e121 cBt045, Re¢ —-'321-0208-00 [RES | FAD, PIM: 1.434 OH, 100-1250 75042 CEATO-1431F Ra? 315-0621-00 RES, /2XD CORP :620 OHM, 540.258 canai cBeais, Rae. 315-0621-00 RES. EXD,COMP :620 Om, 58,0125 0121 cBe2is ROL 321-0130-00 RBS, /EXD FEL+932 #6,1%,0.1250 75042 CEATO-9320F no2-316-0101-00 RES. ,PXD ,COMP:200 OnM,108,0.2597 o1t2i ce1011 #93 -321-0190-00, REE. PXD,FELM:932 OfM,18,0.1250 75042 CEnTO~9310F 594 -321-0088-01 us|, PND ,FTI€:102 FO1,0.58,0.1259 75042 CEATO-10200 Jyot included when 670-3023-00,-01, and -02 VBRT OUTPUT Board is used. 7-16Electrical Parts List -465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. fe Ckt_No. Part No. ff Dscont Name & Description Code_Mfr Part Number OS 321-0098-01 RES, ,YXD,FTDM:202 OMM,0.54,0.125H 75042 cEATO~10200 R96 -321-0126-01 RES, ,FuD,FILA+200 O¥M,0.58,0125M 91637, MFF1e16G200R00 R97 311-0635-00 RES. , VAR HONWIR: 2K OHDL, 108 ,0.50m 80740 62-56-3 98 311-0638-00 RES_|VAR,HORWIR: IK OHM, 108 ,0508 80740 62-56-3 99 321-0080-01 RES. /PAD/PILN:66.5 O1,0,54,0.125" 91637 MPPLsiccéeRsce lol 315-0682-00 RES, -PAD,COMP:6,8K OHN,58,0.250 01221 cxea2s loz 321-0204-00 RES. -PAD,PIL:1,3K OH, 18,0.1256 75042 cenTo-2301F 103. 321-0087-00 RES. (PXD/ PIL 78,7 Ob, 14,0-225" 7s0¢2 cEnTO-TaRTOr lod 321=0204-00 RES. ,PRD,PIU:1.3K OHM, 100.1256 75042 cRato-2301F R105. 311-1226-00 RES. ,VAR,RONIR:2,5% OfM,208,0.500 80294 3359P-P31-252 ios -215-0301-00 RES. , PAD ,COMP1300 OHM, 0.25% ouz. casos 107 -315-0270-00 RES. PHD COMP+27 cUmt, 58 0.255 on71 ca2705 nuos—-315-0301-00 RES. ,PAD,COWP:300 CE, 580.256 ouiz1 cB3015 Rios 315-0270-00 RES. FxD,COWP:27 OMM(,58,0,250 ouiz1 32705 BILL 321-0026-00 RES, HD FIUU:1B.2 0806,18,0.1258 75082 CBATO-16R20P maiz 511-1364-00 RES. ,VAR,NONATR:2K O80, 108 ,0.50M 121 towsata RIL3—322-0026-00 RES. /PMD,PIU:1B.2 Ot,14, 0,125 75082 cent0~1eR20r RILA—315-0103-00 RES. /PAD,COMP:10K Of, 58 25K 0121 celo3s IIS 311-1228-00 RES. ,VAR,NONWIR: 20K OHM, 20%,0.508 80234 3369F-P31-103 R116 315-0123-00 RES. fFxD,COMP:32K OHM, 5%, 0.25% 0121 ¢B1235 RII7—321-0085=00 ROS. + FAD, FIUMs75 08M, 18,0.2258 75042 cEnso-75xOor Rllg311-1725-00 RES. (VAR, NOWWIR:2K OH, 2080.58 90294 3389P-p31-102 pila 321-0085-00 RES. /PXD/PIU7S OH, 14,0.1250 75042 CEATO~7SROOP Rizo 311-1007-00 RES. VAR, NOKWTR:20 OID, 308 ,0.50W 80294 3329nG48-200 Ruz1—321-0064-00 RES. (PD ,PTUNAS,3 OHM, 140-1250 75042 CEATO~A5R30F Riz2311-1224-00 ES. ,VAR,NONWTR:500 OFM, 208,0.50H 20294 3309P-P31-501 R123 321-0085-00 RES. /E¥D,FILM:36.5 OFM, 18,0-1250 75082 CEATO-36R50P R125 316-201-00 RES. ;PXD,COMP:100 ol, 10%,0.25% oui2l cpiola Riz? 321-0122-00 RES. ,PXD,PILM:162 OHM, 1%, 0.125% 75042 CEATO~1620F nize 321-0122-00 RES, ,FXD,PIIN:162 OHM,18,0.125H 75042 cEATO-1820F maz0 —321-0138-00 aS. ,PxD FTL: 267 OHM, 1¥,0.1250 75042 ceaT0-2670F al32 —321-0198-00 GS. ,PXD,FTLN:1.13K oft, 18,0125) 75042 cEATOW1131F R133. 321-0097-00 aS, ,PXD,ETLN2100 OHM, 18, 0.125% 75042 cento-1000r Bi34321-0198-00 PXO,PILN:1,13% Of, 18,0.1259 Ysod2 ceato-usir R133 -316-0101-00 (PHD COMP +100 OHM, 208,0.259 ouzi calor R126 -245-0621-00 x0 ,COMP2620 OHM, 58,0.25¥ oui caez1s R137 -346-0101-00 [2XD COMP +100 OM, 108,0.254 ou21 caio11 Riza -315-0621-00 {PxD ,COMP:620 OHM, 58,0.257 o1121 ca6zis Rigi 316-0390-00 PXD,COMP:39 OB, 108,0.25W7 o1121 cass01 pi42 —315-0391-00 ES. ,PXD,COMP:390 OHM,58,0.25¥ omen. ca391s Ri43.321-0200-00 RES, ,PXD,PILM:1,18% Ont, 28,0.125H 75042 cento-161F Rl4g—321-0084-00 BES, jPXD,PILM:73.2 Of, 18,0.1250 75082. CERTO~73R20" R145 315-0100-00 RES, ,PHD,COMP:10” OHM, 58,0256 o1azi_cuto0s Rl4s —321-0200-00 RES, ,PHD,PILM:1.26K OH, 28,0225 75082 CERTO-1161" rL47 —316-0390-00 RES, ,PAD,COMP:39 Oi01,108,0.25¥ oui2i_¢s3901 pido 311-1225-00 RES. ,VAR,NOMWIR:1K out, 208,0.50% 20294 3369R=P31-102 masl —-315-0331-00 RES. ,FAD,COMP:330 att, 58,0.250 ouzi e335 Ris2_321-0160-00 RES. ,PAD,FILM:453 ome, 2€,0.1250 75082 CEATO-45307 Ris4—321-0201-00 ES. ,PAD,PILM:1,20€ Off, 8,0.1259 75042 ceATO-1211F RIS -311-1224-00 ES, , VAR, ONWIR:500 Off, 208,0. 50% 0284 3383P-F31-502 pusl —315-0331-00 RES. ,FAD,COMP:330 om, 580.25 ouzi cosas Ris2 —321-0064-00 HES. PXD,PTLM: 45,3 oft, 18, 0.1258 75082 CeATO-45n307 RlG& —315-0751-00 ES.,PXD,CONP:750 OF, 58,0.25M ou2i 87515 Fpurnished as a unit with siz. 717Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Seriol/Model No. Mtr _ Ckt No. Pert No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Codo_Mfr Part Numbor piss 315-0331-00 ‘RES. ,PAD,COMP:330 OHN,58,0.25M oii 83335 Rise 321-0064-00 RES. |FaD,FILN=45.3 081,18, 0.1250 75042 CEATO-ASR30? ad mies 316-0201-00 ES. ,FAD,COMP'100 ol, 108,0.25H1 ola aio ra0l—415-0562-00 FES. /FAD,COMP:5.6K Oi,58,0.250 oinat cBs625 oo R202 321-0204-00 R203 321-0087-00 204 321-0204-00 R205 311-1226-00 206 315-0301-00 207 315-0270-00, 208 315-0301-00 R209 315-0270-00 Rail, 321-026-009 rai! -311-1364-00 aia. 321-026-090 ald -318-0103-00 R215 311-1228-00 5217 321-0085-00 wala 311-1225-00 R219 321-0085-00 220 -311-1007-00 Rz2L321-0064-00 222 316-0101-00 223, 321-0055-00 R224 316-0103-00 225 316-0103-00 3226 316-0103-00 227 321-0122-00 3228 321-0122-00 7229 316-0101-00 7230 21-0136-00 232 321-0198-00 #233. 321-0097-00 234 321-0198-00 235 216-0101-00 R226 315-0621-00 R237 316-0101-00 na38 | 315-0621-00 Real 326-0390-00 Rea 315-0391-00, 24a 321-0200-00 Read 321-0084-00 Reds 315-0270-00 R246 '321-0200-00 R247 316-0390-00 R249 311-1225-00 R251 -315-0331-00 R252 _321-0160-00 254 321-0201-00 R255 -311-1224-00 R261 —_315-0751-00 262 321-0064-00 RaOL -3LL-1511-00 Apurniched ae a unit with $212. 7-18 RES /FXD,PUIM+1.3K OH, 18,0.3250 RES. ,FAD,PIIN:76.7 O8M,18,0,125W ES. /PXD,PT0AN:2 2K o1D1,14,0.1250 RES, |VAR,NONWIR:2,5K oft, 208 ,0..50m REG, ;EXD,COMP-300 OH, Se, 0.250 RES, ,PHD,COMP:27 OH, 58,0.25¥ ES, ,FXD,COMP:200 Ob, 5¢,0.250 RES. /#XD COMP :27 OFM, 58,0.25% RES. ,FXD,BTL:18,2 OF, 18,0125 RES. ,VAR,NOMNTR:1K OB, 108 ,0,50W BES, ,YMD,PILN:18.2 OM, 18,0,125% RES. ,PND,COMP:10K OHM, 580.258 RES, ,VAR,HNOMWIR:10K OFM, 20% 0,500 RES. (PND /PILM:75_O8M,18,0.125% (RES. | VAR NOINER:1K OFM, 20% ,0.50W ES. ,PAD,PILM:75 O8M,18,0.1256 ES. , VAR NOMI; 20 08M, 208/0.50M RES. ,FAD,PTUt+45,3 OHM,26, 0.1259 RES. ,FAD,COMP:109 08%, 10%,0.25W ES. , FAD FTL: 36.5 OFDK,18,0.125% ES. |FXD COMP: 10K OHM, 10%,0.25% RES. ,FAD,COMP:10K OM, 108,0.25H RES. , FAD COMP: 10K 18,108, 0.251 RES. FXD,PTIM:102 OHN,18,0.125M RES. (FD, PTIM:162 OWN, 18,0.125H RES, ,F4D,COMP:100 OF8€,108, 0.250 BS. ,FD, FILM:267 O#M,219,0.1250 RES. jPxD, FTLI=1.13K Of81,18,0.1250 ES. (FXD,FILI:100 OHM, 14,.0.125M REG, FAD FrLM: 1,136 OFM, 140.1250 RES. (FXD,COMP:100 OiM,108,0.25H ES. ,PXD,COMP:620 O#M,5%,0.254 RES, (FxD COMP +100 OHM, 108,0.25H ES. j2XD,QOMP 1620 MM, 5,0, 25% RES, ,2xD,COMP +39 OHM, 108,0.25% ES, ;FHD,COMP:390 OHM, 50.25% ES, ,FXD FELM:1.19K fm, 18,0.1250 BBS. (PXD, FILM: 73,2 O8M,18,0.1250 RES. ;PXD,COMP:27 OHM, 58,0.250 RBS, (PXD,FILM:1.18K Git, 18,0~2250 RBS. ,PKD,COMP:39 OHM, 1080.25 RES. ,VAR,NONWIR!DK OMM,20%,0.50K RBS. ,PXD,COMP:330 OH, 580.25" RES. PXD,PILM+453 Ot, 18,0.1250 BS. xD PTA RES. VAR,NORWER:500 CHM, 208,.0,508 ES. , PHD ,COMP:750 Om, 54,0.25% RES. ,PXD,FILM+45,3 OM, 10,0.125M RES. ,VAR,NONWIR:K OWN, 208,17 75002 cearo-1s01" 75042 cEATO~7aR7OF 75042 cEATO=1301F 20294 3309r~P31-252 o1t2t ces015 01121 82705 = 121 82015 0112182705 78082 ceATO~1eR20" - o1zai 10132ia 78082 CEATO-16R20° oui calo3s 80224 32897-P31-103, 5 78042 CEATO-75R00" 90294 33697-P31-102 78042 CEATO-75ROOP 0294 3329nc48-200 78042 CEATO~45R30" ouzi cBloLi 75042 CEATO~36RS0P 1121 cB1031 - on2i_caLoay onizt caLoat 78082 CERTO-1620F 7 75082. CEATO-1820F oma cs1011 75042 cEaT0-2670F 75042, cearO-113iF > 75042 CEATO-1000F 75062 CEATO-1131F oui csiolt o1ai casaas oni cB1o1t 01121 cp621s, outaa 83901, 1121 cese1s 7 75062. cEATO-A161F 75042 CEATO-73R20F oa ca2705, 75042 CRATO-2161r 121 cez901 0294 s299P-P91-102 oui21 ca3315 a 78042 CERTO4530F 75082 ceRTO-1211F 0294 3309P-P31-50l ou21 ca7sis "75082 CRRTO-A5R30P oun22 LouissaElectrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) . Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mir — Cht_No, Part No. EFF Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number 3362 —-321-0936-00 HES. (PRD FILM: 2 6K OB,18,.0.1250 75042 cEATO-2801" - BBL 31L-1311-00 ES, (YAR,RONWER IIE 084,204, 18 oui2i Sowssa no12322-0236-00 es, (PxD PUM: 2.8 08%, 18,0,1259 Ysoe2 ceav0-20018 Ral 3a1-0186-00 355. /FxD,FILNO45 O1N,18, 0.425% 75082 CERTO-0450" naa2321-0186-00 ES, (Pam /FHs048 OH, 18,0.1258 75082 cEnTO-nasOP 2323 321-0157-00 8, ,7HD ,FaIs422 of, 18,0,2259 75042 ceazo-42208 R24 3a1-0157-00 8. (PHD, FUIMA22 Oime, 0.1258 75082 ceam0-4220? nas 3aL-o114-00 RES. /FXD/FYIA:150 O18, 180.1259 75082 craTo-1500° n26 © 322-0175-00, RES. PND FIIN;649 Of, 18,0.508 75042 cpeTo-6490? ~ mao? 3ai-o114-00 ES. PHD FULas150 O14, 18, 0.1259 75042 CEnTO-15008 R21 923-0224-00 US. ,PHD FULM:191 14,24, 0.508 o1s37 wrruazecioinar na32.346-0221-00 HES. (PHD ,COMP=220 Ot, 106,0.259 caizt conan _ B34 315-0391-00, RES. PxD COMP:390 ORM, 108,0 259 o1i2i cexeul 3395 321-0085-00, BES. XD FILM 46.4 Oly 18,0.1258 73042 ceaTO-asndor B36 3a1-0085-00, Bas. /P9D ,Fausts46.4 OW/18,/0,1258 75042 cearo-donaor nado 541-1222-00 RIS. ;YAR,NONWIR:100 OB, 208 0.504 20294 3309"-P21-102 ~ Bod 323-0168-00, US. PHD /FELM; 569. O14, 140.508 75042 cho00-5690? no42 3210004100, Ras. /rxD FT1s1:26,2 0,16), 1258 7082 cHarO-26R10° R43 315-0101-00 BES. /PxD /cOMP:100 oft, 980.258 ouai emors nad 321-0093-00 ES. /PHD PELN:90.9 OF, 14,0, 1250 75042 CEATO-90R90P nus 321-0197-00 RES. ,PXD,PILMs1 1K Of 18,0. 1251 75082 cunro-11012 Bade 321-0164-00 US. /PHD PrLas499.OF4,1, 0.1259 75082 CEATO-49902 Bod? 321-0098-00 RIS. (PHD ,PILE95.2 OF 140.1250 Ysoa2 GenTo-95n20" node 3al-o124-00 PES. (PHD PELMG150. Of 10.1250" Ysoaa Gento-is00e - sad 321-0060-00 3S. /PXD,PILA49.9 Oth, 8,0. 12501 Ysoa2 GentO-aonsr mask 315-0752-00 RES. ,PXD,COMP:7.5K okt, 54,0.254 cuz. ca7sas Basz321-0089-00 HES. /FxD/FsLHG02.5 om, 14,0.125 7s0t2 cenzo-baxs0r Base 3s-oe83-00 HES. /P9D COMP 160% Of, 54,0.259" e121 esses - 3357 -31g-0101-00 FES. PND /cOMP;100 OH8,104,0,259 euai eau nase 315-0202-00, ES. (PHD ,COMD.2% Of, 80,2507 euizi_enz0as nass315-0272-00 es, /2¥D,COMP:2.7% 01M, 54,0259 cuz cars - roel 321-0193-00, Fes. pub Fz Le Oi, 140.1359 ‘soa2 Ceato-10o1e 5362321015800 R59. (PHD ETLM=432_ ol, 16,0,1259 ‘soa2 CanTo-4220" Basa 321-0212-00, 59. (PHD PTIM: 1.50% OWyis,0,1258 Ys0ag Ganmo-1sa1e Rass 321-0225-00, RES, PHD /PUIM2.37% OH, 14, 0.1250 ysola cenro-23712 = 5367 225-0201-00 ns. ,2¥D,COMP:200 Oh, 5%, 0.254 euz1 cazo1s fee 321-0192-00, fas, rxD/Suicie2 ofit,28/0.123" ‘0a2 Genro-1a208 havo 315-0123-00, ES. /ExD,COMP:12K O11, 58,0125 euzi cas sam. 321-0193-00, 35S. (END FTIR CH, 14,0.1254 75082 SEATO-1001 ~ saz 3al-o1se-00 ES. xD /PHats432 fl, 26,0.1250 75042, cenTon432 nam 321-0212-00 ES. ,F90,PTLMs1,SEK of 18,0.12591 75042 cenzo-1561" sas 321-0229-00, FES. /F¥D,2728;2.27R GH, 14,0.1250 Ysoa2 ceaTo-29712 have -315-0201-00, ES. /F¥D,COMP:200 O14, 540.259 eiizi em2o1s = Bare 321-0122-00, ES. /P9O,E7IN189 OH, 18,0.12597 7s0a2 GaATO-18208 pel 3162015200, eS, (PHD COMP 1.5K im 108,0,2597 cuit Gmsar 3962 315-0473-00 ¥9251725 FS. (PHD /COMP:47K_ 01M, S¥ 0. 25H euiat cans n383°316-0222-00 ES. /PHD/OOMD 2.2K O18, 108,0.259 cuz cazz21 - Basé —316-0822-00, ES. /£XD COMP 10.2% O19;10%,0.25H ouiai caezat rea 316-0154-09 ES. /FX0 COMP !1508 OFM 10¥,0.250 ouizi corsat Raa 316-0154-00, HBS. /FXD COMP 150K O18, 108,0.25H oui catsat mal 316-0152-00 HES. (EXD ,COMD 11.9% Of, 10%,01 250 cual caisat nase 315-0473-00 x0281725 HES. (TID /COMP:47K 8M, St, 0.258 uaa caa7as - rasa 316-0722-00 RES, ;PYD,COMP:2,2K O31, 108,0.25% ouiz cez221 Ried 316-0822-00 HES. (71D CMP :8,2% OM, 108,0.25% cuz ceeaat moo 311-1239-00 HES, [WAR HONPTRL SOD HB, 208,050 W128 7a¥W=43-0-500% EV. BGAN. 1975 7-19Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/ Model No. Mir Cht No. Part Now Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number ~~ Rol _921-0068-00 BES, FAD, FTIA49.9 OIN,18,0.1259 75042 CEATO—49%90P 3402 321-0108-00 Bas. (FAD Fua128 om, .3251 75042 CRATO-1160" - R403 315-0390-00 ES. HD |COMP:39 OFN,38, 0.250 0122103805 naod —-321-0070-00 BES. PHD, FIUN:52.3 OFM, 180.1259 75042 CeAtO-saRs0F : rags 321-0187-00 ES. FHD,PIM-BG6 OFM, 18,0. 1258 75042, ceato-sce0r Rio -321-0175-00 BES, ,PXD,FILN:649 ON, 18, 0-125H 25042 ceaTo-s4s0r Ri09-321-0178-00 56. ,PHD/FILN698 ois, 340.1254 Yso42 cearo-ss80r Rell 321-0068-00 30S. )PxD,FTM49.9 Of, 180.1250 75042 ceato- Rused — 321-0967-03 EG, /FXD,8TIMsSSR OFM,0.25% 0.3254 91637 MFE1a16055001C ise 321-0962-03, PES, /FXD,FULMOK OFM, 0.25%,0.1254 91637 mprisi6080000¢ n1s66 315-0471-00 ES. /PXD,COMP:470 OHM, 59,0.25H ouiaa cars n1567 315-0242-00 RES. ,F2D ,COMP:2.4K O14, 58,0.2510 121 ca2azs 1569 -308-0459-00 e720 1.2. OFM, 54 3 91637 RS2B-DIR1007 pis]0-311-1373-00 RES, (WAR, MOMMIR:5K CHM, 208/18 O17 1092368, = Ris71 —315-0302-00 ES. PRD, COMP :3K CHM, SU, 0.258 ouiai 33025 ~ pisel —315-0153-00 ES. FRD,COMP:15K OF, 56,0.25W ouiaa cass uses 32170359-00 POS. PHD,ETLAS3.6% Oh, 18,0125 75042 cEnto-s362r rises 321-0276-00 HOS. FXD,PIL:7.68F. OFM, 38,0.12501 75042 CEATO-7682F - ISG6 —316-0100-00 RES (FXD,COMP:100K Oi, 108,.0.25H 1121 cpiod n1507 326-0104-00 RES (7X0 ,COHP:200K OFD4, 1080-256 01121 ceioat nises 315-0102-00 RES. (ZXD,COMP 11K OM, 54,0.25% on121 ce1025 nigel -315-0912-00 RES. ,£XD,COMP:9.2 ORM, 58,025 onnaa_ce9125 wi§92_315-0473-00 FES. /PXD,COMP 47K OFM, 58,0250 01121 64735 1599 -315-0822-00 RES. PHD /COMP:8, 2K Of, 5%,0.254 outa 38225 rise —315-0533-00 RES. FD COMP SUK ORM, 58, 0.25 oui2 035335 pisse —325-0512-00 REG, PND/COMPs5..E CH, 54,0.25H o1n2i 35125 - naso7-311-1221-00 BS. ,VAR,NOXWIR:50 104, 208,0.500 0204 3309P-P31-500 41598 321-0107-00 B86 PXD,FII3¢127 FM 180.1258 75042 CEATO-1270F hisa9_321-0002-00 RAS. (PxD,PTEM:20 Of, 18,0 .1250 $042 caxro-10R00° hiss) 303-0250-00, RES. /PXD,CONP#25 O86, 58,20 1121 Galsos gs2321-0062-00 RES. ,FXD,PILM:43.2 GBH, 48,0,225H 75042 CEATO-43R208 1693. 323-0140-00 ES. ,PXD /FIEM:280 O8M,18,0.50H 4s042 cxcr0-26007 1694 323-0140-00 OS. /PXD,PIL:280 OFM, 24,0.50H soda cecT0-2600° - i695 321-0228-00 GS. (FXO 2712, 32K oft, 18,0,1259 78062 ceRTOW23217 1697 324-0201-00 IES, (FXD, PH: 2,21K OFM, 24,/0.125% 75042 CeaTOWi211 Risse 315-0363-00 ES, FXDCOMP-36K OH, 58 0.25" 0121 83635 na4o1 — 321-0068-00 OS, /FxD PTLA-49.9 OFM, %, 0.1251 75042 cearom49n90° fado2 —315-0301-00, FREE. P40 ,COMP:300 OHM, 58 0.250 01121 83015 ado3. 321-0097-00 35S. ,720,PILA:200 O8M,18,0.125 ‘75042. CERTO-1000° 7-28 eElectrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mtr Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code_Mfr Part Number Redod—921-0097=00 TES, PHD PTIA=100 O:M,18,0.125H 75042 CEATO-1000F Redos — 315~0242-00 RES. ,PXD,COMP:2,4K OFM, 54, 0.256 o1izh ca2425 Redo 321-0095-00, RES. /PXD/PIIA:95.3 OHM,2%, 0,225 75082 CEATO-95R30F 3ad09 321-0189-00 RES. /PXD,PEIA+909 om, 18,0,1250 75042 cexTo-2090F adil 321-006-009, HES. ,PXD,PIL49,9 OHI, 18, 0.3254 75042 CEATO=49RS0F Raa 315+0301-00 ,PXD,COMP +300 orm, 54,0.254 o1t2a casos Regia 321-0097-00 [PED,FILM:100 o8, 180-1250 75042. CEATO-1000P naga 321-0097-00 'FED,FTUU+100 08M, 18,0,1254 75062 CEATO-1000P made 315-0242-00 'PED,COMP:2,4K OM, 540,258 oni cu2425 Radle —311-1297-00 VAR, ROMTR:1K OHM, 108, 0,50 (90294 33061!-707-102 Radio 321-0189-00 ES. ,FXD,FIIM:909 Of, 18,0-1250 75042 ceavo-3030" Riazi 321-0089-00 RES, |PXD/PIIA:82.5 OH, 18, 0.1258 75062 ceATO-82R502 adz2—311-1278-00 [RBS , VAR ONATR:250 OH, 10%,0.508 20294 3226-058-251 Rid23315-0101-00 RES, ,PAD COMP +100 O#M, 58,0.25H oui2i caiois Rida 315-0101-00 RES. FXD,COMP:100 Of, 58,0258 on21 ceio1s Raazs—321-2238-00 RES. ,VAR/HOWATR# 5K. O%M,108,0, 5088 72138 72x-27-0.502K aa27?—311-1225-00 [RES |VAR,ROWATRSIK 08M, 20870. 50H 20294 3309P-P3i-102 Rad30—323-0147-00 RES / EXD, FTLM:332 011,10, 0.508 75082 CECTO-3320F Ragal_—327-0220-00 [RES FAD COMP :22 O14, 5, 0.125H 01121 262205 Rad32-315-0101-00 RES_,FXD,COMP:100,O¥0%,58,0.250 pni21 cB1o1s Raga2923-0120-00 RES. jFXD,FTIN=165 O8M,18,0.500 75042 cecTO~1650r Raa3d—315-0100-00 RES. ,FXD,COMP:10 OHM, 58,0258 121 cei00s 0035 321-0059-00 RES, /FXD,FIIM:40.2 OHM, 100.2250 75082 ceat0~d0n20° naga6 —317-0100-00 RES. /FXD COMP :10" Of, 58,0.1258 1121 mpioos R4g37317-0751-00 RES. /FXD,COMP:750 OF04, 5%, 0-254 o1lz. 227515 Reg3e —911-1260-00 RES. , VAR HONWER:250 OHM, 108,050 yaaa 62e7-245-0 Rago 323-0147-00 RES. (FMD -PZLM:332 084,180,508 75042 cECTO~3320F Reag1 —317-0220-00 RES. ,PXD COMP :22 O#K, 54,0.1250 cu2i me2205 aaa 315-ol01-00 RES, /FXD COMP :100 O&4,58 0.2581 oui2i ceieis r4ga3323-0118-00 RES |PXD,FIIN:165 CeM,18,0.50H 75042 CECTO-1650F Rass 315-0100-00 RES. ,PHD/COMP:10 OA, 5¥,0.25W e121 ceio0s Adds 321-0059-00 RES. ,PAD PIL: 40,2 O81, 10,0225 75042 CEATO~d0R0F pagte —315-0622-00 [RES PND COMP 6, 2K OBI, 58,0 25H o12i cp6225 RAGg9 — 321-0193-00 RES. /PXD,PTIM:1K Of, 18,0.1250 75042 CEATO-1001e Reg51 —315-0820-00 [RES |PAD,COMP182 OH, 58,0.250 on2i_cxazos aes? -225-0301-00 RES. ,PAD,COMP:300 O81, 58,0.2500 ou21 ce3015 ags3323-0157-00 RES. (PHD, PIIM:422 Ob ,1%,0, 508 75082 cECTO=4220P ‘eaes2—321-0205-00 RES. (PRD PILI: 1.33K OFM, 18,0125" 75042 CEATO-1333F ase 321-0219-00 RES. /FXD,PI2M:2 87K OHM,14,0, 125 75042 CEATO-1871P Redse —321-0093-00 RES, ,FAD,PII-90,9 08M, 14, 0.1250 75042 CEATO-90R00P Rags5 —321-0126-00 RES. /PXD, FIOM: 200 OW, 280.2256 75042 cEATO=2000F Réé66 — 311-1226-00 RES. ;VAR/NONWIR:2,5K OFM, 208,0.50W 80294 338or-p3i-252 R445 321-0031-00 RES. (FXD, TIM: 20.5 OFM, 14,0.1250 75042 Cenro-20n5or Reaes 322-0060-00 RBS. /FXD/ P1224, 49.9 O#,28,0.50W 75042 cecTO-49n00¥ Raava —321-0093-00 ROS. PAD, F1L,90.9 OH, 140.1250 75042 c=ATO-90R90 Raa7s —321-0126-00 RES, ,PXD FILM: 200 Ox, 2%, 0.1258 78042 cERTO-2000F Raa7e —321-0031-00 RES. (PXD,FTI2:20,5 OHt,14,0-1250 75082 CEATO-20RSOP Radao —335-0100-00 RES, ,PXD,COMP11O Of, 58,0- 250 oiz2i_cBi005 adel 301-0020-00 RES. ,FxD,COMP +82 O¥M1,58,0..50H o1i21 #38205 ade2 —315-0020-00 RES. ,PAD,COMP 12 O31, 58,0. 25H 112138705 Reaa3—320-0700-00 RES. ,PAD,i4:430 1,18, ft ‘20009 310-0700-00 aass — 301-0100-00 RES. PXD,COMP:10 O8M, 58,0.50W ouzi Es100s Ra4B7 —315-0180-00 RES, |PXD,COMP:16 O1M, 58,0. 25H o121 cei805 paaoi 301-0820-00 RES. /PXD,COMP:82 O8M, 58,0.50W ortz1 E6205 e 7-29Electrical Parts. List—-465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Medel No. Mfr Ckt_No. Part No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Code _Mfr Part Number e492 315-0820-00 ES. ,FAD,COMP:82 O10, 5%,0.250 onizi cee205 Reg23320-0700-00 FES. FAD A: 430 OFM, Le tt 80009 310-0700-00 4497 315-0180-00 RES. (PXD,COMP:18 OFM, 50,0.25W 01121 ceis0s A498 315-0100-00 RES. ;FXD COMP :10 OHM, 540.250 01321 ce100s A499 315-0100-00 RES. [FD ;COMP 0 OHM, 54,0..25W oni21 cB1005 Rr39_307-0124-00 RBS, ,THERNAL SK Of, 208 50157 api6ie Rms 307-0124-00 RES, /THERMAL:5K OBM,108 50157 11616 rast 307-0124-00 RES. yTHERMAL 5% 02,108 50157 41616 razz 307-0161-00, RES. THERMAL: 100K OFM, 108, AMW/DEG 14183 2305~10aK 0557 307-0124-00 ES, /THERMAL:5K O8N, 208 50187 pies pn65? _307-0124-00 RES. , THERMAL: 5K 08M, 108 50157 11618 rl230 307-012-009 RES. jTHERYAL:50 OB, 10% 50157 3pisi5 RrL696 307-0124-00 RES. ,THERNAL:5K OHM, 108 sols? ioiéis Rrégda 307-0181-00 RES. ,THERNAL 100K of, L0¥,aim/DEG Laisa 2905-1oaK ssl slo 105-0342-01, DRUM,CAM SWITCH. VOLTS/Orv CH 1 180003 105-0342-01 ssl s60 | sossos42-02 DRUM, CAM SWITCH :VOLTS/DIV CH 2 90009 105-0342-01 S112 e223 5225 260-1208-00 SwrTCH PUSH: IIVERT ‘71580 2xaBoi0000~359 53364 105-0423-00 ACTUATOR, SWSTCH BANDWIDTH LIMIT 80009 105-0423-00 83368 105-c42i-00 ACTURTOR, SWETCH TRIG VIEW 80009 105-0421-00 8350 260-1424-01 ‘SHETCH, PUSH-VERT MODE ‘71590 2xBco80000-664 5400 260-1421-00 ‘SWITCH, PaSH:BEAM FIND 20009 260-1421-00 8510 105-o401-00 DCTURTOR,SWITCH:B (DLY"D) SOURCE 80009 108-0401-00 8515, 105-0399-00 ACTUATOR, SWITCH:2 (DEY"D) COUPLING 80009 105-0399-00 $530 8619 105-0400-00 ACTUATOR, SWITCH:A SOURCE 20009 105-0400-00 S615, 105-0399-00 ACTUATOR, SWITCH:A COUPLING 090s 105-0399-00 8630) 1100 260-2422-00 SWITCH, PUSH:TRIG MODE 71590 2eaco30000-596 i120, 260-1423-00 SWITCH, POSH:HORTZ DISPLAY ‘71590 2xaco4g000-593, s1140® 52150 | 263-1086-00 -ACTR ASSY,CAM S+TIKE/cH 80009 265-1086-00 s1155a,57 51239" 260-1200-00 swrreu ,paskDPor 72590 2exsoi0900-389 51501 260-0824-0 SWITCH, TOEGLE:DPDT, 5A, 225VAC,0.25~40 THD 09353 7201s 51502 260-0638-00 5M, THERMOSTATIC: 104, 240V OPENTS DEG ¢ ga4io 53530 1503 260-1300-01 SWITCH, SLTDE:OPDT, 3A, 1257 2209 46206L7 354 120-0366-00 2xPwR, TOROTD:2_WINDTNGS 20009 120-0366-00 420 120-0800-01 2XEMR, PUR, SDN 6 +MOLDED 0009 120-0800~01 uso. 120-0798-01 XENR, PUR, STEDN: 80009 120-0798-01 ado 155-0115~00 surcnocrncurt, 11 :4v8ID 80009 is5-0115-00 us40 — 155-0032-00 MICROCTACUTT, 1 Mi, ,PRE-AMPLIPTER 80009 155-0032-00 sao 155-0032-00 NICROCIRCUIT, 1:10, ,PRE-ANPLIPZER 80009 185-0032-00 e790 ——155-0089-01 MIGROCIRCUIT, 01 MONOLITHIC, SWEEP CONTROL 0609 155-0049-01 i432 152-0552-00 ‘SEMICOND OEVICE: VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER 0009 152-0442-00 vis24. 156-0156-00 MICROCIRCUIT, LT:OUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 18324 $5556 i554 156-0158-00 MICROCTACUIT,L1:OUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIPTER 16324 S5556V vi6s0 156026100 MICROCTRCUIT|IT:4 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 0009 156-0281-00 3se0 vechanical Parts List for replacement parts 2puraished az a unit with R112. Furnished as a unit with R212, ‘rurnished ar a unit with R530, Spurnished as a unit with R630, Surnished ag a unit with R1140. Tournished as a unit with 1135. 7-30 ‘REV. A APR, 1975Electrical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt No. Part No. Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number viedo 154-0676-10 ELECTRON ‘80009. 154-0676-10 vezl —-152-0166-00 smurcoxo 2493 69-9035, yR7L_ 152-0160, sSENICOND 1403 69-9035, valz9—152-0166-00 SENICOND aides 69-9035, vaz79—152-0166-00 smerconn 14e9 69-9035, vra7s.152-0278-00 SeMICOND o7sio 1Na2728 vaess —152-0227-00 SEMICOND DEVICE :2ENER,O,4H,6.2¥/5% 1492 69-6505, vRl039 152-0166-00 SENICOND DEVICE ZENER, O_4H,6.2¥,5% a14a3 65-9038, valos9 152-0166-00 SEXICOND DEVICE ‘ZENER, 0, 4H,6.2,5% al4a2 69-9035, Ells 152-0395-00 SEXICOND DEVICE ZENER, 0.4014. 3V, 5% 07910 1N7494 vallae 152-0166-00 SEXICOND DEVICE ‘ZENER, 0.4W, 6.27, 5% s14s3 69-9035, ml1ss —152-0278-00 SENICOND DEVICE:ZENER, 400A, 3¥, 58 orio awa372a walz9 152-0166-00 ‘SENICOND DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,6.2V,5¢ 81483 69-9035, wRtd26 152-0269-00, [SEMTCOND DEVICE :2ENUER,O.4¥,160V,88 o7s10 1Nse1, vai4ea —152-0286-00 SEAICOND DEVICE :7ENER, 0.4, 75¥, 5% oa73 1xseza vaisis 152-0268-00 SSENICOND DEVICE: ZENER, 0.4, 56V, 56 04713 1N9798, yats22.152-0411-00 SEICOND, DEVICE-ZEMER,0.25H, 3¥, 5% 08713 1N937 yRi525 152-0263-00 SEMICOND DEVICE -ZENER, 04H, 437, 5% oa713 ins7en, vats26 152-0281-00 SENICOND DEVICE :ZHMEBR,0.4W, 227,58 oa71s ingesm VRES33°152-0304-00 SSENICOND DRVICE -ZEMER, 0, 4,207, 5% 04713 Ing6an ¥RLS70 182-0127-00 SEMICOND DBVIGE :ZENER,O.AW,7.5¥, 5% e713, aW755A vRade4 152-0195-00 SENTCOND DEVICE :ZENER,O.4H,5.1¥,5% 1483 69-6512 vrad@l 152-0195-00 SEXICOND DEVICE 'ZENER, 0. dW, 5.20, 5% 81483 69-6512 vragst 152-0195-00 SEXICOND DEVICE ZENER, O.4W,5.1V, 5% s1é03 69-6512 ° 7-31Options—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) OPTION INFORMATION ‘Your instrument may ke equipped with one or more options. This section describes those options, ordi Option 4 EMI Environmental Option TV Sync Separator: Option 7* EXT DG Operation: Option 78 P11 Phosphor: s the reader to where the option is documented, Pages Deseribed in this section 2 Documentation is available and may be ordered separately. Order 465 Option 5 insert. Described in this section 12 Described in this section 1 “Instruments containing DM 43 oF DM 40 do not have Option 7 avaliable. REV. A, JUNE, 1975 ‘snolieoOptions—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) - OPTION 4 INTRODUCTION The following additions and changes were made to the standard circuitry to meet the specification requirements. L This section desoribes the features of Option 4 as it EM! filter (FL1501) added in series with the Input pertains to the 465 Oscilloscope. This circuitry modifies power cord the instrument to meet additional conducted and radiated intertarence requirements over the frequency range of Cathode ray tube mesh fier installed tominimizecrt _ 4150 kHz to 25 MHz (conducted) and 150 kHz to 1 GHz faceplate radiation. (radiated). Four signal-oulput bne connectors on the rear plenum chamber changed to a type that improves shielding of the connected signal leads. Capacitors added across the transformer secondary windings. a 465 Option 4 primary winding with powerline filter. REV A, JAN 1975 Option 4 Page 1| | Options 465 Service (SN B250000-up) OPTION 4 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST Tektronix Serial/Model_ No. Mfr Ckt_No. Part No. _ Eff Dscont Nome & Description Code_Mfr Part Number ELECTRICAL eisai 263-0000-00 (a. ,FxD,CER DE10,002UF 4100-02, 500 72902 eaiesierioz® cies2 _283-0000-00 (GAP. (FAD, CER BE:0,001UF ,+100-08 S00 739e2, 831-sieri02P clsss 243-0003-00 (nb. [FXD,CER DI:0-O1UP 480-208, 1507 72982 855-54781033 cies 263-0003-00 (GaP LyXD,CER BI:0, 0108 / 480-208, 1507 72982 955-54751032 e695 283-0003-00 ERP! [3X0 CER DEsO,O2UF/ 480-208, 1507 72882 855-54721032 FLASOL 119-0376-01 PIDCER, RAD IWT:2 X 3A,250V,400 3 0009 119-0376-01, gies 292-1315-00 CCOMMECTOR ROP, BHC PENALE 80009 131-E315-00 S1aie13121315-00 CONECTOR RCP, BNC, FEMALE. 0009. 131-1315-00, 31398 491-1315-00 COMECTOR REPT, BNC, FEMALE, 80009. 131-1315-00 51450 11-1315-00 (CONNECTOR, REPT, BNC FEMALE, 0009 131-1315-00 MECHANICAL Fig. & Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. g, Mfr No. Pert No. Eff Dscont SY 12245 Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number 119-0376-01 1 FILTER, RAD INF. (SEE LIS01 BFL) ‘e0008 119-0376-01 (armaciimis PARTS) 2a1-0038-00 1 senewamcttrMe 4-40 x 0.312100 DEG,PLA STE 83385 oBD 10-0586-00 1 NUT PLAIN EXP Wed-40 0425 INCH, STL, 76189 Bo 491-0707-00 1 commact,mu80+0,40"1,.22-26 ANG WIRE 22826 47429 131-0708-00 A coWIAGE,muEC+0.40"L, 20-32 ANG WIRE 22526 47437 131-1310-00 1 conmacr muscr#isH FILTER cROUND 80009. 131-1310-00 = 4 ComiEcTOR,RCPr: (SEE J165,1318,2338,2450 =P) 179-2162-00 1 WIRING RARNEES: 0009 179-2162-00 210-0774-00 2° EXELET/NETALLIC.0.152 OD X 0.245 TCH L,pRs 80009 210-0774-00 210-0775-00 2 EYELET METALLTC:0.126 Op 3 0.23 THCH L,8RS 80008 210-0775-00 378-0726-00 1 FILTER, MESH,CRT: 80009 378-0726-00 Option 4 Page 2Options—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) OPTION 7 Option 7 is a de to ac inverter that permits Tektronix Oscilloscopes to operate on 12 of 24 V de with no performance deterioration. Circuitry is provided to protect against damage due to connection of 24 V when in the 12V made of operation. ‘The 24-volt external input permits use with conven- tional de power {marine and aircratt) Option 7 is an integral part of the oscilloscope. The modified oscilloscope has a three-position voltage input selection slide switch (visible through the right-hand side panel) at the rear of the line voltage selector switch. A de input connector is located below the fan cover on the rear panel SPECIFICATIONS AC Requirements No increase in ac requirements over those of os- illoscopes not having Option 7. DC Requirements 11.5 to 14 volts or 22 to 28 volts. 11.5-volt operation excludes graticule light operation and Option 5. Operating range may be extended to 15 volts or 20 volts with a series dropping resistor. Maximum elevation for + or — power lead is 50 V with respect to oscilloscope chassis ground. Temperature ‘The same operating and non-operating range as the oscilloscope without Option 7. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Option 7 becomes a part of the modified instrument, The safety considerations for the unmodified instrument apply FUNCTION OF CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS Mode Switch’ AC Applies ac power to the oscilloscope power switch. "Be sure thal the 1106 Line Selectorswitchis setto the correcttine 398 for proper battery charging. DC 12. Permits 12 V operation of the instrument from an extemal 12 V source DC 24 Permits 24 V operation of the instrument from either an external 24 V power source or from. the 1106 Power Supply, which may be mechanically attached to the oscilloscope, DC Input Connector Option 7 mode switch and de input connector are located on the modified oscilloscope. OPERATION AND INSPECTION Set the oscilloscope and Option 7 for the power source, available as listed TABLE 1 Oscilloscope Option 7 Power Source | Line Selector vsvac | 16 230 VAC. 230 2VDC 24V DC. 1106" Turn the oscilloscope on. Check that the oscilloscope ‘operates properly on any of the listed power sources that may be available, Connect the oscilloscope frame to a ground (earth) reference before using. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Option 7 is a de to ac inverter, !toperates on 120° 24V de. The circuit description is for 24 V operation unless noted otherwise. Refer to the schematic dlagrams (Fig Option 7-2 and 7-3) throughout the dotailed circuit description. The operating frequency of the inverter is approximate- ty 400 Hz, ‘Option 7 Page 1Options—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) Simplified Block Diagram See Fig. Option 7-1. The de source is applied to the turn-off level circuit, the start circuit and the primary of T1501. If the de source is above the level set by Turn-Off Level Adjustment R1613, the turn-off circuit does not operate, ‘The start circuit provides a large current surge through T1631 secondary to the bases of Q1652, 01662, 01654 and Q1664. This starts the invertor. The turn-off circuit Is activated in two ways. In 24V ‘operation, 01622 is turned on by the source voltage Groping belaw 22 V. In 12 V mode of operation, 01626 Is turned on by the accidental application of 24 V de Turn-Off Level Circuit For the following description, refer to Fig. Option 7-2. The voltage reference for the base of Q1606 Is set by 1604, VA1604 and VR1605 for about 9.1 V. This es- tablishes the junction of 1607 and the emitters of Q1606 and Q1608 at about 97 V. C1605 helps to hold the 9.1. level, preventing inverter transients from activating the turn-off circuit and prevents Q1608 from turning on when tho inverter is started. This allows the power source time to recover atter providing the initial-start surge. Source voltages higher than 22 V de cause increased current through 1607, @1606 and 1609. Q1608 is kept cut off by the increased voltage across R1609 and the resulting change across divider R1611-R1613-R1614. This permits no current through 1617. Since R1617 furnishes bias to 01622, the transistor is cut off. This permits the collector of Q1622 and the rest of the turn-off circuitto rise to a voltage determined by the inverter circult and the de source voltage, The collector of ©1622 may be about 24V (with respect to de) with a 12V de source and about36¥ with a 24 V de source, If the de source voltage drops to less than 22 V, the current through divider R1609, R1611, 1613 and R1614is decreased, 01608 conducts, taking current from Q1606, and causing less drop across A1609. This makes 01608 conduct more and Q1606 is cut off. Current flow through 1617 turns Q1622 on. Q1622 saturates, dropping its collector voltage to about 0.2 V. P1618limits the maximum base current of 1622, During 12 V de operation, there is no current flow through VA1604 end VR1605, since thelr series rating, about 18 volts, exceeds the applied voltage. The base current of 01606, through 1605, turns Q1606 on enough to take all the current through 11807, which causes 01608 to be cut off. DC INPUT 120R24V 16018 (START/STOP) +1601] INVERTER arse Ba Tuanore + TERN OFF LEVEL TURN OFF ‘a162: tevee gigze GHD 01606 CR1625 Steve emieae i chisz7 TVERTER ernez3 ven BALANCE INVERT @ 1664 {POWER MODE) 81665 178s)ia81.24 Fig. Option 7-1. Option 7 simplified block diagram. Option 7 Page 2Turn-Otf Circuit 01622 is off under normal operating conditions unti the de source drops below 22 V and causes Q1622 to conduct, 01622 does not conduct during 12 V de opera- tion, since the turn-off level circuit is disabled. CR1625, (R1626, CR1627, and CR1628 form a bridge rectifier. The inverter waveform is rectified to provide operating power tor the turn-off circuit. C1626 filters the inverter spikes to keep them from firing 1626 (scr). R1623 prevents C1626 ‘trom charging to the peak-to-peak inverter spikes. 21622 saturates when it is tuned on. C1622 provides the high current path for feedback current via CR1625 or R1626. Once the inverter is shut down, R1622 es- tablishes a path to discharge C1622 1 24.V deis accidentally applied when the mode switch js in the 12 V position, tranformer T1501 attempts to produce two times the correct feedback. This is sufficient to cause VR1622 to conduct. VR1622 provides the firing current for the scr, Q1626. Scr 1626 fires and shorts out the bridge rectitier and the primary of T1631, stopping the inverter. R1625 prevents Q1626 from being fired by inverter noise, 1624 and C1626 provide holding current for 01626, keeping it conducting until the surge created by the over-voltage conditions have terminated. CR1624 permits rapid charging of C1626. Options—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Start Circuit When $1601 is closed, the external de source Is applied to C1614, VR1641, and P1645. The initial surge is coupled to Q1842 through C1614, VR1639, and R1641. Transistor 21642 saturates until C1614 charges through R16391o the value determined by VR1639 and the base-emitter junc- tion of Q1642 (about 5.7 volts), then Q1642 is cut off, 1641 limits the base current in Q1642. Zener diode VR1639, once C1614 is charged, makes Q1642 insensitive to input variations. A184? limits Q1642 collector currant. 1644, R1645, and VA1641 provide a constant current Guring the time Q1642 is saturated, regardless of the de source voltage. CR1643 is reverse biased by this starting current. The starting current is applied to the inverter transistors through T1631 Inverter Circuit ‘The starting surge is applied to the bases of 01652, 1662, 01654, and Q1664 through T1631, 1652, F1652, 1654, and R164. Since the transistors do not have identical parameters, one pair will conduct before the other, and start the inverter. Operating base current is provided through CR1643. 1626, 1631, and T1631 primary and secondary are the main frequency-determining components for the Fig. Option 7-2. 465 Option 7 DC Inverter REV A, JAN 1975 Option 7 Page 3Options—465 Service (SN 5250000 & up) inverter, Four base resistors, R1652, R1662, R1654, and 1664, distribute the drive evenly between the four transistors. C1652, C1862, C1654 and C1664 degenerate the high freqeuncy response and reduce transients. Feedback to maintain inverter operation is provided trom T1501 primary to T1831 primary through R1626, 1631, R1633, CA1632 and CR1624, R1626 and R163% provide frequency stability and current limiting. R1633, ©R1632, and CR1634 compensate for differences in transistors and components. C1632 and CR1634 con- duct during different inverter halt-cycles and permit 1633 to balance the drive to T1501 C1681, C1662, C1683, C1684, and C1685 are added to the secondary of T1501 with Option 7 to provide optimum reduction of transients during inverter operation DC Input External power is applied through P1601. CR1601 is: normally reverse biased. If the wrong polarity external ©1603, and C1609 is a filler to reduce transients to the de source. Start-Stop Switch $1601, Section A in the off (stop) position discharges the capacitors in the turn-off and start circuits. This ensures the correct time constants when 51601 is chang- ‘ed to the on (start) position. In the start position, the de input is aoplied to the inverter circuitry by $1601, Section A, At the same time $1601 , section Bis closed, completing the feedback loop for the inverter transistors, $1601, section B stops the inverter in the off position by opening the feedback loop belween T1501 and T1631. Power-Mode Switch ($1665) See Fig. Option 7-3, Sections A and F connect filter (C1871 and R1671 to T1501 during 12 or 24V operation to reduce converter transients. Sections C and D select either transformer terminals 10A and 12A or 10and 12, to provide the same secondary output when operating on 12 ‘0r 24, Sections B and € connect transformer terminals 10 and 12 to $1685, C and D, and to the inverter feedback ewer i applies, CRIG01 becomes forward biased anc Biows fuse F601. Low-pass network T1601, C1601, circuit during both 12 ane 24 V operation a eat + mre | | i wt | ; | pe | Shh -Guar aoe a Fig. Option 7-3, 485 Option 7 primary winding. Option 7 Page 4 REV. 8, APR. 1975MAINTENANCE Obtaining Replacement Parts STANDARD PARTS. All electrical and mechanical part replacements for Option 7 can be obtained through your local Tektronix Field Office or representative. However, many of the standard electronic components can be obtained locally in loss time than is required to order them from Tektronix, Inc. Before purchasing or ordering replacement parts, check the parts list for value, tolerance, rating and description SPECIAL PARTS. In addition to the standard electronic. components, some special components are used in Option 7. These components are manutactured or selected by Tektronix Inc., to meet specific performance requirements, or are manufactured for Tektronix, Inc., in accordance with our specifications. Most of the mechanical parts used in this instrument have been manufactured by Tektronix, Inc. Order all special parts Girectly from your local Tektronix Field Office or rep! tative. ORDERING PARTS. When ordering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc., include the following information 1. Instrument type. 2. Instrument serial number. 3. Adescription of the part (if electrical, include the circuit number) 4, Tektronix part number. Circuit Board Chassis Removal The circuit board is mounted ona small chassis located between the power transformer and the crt shield. To remove the chassis, remove three screws. Two thread- forming screws are located at the top of the chassis. One screw is at the bottom of the chassis and is removed from the right-hand side by going just below the power transformer. CALIBRATION Option 7 may be calibrated without removing it from the oscilloscope. The reference letters (A), (B), etc., refer to points Indicated on the schematic and circuit board illustrations REV A, JAN 1975 Options—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) Equipment Required DC VOLTMETER. 22 V to 28 V. TEST OSCILLOSCOPE, Used to vorify the inverter balance adjustment. If the instrument under test and Option 7 are operational and the power source has a negative ground, they may be used as the test os- cilloscope for this check DC POWER SOURCE. Voltage from 22 V to 28 V and from 11.5 V to 14 V. A source voltage of less than 22 volts will tum off Option 7 when it is operating in the 24V mode, Starting current in 24 V mode is approximately 4 to 10, The de source must be capable of handling this surge without dropping to 22 V or less. The 12 Vstarting surgeis approximately 15 4. NOTE Option 7 is calibrated at the factory using a power supply {having the specifications listed first under the equipment required list). This permits the most accurate setting of the turn-off volts and inverter halance adjustments. Because this type of power supply may not be available, several alternative possibilities are given. The alternate power supplies have drawbacks, including voltage stability vs. time with high discharge rates, See Fig. Option 7-4. BATTERY CURRENT 23 cunve Ds 10 1820 25 +30 HouRS Fig. Option 7-4. Typical battery pack discharge curves. 1. Variable power supply with the aforementioned capabilities 2. Variable power supply with an adequate current rating, in series with items 4 or 5. Option 7 Page §Options—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) 3. 1106 Power Supply battery pack? 4. Two 12-volt wet-cell storage batteries, in series, tapped at 20, 22, or 24 V5 5. 18 10 28 NiCd cells, 4.0 amp hr (D cells) or greater, furnishing 20 to 28 $ caution § This procedure is for an external de source with the negative tead at ground potential (negative ground system). Operating Range ‘a. Connect the de source to the oscilloscope equipped with Option 7. Operate the oscilloscope in the 24 V mode Connect the voltmeter between fuse. F1601 (B) and the ‘common negative return (A). Vary the de source from 28 V 10 22. CHECK—Oscilloscope should operate over the voltage range. b. Change the de source to 12 V. Operate the os- cilloscope in the 12 V mode. Vary the de source from 14V to 115 V. CHECK--Oscilloscope should operate over the voltage range. "To set the turn-off lovel, the battery Is charged above the cut-off point (22). An oscilloscope is connected and the battery allowed to discharge while its voltage is being monitored. As itreaches 22, V the turn-off point is set to cul off Option 7. The turn-off pointon Option 7 approximately coincides with the meter zero on the 1108. ‘This does not permit accurate adjustment of the turn-off level. NI (Ca atteries can be used, tllowing the technique used for item 3, Option 7 Page 6 Inverter Balance NOTE iV the major oscilloscope use is with a 12-voltsource, do this siep while operating the oscilloscope and de source on 12 volts. Operate the oscilloscope in the 24 V mods. Set the de source to 24 V. Connect the test oscilloscope between 1601 (C) and the common negative return (A) CHECK —Signal should be flat. See Fig. Option 7-5. +—_+—_+—_+—_ +++ A. PROPERLY ADJUSTED Ki SS B. IMPROPERLY ADJUSTED 4.5 Fig. Option 7-5. Inverter Balance. ADJUST—Inverter Balance (R1633) for the flattest signal NOTE There is a slow drift (about a second) after the inverter balance adjustment has been moved. This is due to transistor characteristics and will require a slight Inverter Balance readjustment. A very close approximation of the preceding method can be obtained by setting the inverter balance contro! for the minimum sound coming from the inverter. Turn-Off Level Set the de source for 21.8 V. ADJUST—Turn-Off Level (R1618) slowly until Op- tion 7 turns off,Options—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) Semiconductor Etc Conigwation | Se Be ORI: 8 ares io & -en1601 5 oe aa Gate cathode Anode Soldered in place-top view All Others Cr cotestr 7 See Socket top view vys928 Fig. Option 7.6. Circuit board layout with test voltages pisy 4x 1.3 msp-— rosy = Ly \ 4 octevet + r + r Vs zane + 2 SIGNAL & VOLTAGE CONDITIONS ® asy The load ian operating oxo ee ® the preter test crilloseape and vole L_J J avioc Sher ground The volta 2 20,000 1/V multimeter © sy Modesto 024 V re ® Voltoas ant waveform amides will vay with 4 Ld Lovo sure vitae. *08V — Q and P are identical to Rand S, respectively, © Voc suing 24,V epecton, Ouring 12 ¥aperation he Smplitude at © and is reduce bya factor of 2. ® J L -s0v 4 + wav ® ovoc mek 1753-25 e Option 7 Page 7Options—465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) et aieas|Riea| 7 6 Ps - . >RTB IA s-eR1601 | 4 2 i601 Fy ar6s4 ‘T1631 a Ti S lp se = 8 7 pele} § 2 1662 ane6a = | | 1753-26 1642 R1e45 3c. R152 4B. Riess 4B 1662 4c Rissa 4c Tie01 28 Tiest 38 vri60s 20 VR1605 20 vnie22 1¢ vR1639 3D vRiga1 3 cri601 38 cr1624 28 cri625 2c cR1626 2C cri627 18 Fi 3. Circuil board layout component locator grid. Option 7 Page 8Options 465 Service (SN B250000-up) OPTION 7 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS ABBREVIATIONS ACTR ACTUATOR Piste PLASTIC ASSY ASSEMBLY orz OUARTZ CAP CAPACITOR AeEcP RECEPTACLE CER CERAMIC RES RESISTOR ckT CIRCUIT AF RADIO FREQUENCY COMP COMPOSITION SEL SELECTED CONN CONNECTOR SENMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR ELCTLT ELECTROLYTIC SENS SENSITIVE ELEC ELECTRICAL van VARIABLE INCAND INCANDESCENT ww WIREWOUND Leo LIGHT EMITTING DIODE xFMA TRANSFORMER NONWIR NON WIREWOUND xTAL CRYSTAL ADDERIONAL FARES ADDED TO STANDRED 465 Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr Ckt_No, Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code _Mfr Part Number cleo 290-0667=00 CCAP. , PHD /ELOTET: 35002, +75~108 ,50¥ 0201 wnxssiuDs0G1I3 1671 283-0000-00, CAP. JPND CER DI:0,0020P,+100-08 ,S00V Jayea_@31-si6e10z" cue72— 203-0263-007 (CRP, |FHD,CER DI+0,002207 , 20%, 30007 56209 330319 cus7a 783+0263-002 r+0,002207, 208, 3000¥ 56289 33c319 eusel _283-0000-00 (CRP /FXD,CER DI:0.0010P #10008, S00 72962 31-slezlozP e1se2 _283-0000-00 (CAB, ,PXD,CER DT:0.0010P,+100-08 5007 72992 a31-sieei02P e1se3263-0003-00 (GAD, PND /CER DI:0,010F 480-208, 1507 72982 955-sq7e1032, cused 203-0003-00 ‘CAP. EXD CER D1+0.010F, 480-208, 150 32082 955-3a7r1032 cueas —283-0003-00, ‘CAP. /PAD CER D1;0.01UF ,#80-20%, 1507 72982 @55-s47E1032 Figo 158-9038-00 {OSE \CARERIDGE 13R6, 152,320 PAST-BLOW Ti400 aces igo, 181-1333-00 (comEcTOR, ACPT, :FOWER ‘90009 131-1333-00 i652 151-0436-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON NPN 0009 1s1-0436~00 gles 151-0435-00 ‘TRANSISTOR /SELTCON NPN 80009 151-0438-90 Ges? 151-0436-00 TTRANSESTOR:STLICOM, NPN 80909 151-0436-00 less 151-0436-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, NPM ‘89909 151-0435-00 Bie7i 302-0202-09 250009 «8255984 RES. ,FAD,COMP:LE Cimt,108,0.5H DulZ1 gn 1022 Ris? —308-0077-00 2255905 RES. ,PXD,Wds1K OF, 10%, 3 91627 REZB-B100007 sis 260-0834-00 SNITCH /TOGGLE:DPDE, 5A, 125VAC,D.25-20 THD 09353 7201-50 1665. 108-0473-00 ACTUATOR, Sw TIWERTE. 0009 105-0479-00 16650 260-0760-00 [SNITCH SENS :10A,250V /SEDT SNAP ACTIN o1s63 e2-10a 16658 260-0760-00 SRITCH,SENS;10A,250¥,S2D7,SNAP ACTION 01963 62-20a 1665C 260-0760-00 SWITCH, SENS +10R, 250V,S°D?,SNAP ACTION oases e2-20a sis6s 260-0760-00 SWITCH, SENS 110A, 250¥ ,S2DT, SNAP ACTION aga 62-108 Si6652 260-0760-00 WETGH SERS :10R,250V,SeDT, SNAP ACTION 01963 E62-108 SUGGS? 260-0760-00 SWITCH /SENS :10A, 250V SPDT, SNAP ACTION 01963 62-104 Ayounted on 465 rear panel. REV. y APR. 1975 Option 7 Page 9Options 465 Service (SN B250000-up) Tektronix Serial/Medel No. Mfr CktNo. Part No. _ Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Port Number 670-2744-00 (CRP BOARD ASSY:DC INVERTER ‘20009 670-2744-00 1603. 203-0178-00 CRP. ,PxD CER DT10.10 ,480-208 100 72982 slsinrasesiu0%z (eles 290-0531~00 (CAD. PHD ELCTLT:100U,20%, 10 90203 epcLo7¥oLOcL cigos —283-0178-00 CAP. ,PuD CER DE 10,10, #80-200,100¥ 72982 al3lnLasesi104z2 Glel4 2900573400 (CRD. PHD ;ELCTLT +2. TU ,20%, 50 56289 1960275405041 1622 290-0539-00 (CAP. PXD,ELCTLT: 3300? 20%, ,60 86289 196D337x006n3 c1s2 290-0828-00 CAP, , PHD /ELCTLT:1SUP 208,50 90202 Tocisenosomc ciss2 263-0120-00 ‘CAP? PAD/CER DI:0.005UP 480-208, 150V 56289 Locz4an cl6s4 —283-0130-00 ‘CAP. FXD,CER DI:0.0080P, #80-208, 1507 56209 ocean cuse2 283-0120-00 ‘CAP. ,FAD,CER DI:0,0050F, 180-208, 1507 56209 lscedan clsed —283-0130-00 ‘CAP. EXD,CER D1:0.005UP,+80-208, 1507 6269 ocean cRisol —152-0198-00 SENICOND DEVICE STLECOM, 2003 amas amavat cerls24152-0333-00 SENTCOND DEVICE SILICON, 5SV 200% 80009 152-0333-00 eris25 152-0107-00 SEMTCOND DEVICE :SI2I00%, 3750 , 400% 0009 152-0107-00 cri626152-0107-00 SEMTCOND DEVICE -STLICON, 375, 400A 80008 152-0107-00 cais27152-0107-00 SENICOND DEVICE :STLICON / 3750 ,400MA 80008 152-0107-00 ccri628 152-0107-00 SENTCOND DEVTER :STE-TCON, 375 , 400A 90009 152-0107-00 ccRi632152-0333-00 SATOOND DEVICE /STLICON, S5V, 2000, 90009 152-0333-00 (cR1634152-0933-00 SENTCOND DEVICE ;STUICON,55V, 2000, 80009 152-0333-00 cRi6a3 152-0198-00 SEMICOND DEVICE ‘SILICON, 2000 ,3 oa713 iwa721 isos 151-0302-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILIOON, PNP 04713 2w2s07a gisoa —151-0201-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON, PAP e713 2u29070 @aszz —151-0302-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON eH 04713 auzzzz0 Qiszs — 151-0506~00 TRANSISIOR: SILICON, CONTSOLLED RECTIFIER 03508 closB2 gusiz 151-0302-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: SILICON HEN oars 2uzz22n gisa —151-0335-00 ‘TRANSISTOR: STLICON ENP 80008 151-0325-00 igo 31520202-00 RES. ,PXD,COMP:2 OF, 5%,0..256 onn21_cw2025 A608 315-0752-00 ouza 7525 1607 315-0272-00 RBS. /PHD,COMP:2.7K OHM, 58,0. 25H onan 32725 ig09 315-0511-00 RES. FXD,COMP=510 OHM, 58,0.25H ou2i casts RIGL1 —315-0511-00 RES. PHD, COMP:510 OFM, 5%,0.25H7 ou2t casts Rags 311-1248-00 RES. ,VAR,NOMWIR+500 OHM, 10%, 0,500 73138 72x-23-0-501K Risi4315-0202-00 [RES FAD COUP :2K OHX,58,0-259 o1121 caz025 miei? 315-0102-00 RES. PXD,COMP:2K OH, 58,0256 01121 caio2s migig — 315-0101-00 BS. (PXD,COMP:100 OF, 58,0250 01121 caio1s 1622 315-0102-00 ES. ,ND,COUP six O34, 58,0.250) 01211025 n1s23315-9103-00 RES, ,FAD,COUP:20K ORM, 5¥,0.25H oun21 cai03s Riga 325-0302-00 RES. PAD COMP 3K OM, 58,0.255) 1121 caso2s le? 316-0101-00 RES, /FAD,COMP:100 Of, 108,0.25¥ ou121 cao 1626 308-0451-00 RES. /8D,¥-91 OHM, 58,35) 91637 Rs2R-noLROOT 1631 308-0051-00 RES. FD, W921 OMG, 58, 3N 91637 RE28-BOLROOT 1633. 311-2501-00 FES, ;VAR,NOMGIR:20 OHM, 108,0.508 73138 72x-37-0-200« 51639 315-0153-00 RES. PAD COMP: 15K OFM, 580.254 oni21 ca1s35 rleto — 315-0102-00 RES. /FAD,COUP:1K OH, 54,0.250) onz1_ca1025 Risil — 315-0153-00 RES. /FAD,COUP?15K O18, 56,0.25K oui2i ca1535 Rled2 — 325-0670-00 RES. AD,COUP:47 OHH, 50,025 ou2i_ce4705 RI6MS —307-0113-00 RES. -FAD,COMP:5.1 OH,58 0.25% oni cesias 1652. 308-0659-00 RES. | FAD, W122 OHM,58 36 91637 RS2B-D1RL007 Ru6s4 308-0059-00 RES. /FAD/ W221 OH, 5%, 36 91637 RS2B-DIRLOOT si62 308-0859-00 ES. /FHD,(W:2.2 OHM,38, 3H 91697 RSZB-D1RL007 Ales4 —303-0459-00 RES. (PHD, RMD. OHM, SS, 3 91637 RS28-D1R1007 rléo1 —120-0637-00 X7UR,TOROTD 5 TURNS BIPILAR 80009 120-0637-00 lest 120-0882-00 xPnR,TOROID:2 WrNDINGs 0009 120-0852-00 YRL604 —152-0306-00 SEMIGOND DaVICE-2ENER,0.4¥,9.1V,5% 91489 1n960B yaL6o5 152-0306-00 SENICOND DEVICE:22NBR,0.4W,9.1V,59. 5163 in9608 yniez2 152-0741-00 SEMICOND DEVICE :Z2NER,0.4N,33V,5% 0a713 1n973B yate2@ 152-0278-00 SENTCOND DEVICE :25NER,O.41/5.10,5% 07910 AW7s1a yRl64l 152-0279-00 SSENICOND DEVICE:2ENER,0.4N,5 17,58, 07010 4N7S1a Option 7 Page 10Options 465 Service (SN B250000-up) OPTION 7 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS = Assrewarions 242 Binaing read bast ight or igh ow _ SHS Sang eos seat hex. hotogorat ons Gat cathode-ry bo tite Nex Read brow fe ee Saunt ties hex head soe ms Be Souble end Netter code ee Hi fin for hea brow Mss hes Socket set se FAS He hand set Dido domerer ti - Mixa fe stron tg tagth or tog 1H ALAS files heed sal > Side Grater . Fig. & Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mr No. Part No. Eff Dscont OY 1 2345 Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number Se 441-1171-00 1 GIRS ALEK EQUIP no avERTER e008 441-1171-00 (arzacHENs. PARTS) _ 211-0000-00, 2 scram wacuimest-40 5 0.25 ENO, PME STL 83305. 090 210-0938-00 2 WASHER, FLATs0,109 1D X'0.25 INCH 0D,STR 75497 360-3 1 CHRCUTT BOARD assvsiveneas 136-0252-08 15 < contact zHe+0, 188 SNH aN 22526 75060 ~ = 1 xema,noforD: (sez r1601 2Pt) (xomcnens FARES) 343-0443-00 2. xorammr,mne 80002 343-0442-00 7s aia-oo1i-00 1 scnsw,ancnin@ 8-32 x 0.750 men,roH SL $3585 OND - “7 z10-0409-00 1 | wunypiamn,aex. 8-92 M 0.312 Ici ans 73743. 3046-402 (aomacierse.eARTS) ai-o116-09 2° SGR,ASGEM WsUR:4-40 % 0,312 TNCH,PIN nRS e205 ome - 4 smawstomor: (sme 91659,91654,91662,01664 HPL) (RPTACHING FARTS) =10 210-0586-00 3) wun, PoAIN Ean Wede4D 0.25 INCSTL 70109. om ch 4aa-04¢s1-00 2 RETAINER ism: 80003. 343-0451-00 — ~~ 72 srroiss-00 1 INSULATOR, PIATE:0.70 x 3 TC Lon 08530 oe <13° aus-o141-00 1 cnowan PrasTze-0-SHP 0.625 x0.658 mck 80009 s48-0141-00 “14 349-0085-00 2 cnomerr,pLastse.0,25 INCH DIA 80008 348-0055-00 Ais 3s2-0031-00 1 FUsEHOLieR-anG 70S 75915 357001 (APPACHING PARTS) <1 212-0507-00 2 somw,mouruas6o32 % 0.512 TCH peat sre e3285 om “iy 2e-oe06-00 2 WASHER TOCK:TRL 0.146" TD x 0.283°00, 570 79189. 2206-00-00-0561c Tia 210-0409200 2 NUT PIATN BBX, 16-32 X 0.25 1ncH/ 73783 o0aB-o2a8-402 s42-0220-00 1 msunaroe,rnis:0,79 3 1.180 INE Lom: 90009 242-0220-00 <9 407-141-200 1 BRACHED, seancu:niveraen 0009 4a7-2341~00 (arsacarns Paras) - “20 711-0101-00 2 scnEW,ncHINE:4-a x 0,25" 100 O5G,FLA STL 82388 omD -21 195-0479-00 2 ACTUATOR, SWITCH: THVERTER 20009 195-0479-00 =22260-0760-00 6 SwInCH, SENS :SPDP,10A, 2507 1963. E62-10n (reRCHG PARTS) - -23, 2u1-0212-00 2. sores macnn 2-56 X 1,75 THEN, 2M ST 23385 oD 224 210-0405-00 I wenjpiatn,ay.+2-se x 0.288 TRH, aR 73743, 2x12187-402 -25 32¢-2649-00 2 Puaze,acr gorbe siWvanraR 180009 906-2649-00 2useis2s-00 1 SeRING,oW ACT Foun. scuRce {80009 214-1825-00 -26 360-0824-00 i PDT, SA, L2SVAC,0.25-40 TD 0359 3201-80 Gormacning Panes) -27 210-062-090 ur, pias 6%. 20,25-40 § 0,312 INCH, BRS 73743 2x20224-402 “28 210-0046~00 aster 1oCxs101,0,26 2D X'0.40" 09,8 Taie9 1214-05-00-0s41c 179-1963-00 2 winine mamiess: 90009 179-1863-00 34-0008-00 2 GROVES, RUBBERsO,50 THEE DTA 70485 230 300-2414-03 1 coven, ascrsReAA 20009 200-1414-02 _ 131=1323-00 1 COMECTOR, CPT, POWER 0009 121-1333-00 ‘armacuns eaers) z11-o101-00 2 scRsW,ancurn: dado £0.25" 100 DEG FIM STL 9385 O80 ~ 34a-0365-00 4 Poor, CABIMER PrAsTIC, M/A GROOVE 80009 348-0265-00 aconssonzes 161-0084-00 2 CABLE, ASGY,PWR:3 WIRE,36 INCHES LONG aec2a wires? Option 7 Page 11Options 465 Service (SN B250000-up) OPTION 7 EXPLODED Fig. Option 7.9 Option 7 Page 12This option adds a Type P11 phosphor CRT to the instrument. Parts List Changes DELETE: v1440 ADD: v14ao 154-0676-10 154-0676-14 Options—465 Service (SN B250000 & up) OPTION 78 CRT, P31 Phosphor CRT, P11 Phosphor If this option is being added to an instrument whieh is already equipped with a different phosphor, or if the cathode-ray tube requires replacement, use the following procedure: 1). Follow the rt removal and installation procedure in the maintenance section of this manual. 2). Alter completing crt installation, check Table 6-1 (Adjustment interactions) for calibration adjustments which may require re-adjustment, Option 78 Page 1465~Service (SN B250000 and up) TYPICAL, cd \e Lean case TRANSISTORS PLastic cases TRANSISTOR SINGLE é 4 > “ w 2 i o_ h \ 1 LN GZ e fy s 5 e D Ll FLAT PACK. J L J TRANSISTOR ts irecnareocincurs Fig. 81. Semiconductor lead configurations. @Section 8-465 Service (SN B250000 and up) DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS ymbols and Reference Designators ‘ectrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise: Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF). Values less than one are in microfarads (uF). Resistors= Ohms (2h. ymbols used on the diagrams are based on ANSI Standard ¥32.2-1970. onic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in terms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic inction performed and may differ from the manufacturer's data he following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or assemblies on the diegrams. Assembly, separable orrepsirabie «Hast dissipating dovie (heat sink, RT_—_Thermistor | (cirewit Board, et.) ater, et) S| Selah 1 Attenuator, fixed ar varable ke t Movor BY Hybrid circuit Te Battery 3.” Connector, stationary portion a Capacitor, fixed or variable K Reley uv revit breaker Inductor, sixed or variable integrated a 3 FLT Diode, signa! or rectifier R_Inductorieasiator combination v_ Electron tube Datay tine Indicating device (temp) Mater YR Vorrago regulator (zener aoe, ete.) Gonnector, movable partion Yo Crystal stor or sileon controlled Z Phase shitter 1@ following special symbols are used on the diagrams: ___ Internal Screwdriver Adjustment Test Voltage Plug to E.C. Board — Panel Adjustment Wire Color Code ———— Plug index —— Modified Component—See Parts List = _—— Refer to Waveform —— Refer to Diagram Number To one @”___cosxial Connector PIs Tig ae —— Panel Connector - oe, ‘Assembly Number 5 pe — = _-—— Etched Circuit Board Outlined roomnsaceapamamed VERTICAL AMPLIFIER @* 23 snivuovieNX WAVEFORM “VOLTAGES. 465 Service (SN 8250000 & up) WAVEFORMS The waveforms adjacent to the circuit diagrams were obtained using the recommended test equipment and setup given below unless otherwise noted. RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT tem Specitications Recommended Type Test Oscilloscope Frequency Response: De-100 MHz Detlection Factor: 5 mV/div 105 v/Div Input Impedance: 1 m0, 20 pF Sweep Rate: 0.05 s to 0.5 ys/div Tektronix 465 or equivalent Probe (2 required) Fast-rise 10x probe compatible with {the vertical amplifier of the test oscilloscope. Tektronix P6OBSA Probe 1X probe compatible with the 465 vertical amplifier Tektronix P6011 (for trigger-view waveforms only) 465 SETUP Apply the 485 calibrator signal to the Channel 1 input ‘Sweep Controls Via a 10X probe (supplied with the 485).Connect the465A — TIME/DIV tre Gate from the rear panel) to the test oscilloscope TiMe/DIV 2 ms external trigger input via a 42-inch unterminated BNG yan Si eeeen oo DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00 HORIZ DISPLAY Mix 465 CONTROL SETTINGS X10 MAG (IN) OFF (button out) POSITION Midrange FINE Midrange CRT Controls INTENSITY As desired FOCUS As desired Triggering Controls (both A and B unless otherwi SCALE ILLUM ‘As desired noted) COUPLING. Ac ALEVEL ‘As needed for a Vertical Controls (both Channels if applicable) stable display voTs/o1v 50 mY (6 divisions G B LEVEL As needed for a of vertical display) ae VAR Calibrated detent ee POSITION Midrange an AG-GND-DG De inmea sucee VERT MODE cH SLOPE INVERT Off (button out) SOURCE NORM 20 MHz BW LIMIT Off (no yellow TRIG MODE AUTO showing) A TRIG HOLOOFF NORM REV.A, JUNE, 1975TEST OSCILLOSCOPE SETUP. Connect the 465 A +Gate (from the rear panel) to the Test Oscilloscope external trigger input via a 42 inch unterminated BNC cable. Connect a 10X probe to the channel one input. Apply the prove to the test point or component lead indicated on the back of the pullout page preceding thecireuit diagram to whieh it applies, Test Oscilloscope Control Settings All controls as needed for the best display except as noted below Vertical Input Coupling AC. Vertical Mode Channel t Voits/Division As noted on each waveform Trigger Source Trigger Coupling Trigger Mode Time/Division Horizontal Position External ac ‘Auto As noted on each waveform To position the be- ginning of the dis- play 1 division from the left graticule edge. This will at low time comparison of the waveforms. The beginning of the Test Oscilloscope display will be coin- cident with the be- ginning of the 465 A sweep,DC VOLTAGES Typical voltage measurements were obtained under the following conditions unless otherwise noted on the individual diagrams. Voltage measurements were taken with no signal applies to the vertical or trigger inputs. All voliages measured with reference to chassis ground: Voltages rounded to the nearest tenth of a volt. RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT Hom Specifications Example Digital Multimeter (for voltages up to 1 kV Range: 0 t0 1 kV Input Impedance: 10 MO Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter DC Voltmeter (for voltages above 1 kV}. Range: 0 10 3 kV Input Impedance: 20 KA/V Triplett Model 630NA CRT Controls INTENSITY FOCUS SCALE ILLUM Vertical Controls {both channels unless otherwise noted) VERT MODE POSITION CHI cHe VOLTS/DIV AC-GND-DC INVERT 20 MHz BW LIMIT 465 CONTROL SETTINGS Normal display inten sity Best focused trace Fully clockwise ALT Two divisions above center Two divisions below center 5 mv GND Off (button out) Of (no yellow showing) Trigger Controls (A and B unless otherwise noted) COUPLING ac. A SOURCE NORM B SOURCE LEVEL Midrange SLOPE + A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM TRIG MODE AUTO A and B Sweep Controls X10 MAG Off (button out) POSITION and Fil Midrange HORIZ MODE A INTEN, DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00 ATIME/DIV ims 8 TIME/DIV Am STARTS AFTER DELAYy wT be ne kal crt vesicat eneanr fsigt cH2 VERTICAL F PREAMP . inpur osCHT PREAMP 920, 032, 036 1042, O44, O104 Q108, 2132, a124 132; 0134, 0382, SIGNAL FICKOFF ‘AMPLIFIER 0142, 148, 0152 2162; a164, a168 DIODE GATE. TRIG VIEW cRI04, 0304 R305, cR207 (308, cR08 - 2 ig —o! t 0386 0314, cRa14 ‘318, CRIB crais.ensi7 | VERTICAL SWITCHING TRIGGER VIEW AMPLIFIER | A TRIGGER VIEW 0672,0675 | & CALIBRATOR rod Q16t 4 z - ALTERNATE at é : ; | ‘A SWEEP LOGIC MULTIVIBRATOR B TRIGGER PARAPHASE INPUT: aur 4.10 RIVERS 0522 824 sao 0850, 0562 Aapraiccer cenenaron > ‘A SWEEP START ‘COMPARATOR 010028 & 8 ‘ASWEEP GAT PLIFIER il 4 TRIGGER PARAPHASE > ‘AMP &TO Nr DRIVERS 0822 o 24 sa (0850, 0852 SWEEP & 2 AXIS SWEEP LOGIC MULTIVIBRATOR an f 8 SWEEP Gal AMPLIFIER, i084 ‘8 SWEEP START ‘COMPARATOR REV. A, JUNE, 1975, 21082 5.8 A&B SHEERVERTICAL OUTPUT ‘AMPLIFIER 07 VERTICAL 465—servce (6 8250000 ad up) f= ‘OUTPUT AMPLIFIER, \Thisgenview (CALIBRATOR Lvs aisie arse isis a156 EP START ARATOR D2A 8 i592 1588 i534 aise 183801565 uae. TOALL — stocks Sisea Ot588 a546 urs > 1654 ‘A SWEEP ASWEEP ‘A SWEEP GATE| | AMPLIFIER. Seer oT 01030, 1036 1024 ay ouTPUT amp ar038 HIGH VOLTAGE] MULTIPLIER 1492 HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER 1214, a1218, a1224 01226, 01234, 01236 01244, 01254, 01262 - 0266, 01274, 01282 ‘01288 HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIERS. CRT CIRCUIT BSWEEP @ SYEEP GATE AMPLIFIER Shoo toes orogs ‘1170 { Psran BaNEER AOATOR Le outeur awe |» pn 88 008 A&B SWEEP GENERATOR < 1404, 01408 araig,anaa arate, aaie Z AXIS AMPLIFIER cRT CIRCUIT wwupyia 9078465—Service (SN 8250000 and up) ‘708 On Wi auline SHE em Gece ey a a ct mer ee? hse gan, OO” 3 nie feng aun E ly a ae F g gReE ms ERLE ee! om Tm UO “ita SiH gy eg tine ; ame campy lea? Hh ir Bi 3 an faeged wi)” Be Fig, 82, 1 & A2—Atte INocuecmineroaoes vetiew ouputsosre. [eRT@RiD] exer emo] ext ami | crt anid | ¢ Lo! toc | no toc | wo toc_| No toc | 1 cr isc) cay 4B | cies 4B ===? BSC ewe | es roa cts aa | cas oe | cote | ca 108 ( os tae | cron 98 | cate tre | ama He | 7 13C ci0z 9A cR31 10D aze 1c | ce uc 105 8B cR32 100 32 10c 1 cx tie | cir 9a | cage toe | aoe toc Ge me | cms 98 | cro ac | on2 9B | co ize | e278 | came an | om 08 | 1 cs tc | crm 98 | cries 4a | ator oo | | car 110 | C15 7A | criss GA | aie oo | css toc «eras ce | cries cA | ze 78 Sa toe | car 88 | chier sa | aime 73 ca toc | cia A ai 78 cr cc | ci ba | ae | ote 8 css sc_| cis cc | sez 28 | Gta GA ce ec «|| cist sa | ss 2A | Gta 8 Ge 8c cist 3A | tes 1A tee Sa ce cite? 3B aie 48mea ri gi Bele Be) eae some Gal pee FE bo | $ Soca) MoE SF nes or oe; ee Me ce msn o ee ot ce oa ae aU? BL a im ie 3 aa Pa nit ci ot a am 2) re ° —| BEE & cae i Sed. tC C66 & REG located on backside of board, Ores i E : | pee, ae 98 one Be Lim + age) 8H E ae he ge x0. x10. geootilen goa on =m 2 hat an tot Ras on Be orice a Bt ce ie = | — L | | ! | | toc NO aq) Aas 2A | RaG se | RS? ec | Rae j pa ase | Aaa 138 | Ras 138 | Raa tsc | Ras 1B | Ras uc | paz nie | pas toc | Rao 1c | pas we | R101 ie | R102 nc | Rios wc | R104 toc | R105 ec Loc 14 A3—Vorsical Preamp circuit hoards, ——e—e crip | cKT GRID | CKT — GRID NO R106 R107 | R08 R109, RI N12 Ria Ria ans | ane Rii7 R19 | rrao R121 Riz R13 R125 | R27 R128 Loc 3c. 88. 3B 28 38 8a, aE 88. 8A cy 78 78 78 9B sa | Riaz | 1 KT No R130 R133 Ri34 R135 R138 R137 R138 Rit Raz R143 R144 R145 R146 R17 R149 RI5t R152 Risa cKT No R155 Riet R162 R164 R165 R168 R169 RT39 aria vrai vRi29 Aa rantay| es vert MOD ro VERTICAL PREAMP CIRCUIT BOF CIRCUIT BOARD.D on E ro L —1__t iySoaao 4 a 2 *mes TT u € Re we BonsCsCCeLiet jeer Monn SW AD. giaetias pe ©. Bs ray Be relia ie va | 19-5] BRR eae | toe ghey te LE qe ia see Xs SiGNaL, Fang GH VERTICAL PREAMP <> yf 014 y. awystia TWOILYSA PHO ©ASSEMBLIES A1, A2, AS & Aa 466-Service (SN 8250000 and up) 4 A {| fh B ka é me ode i aed 3 cow oO ome Fe 3 ame. view: “R137 ™ r ‘308. me + Pada & c iti S85 rs (se en fe pEBaS D awe i ae Sy ou ae we can ng E 2 alg e- es ec lSigig ‘ 8 om ac alglg cai, Oxi ss Jag a aan 1262982 cans, a in, Fi i en fa forbs eas est ae ony as a er : a aviad a F ts Pe Ld ! | L Iho ney wi 6703008 vores! Output Bane ext eno | ext cxt amo] ext nO toc | no. no toc | no csr SF G88 cae ae] ones cer | oss cnet vor | azz cE | ant cre tar | zee ce ar | Gane cnet or | case vcs7 tar | came cna Se | Gaee cour | car case cn oar | camo von | cass Ge one | aa asta os tte | teaao Le se) Ge los te | cae | aon nie | p69 oe) Toe | Re os WF | FS Gs: oe | Res Gos Se | aot tae sp | Re tas se | rvs Gane | ne | 224- ‘aie i we 5 A = as “ Hor Fig. 85. A4—Vertical Mode Switch circuit board. Located on back of board R382 + ext crio| cKT — grip No_toc_| No__Loc casi 5A | R381 GA. ca01 5A | R383 GA Rast 6A | ossea op | R388 28 osz9 6D | Rasy Ze pg90 5A | «R391 SA. De sez Ga | R383 aA. Bane azes «7A | «R308 4A, sez 4A, axes 3a | S350 1 REV. A, JAN. 1975adm [sieve B00 us For waveforms 11 through 16, Connect the calibrator signal to the CH 2 input via # X10 probe, Set the VERT MODE switch v0 CH 2,Brat + wre Sib “ I wen cert a cnt “ 2 8S SUN CH? VERTICAL PREAMP G> ® *™ASSEMBLIES A1, A2 & AZ {465~-Service (SN 8250000 and up) 4 SE ae 1 | 3 | a 5 es, Ws, vg. ra ES sulle she 1) nh 1 Lecates on back of board Not wied with 670-2023 Vertical Output board 3 ce ae BE Fig. 86. A1& A2-Atte302, any git vg, 21 £10 6 48 ocang on pacino noc Pe e196 : 7 mos 2 (PS [Bion cap, CAF * gon dl Beli Pb ae ¢ Ee LP | gies $b. has) ES B go ws va om Be = 8 Tarot gap emma x19 7x00 4 biases na as rr wer a at aaa ® 9 rae) aca ona orc 125 , ees BYE og GE Pen Bas 3 ws Po ae * aa 3 man as ia > x09) ws fb nda BE oye ge ose wn am. a a3; 03 ‘ouators and AS—Vertial Preamp circuit boards, er 0 a3 VERTICAL PREAMP cc CIRCUIT BOARDCKT GRID] cKT GRID No toc | No Loc te302 7A | R301 GA cs21 50 | R302 7A casa 30 | ramt 6D. casa ac. Rai 7c ca 30 Ra21 5D cas as | nazz 50 cu7 as | na23 5c ca aa | raza 8 cast 3 328 4c 3524. R328 3D casa SF R27 4D case 3E Rast 4c. cas@ 20 R332 4D cast aC F33¢ 4D cas2 76 R335 4c. cas2 70 Ra36 ac. caea SE Raq 28 ca63 3. R31 3c e374 aE. Raz 4c R343 4B, ers04 5c. R344 3B. cas 6c. a5 4B. R307 5c. Rags 4B. craoa sc. a7 3B. caara 5D R348 3B. crais 6D a49 3B. cRa17 5D Rasta. craig sD 3522. cas2 4c fa86 3. R362 ¢D 3572 crasa ae R358 20 cRra72 aD R59 2E caa7a aD R361 2E Ra62 4 338 2B R364 SE 4339 2D | ae5 20 waste | R367 GE vaso 2r | RO6B2E R370 3D tesa ac | Ral 20 1339 ac | «R372 3D Rava 3 30; 5 | R375 2D 30s 6c | | R76 4D 314 6p | R378 2 0318 5D sz 4c | 338 2c az 4D axs2 4p | Tas ae ox 3B ses «38 | © TPaz2 ac 0382 3E e374 4c casa 2c | TPsas 38 axca 3 P3684. cas a0 | Pama apCe feo ( ® i Set the VERT MODE switch to ALT and the A SOURCE switch 10 CH 1 EN Ff a Set the 465 VERT MODE switch to Set the 468 VERT MODE switch 10 t— CHOP, CHOP. we Set the test scope Trigger Souree switch Set the test scope Trigger Source switch to Normal. to Norm > t E ty t| eh eect aenwena 1 Nels 3 sett 8 ee Pata [olsen fot | t Peete cs ae i — + 8 wf | at ' & 2 wor i * ass 4 +b p Bg sy ro meno I 1 ase AGP BUG, Hes) ; BERRA, corey SHQPPER BLANKING PARTIAL AS VERTICAL PREAMP BOARD ses vanrs ust FoR EARUER ‘YAUUES AND SERAL NUMBER MAREED TaNcts OF ‘wn Bie ouTuRe Seeranrsuisr ron Seiudonoucron Trees, CHING BOARD EV A, APRIL 197 VERTICAL SWITCHING @& i plains Gmes iia }‘465-Service (SN 8250000 and up) crticaa 5 6 {i run wy aso ge aorak cnats as patie Rass 1 1 1 l 1 Fig. 67. ASa—Vertical Output Ampitiorciuit board (discrete version). ext Gio | ct crip | ckr Grip | cxt arto | ck no _toc | No toc | No__toc | no toc | no cemo2 68 | Lasoz Raaor 78 | Rass 5B | Raago caai2 6c | tease an | Rado2 68 | Reasa 5D | Raa7a cuazz2 70 | Las7e ge | Ra03 GA | RAAgE BA | Raa7s caazs 78 | taans ca | Rade 7A | Raase ec | ReaTe caaz? 78 | taasa oc | R446 78 | Reds? 58 | REGO euazo 8D. reas 8D | pease 6s | Rada cassz 58 | irasgs 23 | R449 78 | Radao SC | Rease cas? 5B | rages 2c =| Reait 6B | Racer 5c | Renee cass 5B remi2 oc | pacaz sc | Reass casa 68 | paqoo 6a =| RAMS GD | Races sc | aaa? caaz 8c rae 60 | passe sD | pang caaaa 50 | aacoz 7m | RasIG cc | Racas 5a | naase cust 3a | aseos oa | Rae 6c | Reses 6c | pasos caasz 4a | asez 6c. Raaig 76 | Raago oa | Raag7 cass 18 | atate 6 raat 76 | Raest 58 | aaae cust 3c | ana 5a Raazz 7¢ | naas2 5A | Raage ease 40 | anaa2 5c. raza 78 | Rasa SC caass 7A | nace 48 Rasza 76 | nadsz BC | prasae casos 6c | nase a3 reas sc | Rtas 40 os72 5c Reaz7 78 | R4d64 48 | vraag crassa 50 | uae ac raazo sa | Rads5 48 | YRaast craast 68 | oaser 25 rast sc | Radss 4A | YRagot craas2 5a | anaor 20 Raase sa | Rad68 4Buaz aw Pi {ocATED Ow anck aF BOARD ates Raut end GRID as VERTICAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT BOARD44 I ry TCE alas¢44qq° t oo wel Sc Se TEP pea | a Psa js" ee ROR es We") ates = aia ci mes (ote wt 468 OSCILLOSCOPE,+35 aaa s we canes ar beaare 43a uRsaes 11038 3 38u8 (noIsuaa a1auosia) ‘avi 1NaLNO TWOLLSaA © © L— crv —veRricaL, ~~ DEREECTION PLATES. 8 n0 $ 38932 +3420 aaa aie" SEE PARTS UST FOR EARLIER ‘VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES OF PARTS MARKED (WITH BIUE OUTLINE. ‘SEEPARTS LIST FOR SEINGONDUCTOR TYPES at VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER @, iy SN 250000 end wp (DISCRETE VERSION) €70-3025-er » = Sat = z (Sa “ °AS VERTICAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT BOARD,VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER), e70-2258" AS vercA. GTA Bano | (1G VERSION) (ois#an on ">468-Somn N 6250000 enue)Grip | ext Ghib | KT GRID] ckT GRID | eKT GRID toc | no toc | no toc | no toc | No _toc 36 | ose —4€ —] “R568 7¢ | nets 78 | pisos 108 ya | ose ae | nsoz te =| nary 78 oe | osse se | moos 2 | pew 7 | freee tor wos | ano sa | oo 20 | paz on | RISO? 10 ton | on2 75 | neo 2e | reas ac | Rive, JOE cc | ase 78 | Reor 20 | Roo ac 7 | at oa | reve 20 | pazy oc a> | om 98 | nooo 5e | pez 9g | REO? 6B ac | aia 95 | Rov1 3 | faze ton 7 | oss 80 | R512 30 | ear sc | of 7c | Rete 4c | eae Se sa | ome 7c | Re17 aD | Rea a sa | aio ba | Rote 30 | Rese ss10 30 toe | aio oa | Re2z 4D | pasa to | arse on | Re2s 4D | ase veld an jos | citss aq | Ro2t 4D | pass Terao 11a | ats. tos | R625 4c | pase Sere via | onze ton | R627 SC | Rasy yoo | arse toa | 628 8D | pase Cees yoo | cise ia | R529 5D | Rese ee wa | ors te | Ro 4c | Rees ia | cise te | R835 4c | eee s2a_| arse we | R695 4C | pees yoo | ots te | 537 5c | pace 400 ness sD | ees +00 rea sc | (aoe yoo | moo 1 | READ 5c | pari moos 28 | «Rea? SC | Ra72 re | rsor ac | meaz sc | naz? ic | rece 2c) | eas 5c | avo te | sos sc | eas sc | toa tc | fer 2a | Reds 6D | 04a rez 3a | R647 6D | toes oc | pete 3a | noo SE | i046 ac | pet7 38 | meso 6D | Ricar 2c | pee sa | Rest GE | 04s ac | rez 48 | Res2 60 | nics ae | nz ap | Ress 6c | tos ae | nea ap | ROS 70 | OSS oa | rez a8 | 657 6D | tose toa | fear sa | FASB GE | R067 won | pee as | R671 SE | igor 108 fs a8 | R672 SE | Aaz02 108 ac | pss aa | F675 40 | i303 108 se | reas aa | R676 AE | Iza 11a se | ree sa | R677 3€ | Riz08 t0c so | psy sa | ne7@ 3€ | Rtao7 100 eo | nso ss | Rov 4F | pta08 108 toc | nego sa | Roe 40 | Rite 11a vc | nso sa | Ree2 9F | isis 1B rc | net se | nea se | misi7 toa wc | pee se | roe7 36 | piaz1 128 neu 55 | Rope 3E | Atsz2 iB za | reas sa | ross 4 | taza 1B 10 | peas es | Reso 2e | piaze 120 sa | ner on | rear 2 | Riaz 100 nso sc | neoz)2e «| aaa? iB aa | peso on | ness af | faze TB aa | rest 7c | aos 78 | fisga 20 eo | rece 6s | aoe 78 | fsa tan 7a | fess ec | ra0s 78 | pissy tom a> | nese ca | Ra07 88 | psa 128 a> | ness 6a | poo 88 | fas toc co | fess ea | aoa a8 | fy | | ee Be | rae se se | nse 7a | Reiz 7~ neve 7A | piso1 10ETad i f EEE‘y anscen, ste a se Taxes eee REV A,APRIL B75 gfe ® f 2 aan ‘To weit @ aR ei TA Kare ov cermeseR, FRE —™ 7 RBCS ALB TRIGGER GENERATORS @ ®* is Oe WaDDieL Bev”cer arin | cxr aio | cxr cain | ext Grin | cxt Grin no__toc_| no ¢_| No toc | no toc _| no toc cmssa ac | ataoa a0 | A1086 BI RIzs6 66 | AIS19 5G cRis35 1F = | 1408 SE R1089 SH R1286 6D R1I521 4G crise 2F «=| ataig 18 | Riog1 oH =| i288 7D | IS2s OF crisat 3H =| anata 1c | Rtos2 9H ~= | 1289 GF | tae 4G cnsio 16 | arate 2A | Ri0es oH =| 1400 SF | N62 F cnis61 41 arei83 Rios oH =| Rigor ae | A527 2F criss af | oracs 3 | Rt097 sa | riao2 se | A152B aF crise 4F | aia72 2c | ios ac =| i403 se © | RIBS2 TE criss 26 | a1a74 20 «| 1201 af | i404 aE | ISS 2E criss 1c =| ata7e 20 «| R1202 ar | Ridos SE | R154 IF cntssa sh | aisis 4H | 1206 toF | RI407 5D | RIES7 ZF aris 5c | R127 10F | Riaos ar | RIS3B ZF psaas 2c | aisa2 ie | R18 oF | RI409 2a | RI539 26 psuzs ac | atsse te | Rizo oF | riat1 18 | RIB43 26 a1s3s 2¢ «| riz tor | Risi2 18 | RIE44 2G Fura 2H | aisea 1G | R122 wor | Riis 18 | RI546 16 aises if | atzs tor | migia ie | Ris? 26 sn | asa ic | Rtas tor | mise 1B | RIE49 1G v2 7H | aise ar =| at217 oF | Rt4z0 2c | tesa 1 3 ooH— | aises ar | ize or §=| At4z1 4B | Rts TE aiscs 10 | rtzig ar | miazz 4c | Rt8S6 BF tts 1 | atses 1D | 1220 7F | Atd2a ec | 1887 2F twig t¢ | aise 1D | Riz1 aF | Riaz? 1B | RIS59 BF tise sc | ats7o nic | Aiz2 oF | Riaz 28 | Rises 1 arss0 toc | pizza ar | R430 5C | RIs64 Ze Ps arses sc | R124 af «| Rias1 2D | 1565 2E ec) ansss oc | riz25 oo | Ri4%4 7B | Ris6s 1D P20 7B Rize 96 «| R140 116 | RI567 1D piss 12F | p39 «ae | i228 oe =| Ri4e2 7c | RIS69 1D Pio 116 | Rt001 10H | A1z29 9 | Ri4a5 10D | R1570 11D Poo 28 | Ri002 9H | Aizs1 ac | RIG 7 | RIS? 11D Pio 116 R1003 10H R1232 BF Risa? 6A Rise 10C pias 6A | R100¢ 11H | Aizaz ee | 1448 GA | RI592 10D Pius ec | R106 10H | Riza oe | RI449 GA | A593 10C puse ae | ptoo7 1H | Aizs 7g | R151 4E | 1504 10D pu 118 | Riot 101 | Rize ap | Riz 4e | RIGe5 9c Ptsoo toc | iota 101 | piza7 oe | RN53 4E | i597 t0C Riois 101 | Rizs3 az =| RI4G0 7B | RISB t0C awoz 1 | Rio1s tor | pizza ge | R461 SG | RIGaB_ 10C wiz 101 | Riot? 10H | pia ap | R162 4D | ATI230 OF aw 11 R1021 11H =| R1242 BD R1463 GC 400 9A ie 11H | Rto22 11H | R124 ap | Ries 4F | sizs9 oe aw 12H | R102 11H | Rizge ac | R166 46 | T1420 2A qwss rat | Riozs 11 | Rize? gp | R147 4E | TP1486 gD qwss 96 | R1020 11H | Aizas ap | RIB 3E | Trista GF its at ni0s1 12H | riza ac | R149 3D | Tpisa6 SF ais 6H | Rio32 12H | Rizss oc | R147 3e | Tri548 SF aw 71 1023.12 | pizsa gr | R1471 4E | P1668 SF ws 71 Ri035 12H =| R1255 BE Ria72 SE ‘P1868 GF awed BH 1037 106 | RI250 7E Rae ‘7P1580 106 a1090 8H R1038 106 | R1261 GE Rs TP1594 9D 1006. 91 R139 106 | R122 oF =| RNAS 20 18 ec | Ri061 7H | Rt263 or =| ANA7G 2D |turas2 SB ore oF | Rt062 GH | nize or | RI477 36 | UIsza 2G aims of | toes 7H | pizcs ce =| | RIStT al vRis22 36 ais2 6D | Rtos2 8H Riste 4H | VA1525 16 aiws 6p | Riess oH R1517 6G | -VR1526 2G Ristg cH | VRI533. 3F vRIs70 11C REV. A, JAN. 1975r pee Ce en re ee Li Enasou oveituoscor Nev AONE 75ered th TRIG OBEAGAN nnd weep Sot ming (overtly sei + roe sere > Si SUR BESS: esweee te aint © ee 001 PCE Ser! RIO tone From S58 18 SP ONDLANKING +o Gis0e @ Fae PEAT @ Rie icy Ai SHEED ne ard sup Reset vo wae Seog, | 147 20 | R1201 8F | R140 ae | 1533. 2E : | ara7a 2p | Ri202 oF | Ri40s SE | R534 TF 1 | atsie 4H | R1206 10F =| Rta07 8D | RI537 2F aisie sa | 1207 10F | At4os ar =| Ais38 2F > | aiss2 ie | pi208 oF | Riao9 2a | Ri539 26 > | otssa ie | R1209 oF | Rat 1B | Rts43 2G arsss 2 «| Ri2t1 wr | A1at2 18 | Ai544 2G 1 | aisaa ic | ni212 wr | Rtais 18 | RI546 1G arts iF | R125 wr | Rita 1B | RI547 2G H | asa ic | Rize wr | Aiate 18 | RI549 16 i | oss arf | R127 oF | R1420 2c | RIs53 TE 1 | aisse ar | nize oF | Rtaz1 4B | RtsBa TE area 1D «| Rizi9 er | Razz 4c | RIS5E SF 1 | ais66 1 | R220 7F | Rtazs ac | 1587 OF : | arses i> | Rizzi af | rtaz7 1B | RIs59 3F ; | ars7o 1c | Rtz22 BF | Ria2B 2B | RISG3 TE aisso 1c | Ri223 8 | R14390 5c | RI664 2E arsea oc | Riza ar =| R1431 4D | 1565 2E aise 9c =| Riz25 9c | R434 78 | RIscG 1D 3 R1226 0 9E R1440 11E R1IS67 1D fe | nas ep | R228 ge =| Riaz 7c | RI5B9 1D @ | rioo1 ion | Ri229 9 | R14@5 100 | RIs70 11D 3 R1002 9H R1231 8E R1446 7 1571, 11D & | R103 10H | R1232 af | R147 GA | Ats91 0c 4 | i008 11H | RIz33 ae =| RI44B GA | Ats92 10D Rtoos 10H | Rizza se | R449 6A | AI593 10 Rio? 11H | Riz6 7a | R151 4E | Ats94 10D rioit tor | Rize ap | R482 42 | Rises 9c Rio12 101 | R1237 9c | RMS3 4E | R157 100 Rio13 toi | Rizag 9c | R60 7B | Ri598 10C 1 | iors 101 | Aizz9 se «| R161 6G | RIGeB 0c M 1017 10H ‘R1241 8D R1462 4D RT1230 8F i | Rioz1 11H | pizaz2 sp | R163 GC | se00 9A 1H R1022, «11H R1244 «8D es $1239 9E HH | R1024 11H =| Riz ac R166 4E 471420 24 1 R1026 111 R1247 8D R1467 0 4E ‘TP1486 3D s R1029° 11H R1248 8D R168 3E ‘TP1518 6F R1031 12H | Ri249 8c R1469 3D ‘TP1536 SF 1 R1032 12H ~| R1253° 3E 1470 3E T1848 5F 1033 12H ‘R1254 «GF R71 4 ‘TP1558 SF R1035 12H ‘R1255 8E ‘R1472 3E ‘TP1568 SF 1 | R1037 106 | R260 7E R1473 3E | TP1590 106 1 | R1038 106 | Ri261 GE Ru74 3e | TPissa 9D 1039 10G R1262) GF R1478 2D R1061 7H | R1203 OF R176 2D |+u1as2 5B R1062 GH ‘1264 «GF R1477_3E U1524 2G RI063 7H =| RI1Z66 GE R17@ 3D | U1BB4 TE R1064 8H RI2687F R1480 2D rioes st | aizs9 GF Rtas1 2c | vrtos9 eG Rios 7H =| Rt273. 8D Riasz2 3c | vrto99 76 ato71 ct | R1274 8D Risa 2c | vR1155 12F rio72 si | R125 8 R185 3p | ‘VR1289 GF Ri073 71 «| R120 6p | RId86 4c || «VR1428 28 R1076 71 R1281 7D R1488 2c vR1484 26 R1077, 7H R1282 6C R1510 5 VRISIS 4G R1081 BH R1283 6D RISIT 41 VR1522 3G > | Rtos2 BH Risig 4H | -VRISZ5 1F ) Ri084 8H RISI7 6G VR1526 2G Risie sH | VR1S33 SF vRis70 11¢ REV. A, JAN. 1975or ce rer oF mer Or ccagra ence Sate @Herzonts amplifier and X arlitier Spriprnwr Riz HOE andi canted | ro FIK 19,870 @ cia) oasis cria73 Zycriesz cniass Ki oaths Gans SY caizat s 1228 cae Pohe— + 10N psiese Pg piaas ta eg ate E -v Ria. oe is mew pang, Ayzg2 Gees m4 wae cigge Losas X veges ve ® aize2) °°! Ria?S, z AXIS “s) vase CD Riot fev BoE crow fitge SE oe eres N Qa Deans ans pene u8 8 ez SEE PARTS UST FOR EARLIER " VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER tants SP ame nc Winsor ottane see ranrs.sr ron SECM SSTOR tres on ans rca sor beens TRS i254 mizea S28? ow (PF) sizer 90% . er a a) z ze 2 _ UE HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER @ &%* 3 aon @zee ne sethaaeas' Stesenssseneaccee ease eua[et emo] cxr aio] cr cr] cxr ono | xr ono no__toc | no’ toc | wo toc | no _toc | No _toc chia ac | amos a0 | aoe 81 | Riza | nisi9 6c omiss5 tf | creos se | mim ex | mass sD | miszt ac cnisas 2 | aterm | moor 9a | mass 70 | masz3 oF crisat an | atee te | riose od | rtzzo or | tsa 46 crise 16 | axe 2a | miosa on | mraoo sr | atsas oF cmss a | onetes wioss ot | rian ae | tear 2F cmsss 3r | owes ae | miosy ac | Riaoz se | misc oF carsse a¢ | ateze ae | moos ac | miaos se | missz TE enisst 26 | aire 20. | igor ar | Riaoe 48 | rissa 2E cmssa 1c | tere 20 | rizo2 er | ntaoe se | mised 1 crise 2 | Gisre an | mizoe Tor | meor sb | ateay 2 aise so | niger wor | nisoo ar | Rison oF psa sc | awaz te | mize or | miaos za | misso 20 suze 2 | once ie | mz or | ate am | Rtsas 26 aise ze | miary wor | mee ta | mbes 70 russ am | onsee ta | mista or | mies te | misao 10 arses tf | ria vor | mie te | Riba? 20 sth | ats io | mize tor | tere ae | mtowo 1 tz om | ansso ar | mizv7 oe | piezo 2c | tees te ooh | arse ar | iaie oF | niaai an | soe te orsce to | rizie or | tezz ac | wise 3 tios mm | aise 1D | iz20 ae | tse 4c | tse? oF tis te | oisee to | Rizet ae | mie? ae | tbe oF tise 9c | ons ine | Rize or | tage 23 | ise TE isso too | izes ar | mtazo se | nisea 2 rs 1 | ison cc | mtzee ar | maar 40 | ines 28 re 6 | arse oc | atzzs of | pias 73 | rises 10 roo 78 mize se | Ruwo ite | mise? 10 prs iar | nap ep | tzze ee © | Riaz 7c | piseo 1D Pim 116 | mioo: toa | Riza a | Ries 100 | Ris7 11 P1400 2B 1002 SH R121 BE Riage 7G R1IS71 11D pido NE 1003 10H. RIZ32 0 BF A147 GA Ris91 10 P15 5A 1004 11H RI233° 8E Ri4aB 6A R1s82 10D Pis6 | BC 1006 10H ‘RI234 aE Ria4e GA ‘1583 10C pis2 4E R1007 11H R1Z35 7G Ri4st 4E R154 10D P1570 1B 1011-101 1236 8D 1482 4E R159 9C Pisg0 1G R1I012 101 R1237° 9E RIGS 4E 1587 10C mos 101 | maa ae | rao 78 | pigoa tc a1n02 11h ‘R1016 101 R1239 (gE Ri461 60. 1599 10C aini2 101 ‘R1017 10H R1241 8D Riesz 40 (RT1230 SF ana im | rtoz1 11H | przez ap | R143 6c S400 oa, qi24 11H R22 11H R1244 8D mie 4P siz39 OE q1g0 12H R1024 11H, ‘1246 BC Ri4es 4E +1420 2A 1036121 1026 11) ‘R1247 8D masy 46 ‘T1486 3D 01038 «9G R1029 11H. ‘R1248 8D 1468 3E ‘TR1618 GF 1062 eI 1031 12H RI249 8c R1ag9 3D ‘TP1536 SF 01063 «6H 1082 «12H RI23 SE Ria70 SE TPIs48 SF o172 71 1033 12H, R1254 «GF marl 4e ‘TR18s8 SF am 7 1035 «12H R125 Be maz ‘TP1S68 SF owe en | nios7 wc | pecs se | R73 3 | rIs00 toc 1090 8H R1038 -10G ‘R121 GE m1a74 SE ‘TP1894 9D a6 9 ‘R1039° 106. R1262 GF mvs 20 ows sc | mist 7H | mizca gr | RTE 20 |sur4s2 58 Q1214 oF R1062 «GH R1264 «GF muy? 36 u1s24 2G amis er | nics 7 | piace ce | m7 aD | Lissa te a4 8F 1064 BH R1268 7F Aug 30 01226 BE R1065 Bh R1I269° «GF Rias1 2c Vrriam sc aust sr | riose 7H | mars eo | R82 20 | vatoos 76 one ao | rio ci | pram so | Red 2c | yates tar oma eo | niov2 ct | fiz ap | ates ap | vaizeo oF ose 7e | nio7s 71 | mize ep | rime ac | vRtaas 25 0162 6E R107 7I RI281 7D 1488 2c vA1ae4 26 ones se | mors 7H | mize co | moo at | Vaiss 4c ai 7m | mice ox | izes eo | atsit at | vatG22 2c aime 60 | pion sn muss an | VitS25 18 ones 6 | ioe gH misty ea | vmisze 26 RI618 SH ‘R183: 3F vris7 te REV. A, JAN, 1975® [5 E ‘The amalitude of this waveform varios from 0 volte t0 75 volts peak-to-peak depending on the sotting ofthe Intensity contra SE yea Set the test scope Trigger Source switch to Normal. f v \ AT eee iy} Set the test scope Trigger Source awiteh to Normal ‘set the test scone Trigger Source switch 10 Normal,Sem pants List FOR game ‘VALUES AND. SERIAL NUMBER BANGES ‘OF PARTS MARKED. + = ‘WITH BLUE OUTLINE y See PARTS List FOR SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES, 34] stax vouraas MULT PLICR vy uae deb 38° Le av il [anes risa | eotiriby ela VARIES wires INTeNg, —_ SAY Se TTINGT Rags 1 | Teno me 12087 igen cxisea itovinga) leven [fon 58? Vas ¥ pis54 Caines “7 eee Rigae joo eign + paiaee ae ena Piast ating 1 L * prone matic can tena seq BET aes Tee —- - ie E CRT CIRCLIT® 84 [31 en0ce0 ewFig 0.15. AG-~Fan cieut boo, cerca | cxr Gai toc | No. toe cise 2a IG? aA Riess 3a crrsor 20 | Rieaa 3a ceriess 28 | fieos 18 crise 18 peo an | RTI688 18 arses 1a | Ut600 30 at ‘emneuit BoaRD rriccen indir BoanD 0 uereAtace RUT BOARDRABASSSIe Sa5 GEEEROODNDEO dsesone @ ue EEE EEE LEBEL NEE: C1896 C597 guy ese ne CALIBRATOR SURRENT LOOPON FRONT PANEL ve i398 en ee : mae nor > KT Grip | cet GRID | cKT GRID No toc | No toc | Wo toc cis 1c | ais ac | RIG7 40 cisez 3c | arsgo ac | tsa 3c cisos 2c | arses 2c | RIS92 3D cre 2c | orssa 2c | (RIS93 aC cise? 20 Risa 30 R1236 1D R1S96 20 crvzas 1c | pia 1D | -RIS87 3c ertsss 20 | piziz 10 | (RibBB 3c Liss 2c | ta 1 | 1509 3C RI26 1c piso 4B | i267 1¢ | $400 2A piso ac | tao 1c | Tso 2c Brass 20 | P1894 20 arse 1 | ris70 40 | TRGND 20 VR1570 40G For Waveforms 93 Uwwough 98: 465 triggor-view button pushed in and held EO @ Bx4a6 OsciLLoscore e© wesw some 7 See pans uct FOR SEMICONDUCTOR Tres. SSIS + ‘A TRIGGER VIEW, CALIBRATOR € FAN (> 35Fsezeetale arereesenygnyes aavennnssoueseeas: GSUUGELERRGLELE PUGHcxr crip] ckt caw| cxr crip | cxr Grip | ckt Gao no__toc | no__toc | no toc | No toc | No_ Loc catia ac | araoe ap | Rigse i | Atzea 6c | RISIS 5G criss 1F | argos se | nico oH | Arzas 6D | R521 4G criss 2° | atais 1B | rior of | Rize8 70 | R523 2F crises 3h | aiaia 1c | i002 of | riage GF | R524 4G crisia 1c | arate 2a | Riss 9 | Ri400 SF | RI525 2F criss 41 | anaie3 Riss 9H =| Rr4o1 4e | i527 OF crisss af | aides ae | R107 a | Rraoz se | R528 AF criso af | aia72 ae | p19 aa | Rr40a se | i532 TE criser 2a | ara74 20 | Rizr er | ntaoa ae © | 533 2E crises 1c | aiaze 2p | i202 ar | Rr4og se | i534 IF crises 2H | aisis aH | 1206 tor | Ri407 sD | 1537 2F awie sc | R1207 wr | Avoca aF | Atsse 2F psuas ac | a1sa2 ie | mizos or | nra09 2a | 1599 26 psiazs ac | aisze ie | R129 of | riai1 we | R543 26 aise 26 | Rt211 wor | miiz2 we | Rt4a 26 ru 2H | asa ic | aizi2 wor | ama 1 | RI546 1G arses iF | Rizis wr | Rita 1B | RIB47 2G 1 10H «| ates ic | ptzis 10F | Ria 1 | RIE49 16 42 7H | ates af | mizi7 oF | i420 2c | nts 1 ee Se avs, 1D | Rizi9 af | RI4z2 ac | RIBS 3F Lio 1 | aises 1D | R120 7F | Riza ac | 1557 2F iia ic | arses i> | Riz ar | Riaz? 18 | 1559 OF tis 9c | ais7o tc | aizz2 ar | mraza 28 | RIB63 1 cisco toc | Rizz3 ef | R130 5c | RI664 2E ps ot | atsoa oc | Rizzt oF =| R31 4D | RIBS 2E pets | aises sc | Rtzzs cc | Ruse 7B | atsss 10 300 7B ize oe =| R140 11E | RI567 1D piss 12k | nso as | Rize ec | R1d2 7 | RI5B9 1D Piz 116 | 1001 10H | Rize se | Rtas 10D | at570 11D Pro 22 | Rio0z 9H | 1231 ee | R48 7 | RIB71 110 pro 116 | R103 10H | i232 ar | RIA? GA | RISB1 10C pias 5a | R104 11H | niz33 oe «=| RN442 GA | Risg2 100 pra ac | i006 10H | Rizss ge | R149 GA | AtS93 106 Pisa 46 | i007 11H | miza5 7G | RUST 4E | RIS94 10D pis 1B | i011 101 | tase ao | R52 4E | AIS 9c prs soc | Rio tor | Rizs7 ge | R463 AE | AIS97 too rioiz tor | Rize oe | R140 78 | Rib98 toc aroz i | Rio tol | Rizs0 9¢ | R461 66 | AIB99 10C awi2 10) | Rio7 10H | Riza eo | R462 4D | ATi230 BF awe im | Riz 1H | R122 sp | R63 6C | S400 8A ate 1th | Rtoz2 11H | arzaa ep | RMc4 ar | siza9 oF aio 12H | R124 11H | Ata oc | R16 4 | tT1420 2a ors 121 | R126 1 | Rta? ap | RMG7 AE | TPI486 aD owse 9G | Ric 11H | Aizs ap | R148 3 | TI518 GF avez et | Rios1 12H | Aizao ac | R142 3D | Tri536 SF qioss GH | R1032 12H | pizs3 ae | RI470 3 | Tr1548 SF ow 1 | piss 12H | Riza or | R471 4 | Trises oF aim 71 | R105 ta | pies ae =| R172 3 | TPisea SF ross gH | 1037 106 | Aizso ye =| RI473 SE | TPI500 0c aro sh | 1038 10 | Rizs1 Ge | R74 3 | TrIBo4 9D aioe 91 | A139 106 | pize2 er | RIS75 20 toe ec | Ri0s1 7H | aizss gr | RM7 2D |rums2 SB iz oF | R102 oH | Aizsa or | RI477 3E | Ur624 2G ize oF | R103 7H | tase Ge |= | RMT 3D | UIeEa IE ors ar | rise oH | Rize 7e | R180 20 oie az | Ri065 81 | mizoo oF | RIM81 2C | vAtose 9G ize ar | Rive 7H | miz7a ao | /RI482 3¢ | VR1090 76 aia ap | R171 ot | Riz gp | RIMB4 26 | VRIIES 12F are sp | i072 61 | Ri275 ep | -RI485 3D | VA1280 oF aia 7e | R103 71 | Rize eo | RI4ae 4c | VRT428 2B aimz 6 | R10%— 71 | miz81 7 | Aides 2c | VRIA4 20 ais ce | nio77 7 | prze2 6c | Atsio st | VRISIS 4G aim 7 | rier eH | pizaa oo | Atsts ai | VRIB22 36 aizz 6p | i082 8H piste aH | VRI825 1F ais sp | R104 oH nisi? 6g | VRIS26 26 pista sH | VR1533. 3F VRI570 11 REV. A. JAN. 1975: & POWER SUPPLY. . © Power suFPLY @sistay » 2 “ VERIEY ‘sito van Se within ta = 2480 vat ap iy tein Hots Diptay sate AUTO. pois Turn both ah ne BEAM Paes ‘Gheck 2 Axi TPVARE Wowace vb, {sn sncanting Posts shown alse 12 vot to esladot. Fis aia, epensirg fonthesnting ot the [yey intent corel kek GIT “racecar or eects Trovnaeot Rongonta ea Chek for 91 | serene “Tass conme toe Le} srosimnecener Se foltunblonking ge one _— sti! : Bed s ‘OK —ey IiCheck Z exis oaie oiroult. 1904 01307 ong No] 0824 assoriated 9872 “Circuit 828 " aso, ior Chock fore 13102 No. Check DC level on FOV TO2V alt ram@ in the sweep the forward end of [P] generator cireuieon the Bios? Forward ond of R1037 No Yor 4 Check CAT TF] circuit iv ‘Troubleshoot Pull 01024. Check the horizontal {or sweep level an the amplifior y front of 1037 to go toabout 0 V. Ne Yes] ‘Check the Sweep Trace commas near the ‘center ofthe sree, ‘Trace can be vertically 465~-Service (SN 8250000 and up) CCheck tho Swoop Start fot be gatting resot pul ‘With the swoop a O'V to +2, 1012 should be turned on (PS: at =2.8 V). Check the circuitry ‘ssociated with O854, U870 and the tunnel dodee tho wggor Check Sweep | ‘Store Logie Je} circuit. ua70 854 0562 864 and associated circuitry Check ot024 (Check for an imbalance Inthe Vertical Switching positioned with vert- ‘al output position sul ‘Short TP322 ond Bai ——]TP32¢ together. fongeadiustment RAg18, or F429. Find imbalance in pk the bad channel Trace stays way off heult. Also check for fan imbalance in both ream channels. Find imbsianes in the vertical output ampli: m1 center screen, Tier. Also check for short on one side of the delay line. REV. A, JUNE, 1975 161-18 SNILOOHSaTeNOUL AVT&SIO 3 TSISINON,POWER SUPPLY ISOLATION PROCEDURE “The following procedure is used as an aid in localizing the area in which loading of @ Bower supply occurs. Ifthe power supply comes up after isolating a circuit, itis very probeble the problem is in thst cireuit. This can sometimes, however, lead to eroneaus conclusions as © supply ray pass through ene circuit to another circuit. For instance, the +5 volt supply enters the timing board through P25. It then passes through the timing switch (in the XCY position only) and P1-10 to GR1202 in the horizontal amplify eircut, From P1-10 it also passes through PS-4 to the sweep contro! IC on the trigger board. Watch for these types of conditions when trying to localize s loading problem. +85 Volt Supply 1. Pull P300 from the Interface board. This iolates the Vertical Proamplifir board. 2. Unsolder the dummy resistor near J-1, See adjustment locations 1. This isolates the Timing beard, 83, Pull P1186 from the front of the Interface board. This isolates the holdoff circuit. 4A. To isolate the Triazer board from the +55 volt supply It Is necessary to remove the Trigyor board from the instrument, The +55 volt supply connects to the Trigger board through PS-2, The +55 volt unregulated supply connee's to the Trigger board through PO.Hi og supply low or dead, Supply folded ‘Check for supply foldover: Veg of 21536 will 80 0.6 Vif the supply is folaed. ‘On nowor instruments Tift the 55 V isolation ddumey resistor. IF 55 {fusing 115 vole ting verify the 115 vol 230 volt ewiteh Te the 115 vatt position, using 230 vott lino, verity 118 V 230'Veeuteh i in the 230 V position, Replace fuse Jef Stil blows fa(Check cable connectors {or proper orientation or shorts, ‘Gheok GRTES4, Tunsolder ‘check resetance to ground, (Chock value af #55 volt regulated suppl. ‘See isolation Procedure to fing the ci cule where Tosding Supiy folded | Check C1834, {unoldar one leg.) Check 01592, [R534 cracked or open. [01534 open. Not folded v ° ‘Cheek components Detween the base bf O1582 and pin of Ui524 Check valve of #55 vote Fepulated spol. (Check U1524 by replacing or ‘Check VRI522 and Low sociated CICUItry- ‘check for 22 val fonpin 8 of U1524, “Ghook the 18 vo} Folsed supply for foldover orior atsas shorted. Not folded Check power transformer for open: ‘Check VA1526 and associated reuitry lif the 88 valt supply, fe below about 23 volts VINIS26 rust be crecked ouside the iret Cheek for short in Check low voleape Bull blows fuse, circuit 465~Service (SN B250000 and up) 1a6i2 ONILOOHSaTaNOUL ‘ean LIOA S8+POWER SUPPLY ISOLATION PROCEDURE ‘The following procedure is used a8 noi in localizing the arsa in which loading of a power supply occurs. Ifthe power supply comes uP after Isolating 2 circuit, itis very probable the problem isin that circuit. This can sometimes, however, lead to eroneous conclusions 28a supply For instance, the +5 volt supply enters the timing board through P2-S, It then passes through ‘the timing sich (in the X-¥ position only) and P1-19 to CR1202 in the horizontal amplifier circuit, From PI-10 it also passes through P5-8 to the sweep control IC on the trigger board. Watch for these types of conditions when trying to localize a loading problem, may pass through one cireuit to another ereui 418 Volt Supply 1. Pull P300 from the Interface boord, This itolates the Vertical Preamplifier bose 2. Unsolder the dummy resistor near J2. See adjustment locations 1. This iglatas the Timing boar, 3.Unsolder L891 at the rear of the Trigger board. See adjustment locations 1. This isolates most of the Trigger board, Also unsolder \VR8Q6 trom the rear of the Trigger board. See adjustment locations 1. This isolates the #8 volt supply 4, Pull P1690 from the Fan Motor board. This iolates the fan motor circuit. 5, Pull PA00 from the Vortical Ourput Amplifier board, This isolates the Vertical Output Amplifier board 6, Pull P1200 from the Interface board. See adjustment locations 1. This isolates the Horizontal Pasition and Fine controls, +5 Volt Supply 1. Pall P300 from the Interface board. This isolates the Vertical Preamplifier boord, 2. Untold the dummy resistor nest 4:2. See adjustment locations 1 . This igolatas the Timing board, 3, Unsoldir L898 from the ear of the Trigger board. Sge adjustment locations 1. This isolates the Trigger Boers. 4, Pull P1185 from the Interface board. See adjustment locations 1. This isolates the holdoft cireuitry.. 5. Unsolder 1596 trom the Intertsee board, See sdjuttment locations 1. This isl 128 the calibrator circuitry Volt Supply ‘4 Unsodler one ond of 1445, 1476, andl CR1476, See adjusiment locations 1 . This isolates the CRT ciecuit (Z-Axis amplifier, 2, Unsolder one end of VR'1289, R1262, R1262, R1279. See adjustment locations 1. This isolates the horizontal amplifier circuit,‘Check for supply foldover Woo of the shutdown transistor will 20.6 V. The transistor willbe turned On. 524-115 volts ‘Check the unregulated filter capacitor on the affected supply. HeV= cise “Chack the ridge rectifier In he affected supply for (all wove rectification, ‘05, there should be 120 Hz-c ripple on the Unregulated supply. 69 HE ripple Indicstes only halfwave rectification. (Chace the bridge rectifier Jn teatfectod supply for Sis” cRis41 “aV_ crise! former eecondery. supply. Check the fallowina Feristor for crock oF changed value: ‘isv—Ai549 45V— A1959 “By — R169 ‘check the following Hg~ arses aisa6 +5 01556, “3 01564 i566 (SN 8250000 and up) Short to ground fr other low ‘voltage power lura of some active component supplied by the affected Could alto be caused by the failure of 2 tantalum decoupling eapacitor. A Supply affected by 2 bad tantalum can berrecognized as follows. When the inateument Is at room tornperature and just turned on, the affected supply tomes up t9 of nsor normal voltage. ‘Az the instrument isleft on and ‘warms up, the supply voltage begins to slowly go down as the tantalum tries to draw more currant from the suBBIY, DNILOOHSaTaNOwL sartdans A8- ONY “ASH 'A SLE Check the IC power supply voltage. 1524" pin 8 20 to 22 volts UI54: ping 1Svolis pin 4 ~B volts 422 V to pin of Ut524 i supplied from 2. dOppne netnork off the +55,0It supply.110 VOLT SUPPLY ISOLATION PROCEDURE The following procedure i uted a8 2 aid in localizing the area in which loading of » power supply oceurs. If the power supply comes up aftor isolating a circuit, its very probable the problem isin that circuit. This ean sometimes, however, lead to erroneous conclusions as a supply ‘may pass throush one eireut to another elreut. For Instance, the +6 volt supply enters the timing board through P2-5, It then paseas through ‘the timing switoh {in the X-¥ position only) and P1-10 to CR1202 in the horizontal amplifier circuit, From P1-10 it also passes through P54 to the sweep control IC on the trigger board. Watch for these types of conditions wen trying to localize loading problem. Wf R1445, R1476, and CR1476, Seo adiustmont locations 1. Thie isolates the CRT circuit (Z-Axis amplifier). nd of VR1289, 1282, 1262, R129. Sao adjustment locations 1. Th isolates the horizontal amplitier circu.Cchecte cRisi4 vaisis arsté {10 volt regulated supply. LOW or GONE: Verity the +36 vole supply is present and ‘within tolerance. Check the value of the 110 volt unregulated suppl. ‘heck C1511 for full \waveroetification, The ‘AG tippie on the un lated supply should be 4120 Hz. 60 He ripple Indestos half wave. reetifsation, If te 5 volt supply ie roma and the power {ge dogs not blow tis very unlikely forthe 17 volt unregulated supoly tabed voles.‘465—Sorvice (SN 8250000 and up) ‘Shorted oy foaded, See isolation pro cure to localize the problem ares. (Check RIB? for track or for a change in value -—— ves ‘Check for overcurrent 5 frovection {feldove) Vp of 1518 wl be 0.6 volt i the cxeut is folded, ‘Check thevalue of the CCheok the drop 110 volt ‘equlated supply. No: across VRISTS, {86 V nominal Check the poner ‘Check GR1811 for full ‘wave recifiestion, The [AG rippie on tne unreg {ated Supply should be 120 He. 60 He ripple indicates hal wave rectileation. TF the 88 volt supply is formal end the powwer fase doesnot blow itis very unlikely for the 110 ‘olt unveqlated supply ro be Ouolte, 9NILOOHSITENOUL ‘Adan LIA OLTiga the Hig vo Sac | —tompten _ol uaa ake ry oot EC tn Ss, mx penne) ae = [io] atios i | ow of Bese ean L_fere eae i cease foeTsolote he High-Voltage multi 1). Tuen off power 2) Unsoléer durmy resistor. (coo adjustment locations 1) 3) Remove anode lead from holder 4) Turn on power |— sui ow if 2850 V com: up, replace the HV rmultipioe 1) Tun oft 465, Sill Love 2) Puller sockot from tor of ert 3) Turn on 485, If 2480 V comer up, replace the ert Check for Arcing 1) Around the thick film, 2) HV'multiplion 3) CR1421—requires removal (of the Vertieal preamp to hock. No Ose ations Replace Xistor Leave the instrument conor a couple of hours to see if the problem reoceurs Blown, check. ciate aisia ‘Check Frais again ‘and essocieted iruitry for shorts 465—Service {SN 8250000 and up) ‘Check for loading inthe elreutry from pin 3 of the High Voltage transtormer: cri427 61420 ‘Also loading round Pin23 of the High Voltage transformer chaz “craa3 ciaz2 clang ate, Pull one ota time, SNILOOHSaTENOwL ‘Alddns LIOA 0592—INTERFACE CIRCUIT BOARDice (SN 8250000 and up} Risso F GEOMETRY Yas 1237 atsor, X1 HORIZONTAL CALIBRATOR ALIGHMENT GAIN AMPLITUDE 11890 rt 11225 HORIZONTAL ea REGISTRATION R238 x10 Honiz0nrr GAIN a Riis GAIN we eolates +55-v fromm ‘the Timing Bosra cies 118 from SND ‘Timing board. ‘TPGND r Iolite 15. rom the Timing bos it board adjustment locations. y i kaa oars aieABAD ATTENUATOR CIRCUIT BOARDS aa VERTICAL PREAMP CIRCUIT BOARD5 it ae aes a sel Fa) ae ie olnyR120 CH I VARIABLE VOLIS/DIVISION Avance ‘ON A122 C105 CH THF | CH THE COMP. R105 ca Ray 13, on ee CHT He HFCOMP HECOMP LF COMP LF COMP tia ane COM age A rare come cui gan neGoue | ur Coue/ ue Game | ueoue 33 iT . onthe ose COMP ca7_ LF COMP cor | ola ur gor ae E TP.GND ea e R215, R205 C83 cr 7 lou 2Vamiaaue BALANCE | com ‘ou ATTENUATOR (OLTS/OIVISION com cosa BALANCE GALANCE 2 wecour He COMP id Attenuator circuit board edjustment locations. | 465-—Service (SN 8250000 and up) 25 cH STEP: ‘ATTENUATOR BALANCE csi LrcomeAS VERTICAL OUTPUT. CIRCUIT BOARD‘466 —Service (SN B250000 and up) 4427 LE comp ‘caaze ‘HF COMP aaas. LFCOMP Raa CENTERING HF COMP ADJUSTMENT Fig. 8-21. Vertical Output Amplifir circuit hoard adjustment locations (discrete version).As. VERTICAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT BOARDSS S_CSCTSCSSEs "A 465-Service (SN 8250000 and up) joes ae : Raza —— ceNTERING ‘ADJUSTMENT Ras Le SF comp _Bxe « ee re LE COMP. @ LECOMP. 8.22. Vertical Output Amplifier circuit board adjustment locations (IC version).‘TRIGGER cIRCUIT BOARD465—Service (SN 8250000 and up) E sss. aTalc sensitivity TPSND TP GNDay TWANG, CIRCUIT BOARD Rit Sve! e136 atiming ST# ADJUSTMENT465—Service (SN B250000 andl up) Rats Runs ner 3, anes SWEEP ci1a7 Sis, she A, gt36 START HIGH Bie el ATIMING SPEED. pe ADJUSTMENT oa fi Fig. 8-24, Timing circuit board adjustment locations.Section 3—465 Service (SN B250000-up) REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION Reolacemant carts are available trom or Uirough your local Tektronix ine. File Office of representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes mad to _zccommodate improved components as they become available, ‘and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in our engineering department. It is therefore Important, when ordering parts, to Inclide the following information in your order: Part number, instrument type oF number, serial number, and modification number if applicable. I part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or Improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Oilice or representative will contact you concerning any change In part, number CChenge information, i any, is located at the rear of this ‘manual SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS x000 Part first added at this serial number 00K Part removed after this serial number FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS Items in this section are referenced by figure and index rhumbers tothe illustrations. INDENTATION SYSTEM This mechanical parts ist Is Indented to indicate item relationships, Following is an example of the indentation aystem sed inthe description column, 12945 ‘Namo & Deseriprion ‘Assembly andlor Component ‘Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component Dotait Part of Assembly and/or Component Attaching parts fer Detail Part arts of Detail Part Attaching parts for Ports of Detail Part ‘Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as the iter it mounts, while the cetal parts are indented to the sight art of, and included with, the naxt higher Indonted items a Indentation. The sepai attaching parts in symbol ~ indicates the endat [Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwise ‘spocitied. ITEM NAME In the Parts List, an item Name is separates from the SF edema Mesh Weston, Be ce ATTEN ATTENUATOR: eK FLEXIBLE Ne NIPPLE SIVG SLEEVING fre" ere case Fk Fur Now wine or nae woune Sx Sone = s nin fea So Sot ay Seteron 8S tse Six Beco Fern Fre Fron Se. Burse puweren Ser Stamess ster. She BONE BM for fone Srosreon enowze fu Seton Sie Bletie Pe ie wt pitnareare athe Gee Skene Cite Sateen Roe fang few Tens cq cena (ice telkdow Me MS fe nee cer Grew WEaBe Tanteouat Cocker err Rrcrmcis Pe hem Sou Connector Hi HeUACoktension” 6D Rat v outage Gro coven eenteencncur ney vanes wn ine Grr Gama aarruse pe oueren seh Sececttexn owe YasinMechanical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) CROSS INDEX MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER MFR.CODE MANUFACTURER ADDRESS CITY,STATE.ZIP 000¢ © Gettig Mngineering and wanufacturing Co. ‘Springniit, PA 216875 00779 ANP, Tne. P, 0, Box 3608 Harrisburg, PR 17105, 01295 Texas Tnatrumente, Inc., Components croup P, 0. Box 5012 pallas, Te 75222 01969 Cherry Flectrical Products Corp. 3600’sunset ave. ‘raukegan, 1, 60085 04941 Nasco Electronics corp. 4 south Wyman Rockford, IL 61101 05005 Ewentisth Century Plastice me, 415 8. Washington Blvd. oe Angeles, CR 90015 05123 ilo Engineering co. 2015 5 La Verne, Ch 91750 08020 © Nakefieid Engineering, Inc. Audubon Road Wakefield, xa 01880 06982 Moore, Howard J., Co. 205 =, 16th st. New York, iY 10003 08261 Spectia-Strip Comp. 7100 Lampson ave. Garden Grove, CA 92642 08530 Reliance Mica Corp, 24z-38th st. Brooklyn, HY’ 11232 09383 Cand K Components, Inc. 103 Morse Street. Watertown, R 02172 12327 Freeway Corp. 9301 allen or. Cleveland, of 44225 17360 Alany Products co., Div. of Preumo Dynamics Corp. 351 Corectiout Ave. South Horwalk, CP 06856 14438 ‘USM Corp. Nylok Fasterner Div. 3730 W. Morse Lincolnwood, IL 60645, 16428 Belden corp. P.O. Bex 341 Richmond, Ii 47374 22525 Berg Plectronies, Tne. Youk ixpressway New Cunberland, PA 17070 23080 Product Components Corp 30 Lorraine Ave. me vernon, mY 10553 23499 Gavitt Wire and Cable, Division of Rnerace Corp. 455 M. Quince st. Escondido, CA 92025 24931 Specialty Connector Co., Ine. 3560 liadison ave. Inéianapolis, 1 46227 28817 Cal-Metex Corp., Sthsidiary of Metex corp. 509 Hindry ave. Inglewood, ca 30302 42838 National Rivet and Mfg. co. 1-21 gast desferson st. Waspun, Wi 53963 51316 Angelus Washer and stamping Co. 1411 speranga st. los Angeles, CA 90023 70276 Allen Hq. Co, P. 0, Sraver 570 Mareford, Cr 06101 yo2T# Allied Steal and Conveyors, Div. of Sparten corp. 17333 Healy petroit, mr 46212 70485 Atlantic India Rubber Works, Tne. 51 W, Polk st Chicago, TL 60507 71279 Caxbridge Thernionic corp. 485 concord Ave. Cambridge, MA 02138 7400 bussean tifg., Division of Mocraw Baison Co. 2536 W. University st. St. louis, Mo 63107 71590 Cantralab Electronics, Div. of Globewanion, Tac. 5757 N. Green Bay Ave. wanwaukee, wr 53201 71785 TRN Electronic Components, Cinch Connector Operations 1502 Nozee aves Elk Grove Village, 11 60007 7376) Fincher Special Mfg. Co. 485 Morgan 6¢. Cincinnati, oR 45206 76865 Holo-Rrene Co. 31 Brock st. Nest Hartford, Cr 06110 74921 ‘Tton Fibre Co., The 4001 Benefit ave, Aehtabuta, ol 44000 75497 _Lanson and Sessions Co, The 3000 THedanan Road Clevelent, on da1ee y5015xittelfuee, Ine. 800 &, Northwest Hy Bes Plaines, 1% 60016 77250 -Pheoll manufacturing Co., Division Of Allied Products Corp. 15700 W. Roosevelt Rd. Chicago, 11 60650 yel@9—‘Tincis Tool Works, Inc. Shakeproof Division St. charles Road Zigin, 1 60120 79136 Kaldes, Xohinoor, Tne. 47-16 Austel Place ‘Long sland cley, ¥ 11201 79807 Mroucht Washer Meg. Co. 2100 5. 0 Bay St. Milwaukee, MI 53207 90009 Tektronix, Ino. P, 0, Box 500 Beaverton, OR 37077 90033 Prestole Everlock, Inc. PLO. Box 278-1345 Miani St, Toledo, Of 43605, 2647 Texan Tnstrunents, Inc. Control Products Div. 34 Forest st. Attleboro, MA 02703 238s central Sorew Co. 2530 Crescent Dr. Broadview, IL 60153 188245 Liteon Systems, Inc., USECO Div. 13536 Satleoy st. van tuys, ‘Ch 91409) 99410 Easex Intemational, Inc., Controls Div. Mansfield Plant P. 0. Box 1007 Yanafiela, of 44903, 97464 Industrial Retaining Ring Co. 57 cordier st. Irvington, NJ 0711. 98278 Malco A Microdot Co. Inc. 92 Connector and Cable Givision 220 Pacadona Ave. South Pasadena, CA 91030 IMechanical Parts FIGURE 1 FRONT AKD FEAR t—465 Service (SN B250000-up) 1 & Index Tektronix Serial/Medel No. gy, Mfr No. Part No. Eff Dscont CY 1 2345 Code Mfr Part Number a2 200-2411-00 2 BHEBL, REY 0009 200-1412-00 “2 213-0313-00 4. SHUBSCREW:4-40 x 0.45 INCH, FIORLED 0009 213-0183-00 23 337-1674-00 2 SHID,ELeTM TUB.cRE 20009 337-1674-00 4 366-0494-00 2 mos:aay so09 366-0494-00 243-0153-00 1 | SEESCREW:5-40 x 0.125 INCK MX SOc STE 74ae5 cep 5 366-1031-02 2° Rep sRED-VAR ‘80008 366-1031-02 213-0153-00 1. SERSCREW:5~40 x 0.125 INCH,MEX Soc S™% 74045 cad 366-1426-00 2 Rossa ‘20009 366-1426-00 213-0153-00 1 | SBTSCREW:5-40 x 0.125 INCH,EX SOC S7% 74445 oD 7 366-015-027 2. vos :LEVER swrnce 180009 366-0215-02 8 366-1402-31 2 PUs# BUrToN:cany=-ruvERT 90009 366-1402-32, 9 366-1402-42 A PUSH BUTTON:GRAY--BEAK PINDER 20009 366-1402-42 vio 366-1257-20 1 Pose 0009 3¢6-1257-20 aL 386-1402-97 A pus 80009 366-1402-37 [12° 366-1257-16 1 puss 0008 366-1257-16 13 366-1402-36 a Pus 80008 366-1402-36 1d 366-1257-18 a Pus 80009 366-1287-19 w15- 366-1023-01 3 XNOBsGRAY 0009 366-1023-01 213-0153-0 2, SBTSCREW:5-40 x 0.125 INCH HEX SoC 571, 7acas opp 16 366-1402-33 2 bust surToH:cRay--xi0 80008 366-1402-33 “27 366-1327-00 2 ios scRay 0008 366-1327-00 213-0153-00 A, SEESCREW:5-40 x 0.225 INCH REX Soc S71 74445 ORD 18 366-1280-00 i faop.crar 0009 3€6-1278-00 213-0153-00 A. SBTSCREN:5-40 x 0.125 TNCH/NEX SOC S7L 74¢8s opp 19 366-1402-35 2 Bust BUTTCN:craY--B DLY'D 0009 366-1402-35 “20 366-1402-46 2 RUSH BUTTCN:opAY--& INTEN 0009 366-1402-44 22h 366-1402-73 A PUSH BUTTONsGRAY-—tarx 0009 366-1402-29 722 366-1489-36 1 PUSH BUTTON:GRAY--A LOCK xNOBS 80009 366-1499-36 223 366-1257-78 A PUSH BOTTON:GRAY--sNGL SW? 0009 366-1257-29 saa 366-2402-38 2 PUSH BUTTON :oRAY--HORY 0009 366-1402-39 725 366-1402-38 A. PUSH BUTTON sGRAY--ADTO 80009 366-1402-36 26 351-0328-00 A DIAL,CONTROL+10 TURN FOR 0.25 DIA SHAET 05129 461-s-70 213-0048-00 1. suiscmns4-40 x 0.125 INCH MEX SOC ST 74445 opp 27 366-1346-02 2 Kosa 80009 366-1346-00 213-0153-00 A, sBrecenw5-40 x 0.225 TNCH,NEX soc S71, 74845 opp 28 366-1219-01 1 frosscray--purp sw 20009 366-1719-01 213-0153-00 2. SBGCHEW:5-40 x 0,325 INCH, MEX Soc STL 74445 onp 23° 354-0442-01 A RING,iNOB SKIRT:PLASTIC, 1. ¢5 INCH DIA 0009 3s4-0442-01 213-0005-00 A. sptscrewse~32 x 2.25 INCH,HEX s0C 57% 7484s onD 30 401-0080-00 A BRG,KNOB SKIRT:0.769 1D x 0.866%0D PLASTIC 80009 401-0080-00 31 366-0494-00 A me scar 20009 366-0498-00 233-0153-00 1. SBTECREW:5-40 x 0.125 INCH, MEX SoC STL 74445. oBD 32 366-1278-00 2 iaioa:cray 20009 366-1278-00 213-0183-00 1. SBTSCREW.5-40 X 0.125 INCH/NEX soc STL 74445 oD 1-35 356128000 2 fatoa:cray 20009 366-2276-00 213-0153-00 1. SSTSCREW:5-40 x 0.125 INCH, HEX S0C STL 74405 cRD 1-34 358-0378-D1 8250000 5252904 14 BUSHING, SLEEVE+0. 25-32 X 0.525 INCH ONG 20008 356-378-021 356-0378-01 5252905, 12 BUSHING, SLSEvE+0. 25-32 X 0,538 INCH LONG 20008 358-0376-01 356-0840-00 8252905, "2 BEHG, MACH THD+0,25-32 x 0.126 1D x 0.25 noe 80009 358-0540-00 (RPIACHENG PARTS. FOR EACH) 210-0883-00 5252905, 2 NUT, PLAIN HEH:0,25-32 X 0.312 INCH, BRS 73743 2x20319-402 210-0940-00 252905 2 wasn, 2LA710.25 I x 0.375 TNCH 0D,STE 79807 08D -25 358-0216-00 2 BUSHING,PLASTIC.0.257 ID x 0,412 INCH oD 0009 358-0716-00 736 426-0681-00 1G FR,PUSH’BUTTON:GRAY PLASTIC 130009 426-68i-00 37 376-0803-02 2 Lats LEGHT:CLERR, MPTENURTOR 0009 378-0803-1 38 376-0803-00 5 Las ciGrscuEaR. 30003 378-0803-0 =39356-0216-00 1 BUSHING, PLASTIC:0.257 1D x 0.412 INCH oD 30003 358-0216-00 eed 4 RES, ,VAR,NONMER: GEE R530, 620,1255,2205 EPL} (armacure PARES FoR’ BACH) 41 210-0563-00 1 1-25-32 x 0. 312 INCH BRE 73743 2x20319-802 42 210-0940-00 1 WASHER, ELAT:0,25 ID x 0.378 INCH 0D,ST% 79807 08D Mee 2 (SRE £1120 EPL) cag Soe ae 2 CoM ACPT,ELECW/HDWR (SEE 7500,600 EPL) 745 119-0373-00 1 corL,cantBearro: 120009 119-0373-00 (armacurne Parts) 46 220-0586-00 2. WoT, PLAIN EXP Wed-d0 X 0.25 INCH,STL ‘78189 ono. 47 210-0851-00 2. WASHER, FLAT:0.119 ID x 0.375 INCH 00,sTL 12227 oD 48 210-0811-00 2. WASH. ,SHOULDERE:0.125 ID x 0.50 INCH’ cD yagz1 6525 Rev. B GAN. 1975 9-3Mecha -al Parts List—-465 Service (SN B250000-up) FIGURE 1 FROWT AND REAR (cont) Fig. & Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. gy Mfr No. Part No. Eff Dscont SY 1 220 Name & Description Code_Mfr Part Number 1-43 _361-0059-01 1 SPACER,GUR 00P#1,094 x 0.340 x 0.128 INCH 0009 361-0059-01 50 210-0593-00 2. NUT, PINISHING:0.25 HEX x 0.312" ZONG,BRS 80003 210-0593-00 “51 378-0635-00 4 as prea evo 80009 378+0635-00 52 393-1635-00 1 PANEL, FrOWT: 80003 333-1635-00 53 352-0340-00 2 LAMPHOLDER-ScaLE PncToR 80009 352+0340-00 (arTRcHING PARTS) “54 211-0001-00 1 SCREW, AUICHENE:2=56 X 0.25 INCH, PUR STL 83365 opp “55 oe 1 CRT BOARD ASSY-GRATICULE ILLUN(SE A1O HPL) T56 376-0728-00 A. REFLECTOR, LIGHT:SCALE TELUMINATTON 0009 378-0728-00 “87 352-0329-00 1 | Lupwopensscane Tuuawarrox 80009 352+0329-00 5a 175-0825-00, PD | WIRE,SLECERICAL:2 HIRE RIBBON 23499 TEK-175-0825-00 59 131-0707-00 2.) CONDOR ELEC. 49"Ld2-26 ANG HERE 22526 47438 60 352016902 A] CONN Booy PL, L:2 WIRE RED 80009 352-169-00 S61 396-2340-00 4 suppor cra :FRoN? 80009 386-2340-00 62, 349-0276-00 PP SHLD GSKT,/ELEC10.026 00 NPsIWW/WIRE NET CO 26817 01-0404-3739 63 426-1108-01, 2 PRIME, CABINEDeERoMT aon0s 426-1100-01 (armcias ears) 64 213-0183-00 4 GOR/TPG,THD FOR:6~32 x 0.25 INCH,PHE S7L 63385 csp 65 129-0368-00 2. post eLec-ymcns1.673 TucH LoNe 80009 129-0388-00 S66 348-0115-00 1 GROWET /PLASTIC-0-SuP,0.548 0.462 THC 130003 346-0115-00 “67 337-2688-00 1 sino zuscrngcaLwicH VouTAGE 20009 337-1688-00 (ATTACHING PARTS) 68 211-0065-00 3) SCRBK MACHINE 4-40 X 0.100 INCH PN STL 77250 cBp “69 1 CHP BonsD ASsY:PAN MOTOR(SBE AG EPL) (armacumss Parzs) 70 213-0088-00 2 SOR,TPG/THD CTG:4-24 X 0.25 INCH,PRE STL 93385 ovo woe =. ceT BOARD AsSY INCLUDES: =7. 136-0269-02 2) SOcKER,PLUG-IN:14 CONTACT, LOW CLEARANCE 1295 c9s140z 212 131-0608-00 2 | contact Btec:0.365 INCH LONG 22526 47357, 213 136-0220-00 2. 2 socker,Puug-1m:3 PIN ives 133-23-11-034 a4 — 2) mogoR, ics (SEE 81690 ZPL) 275 426-0781-00 2 2 souwr noroR: 0009 426-0761-00 76 337-1762-00 1 Sun sLecTRICAL+EAN ¥oTOR ‘80008 337-1762-00 77 426-078=00 1 souw? moron: 0009 426-0781-00 (s7TACHING PARTS) =72 213-0088-00 2. soR,7PG,THD CRG:4-24 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STE 83365 0B -19 4 TRANSTETOR.CHAS HTG (SEE 92418 EPL) (RURACHENG PARTS) 2 211-0012-00 2 SCREW MACHINE :4-40 X 0.375 THCG,PSH STL 23385. 08D “el 358-0214-00 2 TNSULATOR,ASHG:0.25 DIA x 0.168'INCH L 20009 358-0214-00 ez 210-0205-00 2 TERMINAL LUG:S2 #9 78189 2104-08-00-2520N 83 214-1610-00 1 ABAD SINK, ELEC ‘TRANSISTOR 0008 214-1610-00 fae 407-1153-00 2 BREE, xS7R MG: 0009 407-1383-00 (arsaciNe PARTS) 85 210-0586-00 2. MUP,/PLAIN EXD Wed-40 x 0.25 THCH,S™ 79189 os 06 340-0253-00 1 GROMMET PLASTICHL. 24 X 0.739 x 0.108" on 0009 348-0253-00 [67 348-0064-00 2 Gromer pLASTrc+0.625 ICH DIA ‘20009 348-0064-00 348-0063-00 1 GRomET PLASTIC:0. 50 TScH DIA ‘20009 348-0083-00 ~88 348-0056-00, 4 Grower, pLasTic10.375 INCH DTA 80009 348-0056-00 Beg mene oe 2 DELAY Line, ZLeCe (See DL338 PL) (ATTACHING FARES) 99 407-1137-00 42 BRET,DELAY LINE: 20009 407-2137-00 91 210-0457-00 2 NUE,PLAIN Ex? W:6-32 ¥ 0.312 INCH, STL 83365 oBD — = 5 DELAY Line ewes: a1-1002-02 2) REVAIUER,NIRE,E: 80009 181-102-902 -92 348-0276-00 er GHID Gser,ELEC-0.026 OD NPRNW/WIRE NET CO 20817 O1-o404~3719, 9-4 REV. B gRM,1975Mechanical Parts Li PIGURE 1 TROWT § REAR (CONT) st 465 Service (SN B250000-up) Fig. & Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. g, Mr No. Part No. Eff Dscont OY 1 224s Name & Description Code _Mfr Part Number 1-93 348-0339-00 FOO CABINET: W/CORD WRAP ‘0009 348-0339-00 (APTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) <4 212-0020-00 1 SCREK,MACHENE:8-32 1.0. INCH PRE STL 0385 on #5 425-0970-00 1 PRAME SECT,CAB:REAR 20009 426-0870-00 (ATTACHING PARTS) “96 211-0516-00 2. SoRERMACHENR:6=32 X'0,875 INCH, PRE STL 63305 BD 97 378-0044-01 2 FIL ELM ATR €0:2,5 $9 X 0.25 THCH TH 80009 378-0084-01, 288 nae meee 4 COME ROPT ELEC: (SEE 7165,1318,1338,1450 zPx) (aPMGuING PARTS POR EACH -99 219-0285-00 2 mepsernne,,t6:0.392" 1D INF TOOTH 80009 210-0255-00 100 386-2408-00 1 PLATE com smo rBtc coNECTORS ‘80009 386-2408-00 200-1414-01 1 COVER, OSCP, REAR ASSEMBLY (ATRCHIING PARTS) 1-392098-2 mis, 191-9608-00 3 | commer ruec:0.365 mc 2003 22526 47357 i as 2 Granigrsron: (SEE 9462, 492 EPL) a =1s3 210-0627-00 2 RIVET, GOUTD:0,042 DIA X 0.25 TNCK,#OH 20009 219-0627-00 Tist_343-0097-00 2 Ran, TRANGISTOR-NEAT. SINC 80009 343-0097=00, (QVIACHING PARTS FOR EACH) | nis 210-9599-00 2 mm Sunmves4-40 x 0,951 INCH LOND {80009 210-0599-00 | 21s 210-0008-00 2 Wasi, 1ocK:I4"L,0.12 19 X 0.26%00, ST aies 120a-00-00-05e16 ~asy 714-03¢8-00 1 SPRIG/HEGES:0.24 BIA x 0,496 LICH LONG 80002 214-0368-00 158 352-0062-00 2. MOLDER,sEWicOND:1.167 x 1,167 mcs Pusre 60009 382-00e2-00 i (GETACHTNG PARTS FOR EACH) a sage 711-0033-00 2 SCRIASSEM WASH. 4-60 % 0,312 INCH,PEME STE 63305 08D | Tigo z11-0012-00 2 Sonim noouames iodo x 0.375 TCH Pim ST 89385, aD | Tiet 210-2006-00 2 WaeuEh nocx-T™L,0.12 2D X 0.26°00,s7L 79185 1204-00-00-05416 | Tez 210-0406-00 4 MUP PEAR MEE, 4-40 X 0.286 TNCH, BRS 73743, 2x12161-402 i <169 224-1120-00 sage sine LEC TaRNSTEAGR,1 INCH OD,AL 20009 214-1138-00 | “tee 13i-0235-00 TTERUNAL, 1UD:0.219 DIA x 04655 TNH L 88243 420977~9 | (RTIRCHTNG PARTS FOR EACE) | -165a50-0126-00 1 nusuraror, mss: e245 420972 | -166 131-0761-00 1 TERUNAL SYUD:S90REW NEG;TEAT TAB Tiare. 4897-1-0518 | (aacnNs. FARIS) is? 210-0202-00 1 TERIAL 100.98 46 ares 2104-06-00-2520" a “16a 407-1389-00 2 saxrsaeAT sien 0009 407-1389-00 | armcnmss rats) <169 129-0450-00 2 rosr,auae-wecH10,656 Le x 0,250°EE,STupED 80009 129-0450-00 ‘ -170 407-1128-00 2 snxt,cen SHTAZD TEAR 20009 407-1128-00 - (ATTACHING PARTS) <7. 211-0507-00 2. scnew,MACHTN. 6-92 0.317 INCE PI STE e285 oa “72 219-0802-00 2 Wasumh,guAn.0.15 1D x 0.375 THCH Ob, STH 12327 08D “173 210-0202-00 2 TERMWAL 100350 46 Jaies 2104-06-00-25204 = “a74 210-0457-00 2 on PUAN EXT WG-92 X 0.312 THCH,SM% 23305, 02D =175320-0418-00 2 MUR PIAIN,99:6-32 X 0.312 TACK, Sm% 93305. 090 9-10 e 7Mechanical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) rrcuHE 2 CIRCUIT BOARDS (cowT) Fig. & Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. g, Mr No. Part No. Eff Dscont CY 12265 Name & Description Cede Mfr Part Number 2-176 200-1489-00 1 Cova CRE REAR ‘90009 200-1459-00 (ATTACHING PATS) -177 21t-0008-00 2 SCREW,MRCHTNE +440 X 0.25 THCH, PEE STE 83095 on 179 305-2246-00 1 SUPPORT cRPSHERR 80009 386-2246-00 Tare 343-0145-00 1 GROMMET, PLASTIC:U-sHP,1.0 X 0.42 HCH 30009 348-0145-00 80 ae naan 1 Cort TUBE DEPLE.Y-ANGS (SEE 11445 EPL) (OSPTACHENG PARTS) =e 343-0217-00 1 cuawe com: 20009 343-0217-00 Saez 211-0147-00 2 SCREW, MACHINE 4-40 x 0.25 In, PEE STE 83385 O83 183 210-0994-00 2 WASHER, PLAT:O,125 10 x 0.25" 00,570 2385 080 -184 337-1644-00 1 SMUD, BLECTRICAL:CE NECK 80009 337-1644-00 Stas 386-1159-00 1 EXTENSION SHAFT+10.364 INCH LONG, w/mCE 80009 384-1259-00 Pies 216-1756-00 1 ACTUATOR, SWITCH POWER 190009 214-1756-00 Fie? a= =e 1 SRITOH, TOGGLE: POWER OH (SEE 1501 EPL) (artacenic #a273) -1ee 210-0542-00 A. RUT PATH Mex, 20.25-40 % 0,312 THCH/BRS ares 2370224-02 sigs 710-0046-00 1 WASHER, LOGK-THE,0.26 1D X'0.40" OD, TE 79289 1214-05-00-0542¢ ao 1 SWITCH) SLIDE:LINE SELBCT (SEE $1503 FPL) (NPTACHING PARTS) -1s1 211-o101-00 2 SCREW NACHINE:4-40 X'0.25" 100 DEG,FLN STL «83385. BD 192 200-1526-00 1 covynw sw HOLE: 20009 200-1526-00 2193, 407-1133-00 1 RACKED, SW MG:PoMER SWITCH 90009 407-1133-00 (APTACHING PARTS) -194 21-0116-00 2 ScR,aSsin wstnsd-40 x 0,312 INCH, PN BRS 3395 089 719s 210-0581-00 1 NUP, PIATH, HEX. +4040 x 0.25 INCH, S7L 83395080 210-0406-00 2 NUT ,PEAIN MEX: 4040 x 0.188 INCH, BAS 73743 2412161~402 210-0994-00 2 WASHER, PLAT:0.125 1D X 0.25" 0D,57% 3385. on 386-2660-00 1 SuPpoRE cer 85 PLASTIC 80009 386-2660-00, -196 1 CRT BOARD ASSY:TRIG GEN,SWP LOGIC (SEE AS EPL) (ROTACHING PARTS) -197 211-0207-00 5 SCR,ASSEN WSHR:4-40 x 0.312 INCH, PH STL 93395 080 = manne =. crm anno Asse INCLUDES: wie 151-1003-00 8 | CORWECTOR BODY, :CKT BD Ht,3 PRO 20008 131-1003-00 Tiss 214-0579-00 3) MERA, Tes? PP:0.49 INCH LONG 80009 214-0573-00, 200 131-0609-00 ao | cowmcr mincs0.365 iNcH LONG 2252647357 S201 136-0252-04 35 | commact,Euxc.0.186 TCH Lox 22526 75060 “202 136-0220-00 25 | SOCKET, PLOG-IN:3 PDH 7a7e5 133-73-11-034 136-0260-02 2 1 SocKET,PLUG-IN:16 cowERCT 01295 0931602 203 Lse-0499-14 1! commctor,ncrr, 00779 4-280949-4 [204 136-0499-10 1 | conemeror,rcPr, 00779 4~380949-0 “205 200-1167-00 2° | COVER, xSTRITENP STAB FOR 2 TO-18 CS STYLE 05820 259-18-40 S206 352-0331-00 3 | savpuonper: ‘20009 352-0331-00 2207 214-0973-00 1 | MEAD SiMK,ELzC.0.20 x 0.6 OVAL x 0.187" 89009 214-0973-00, 7208 386-2376-00 1 1 PEATE, LEVER WFG:SLIDE SWITCH 80009 386-2376-00 {ATTACHING PARTS) 209 210-0687-01 2°. BYRLET,METALLIC:0.009 OD X 0,218 INCH LONG 80009 210-0657-02 105-0401-00 1. ACTUATOR, SwITCH:B (OLY'D) SOURCE 20009 105-0401-00 210 105-0417-00 1 |S ActuatoR, swrTeH: 80009 105-0417-00 211 351-0385-00 a! cone, sw’ supe: 0009 381-0385-00 Taig ais-1i26-01 2° | | speané,ruatsoreee covonsp 0009 214-1126-01, 213 14-77-00 2. 1 1 pOLLER,DETENT+0.125 DIA x 0.125 Ie 5 80009. 214-1127-00 oma 376-0142-00 211 appr,suarr,ceco:sc3pe to suner 0009 376-0142-00 13004800 11 1 SeTScREW:4%40 X 0.125 INCH AEX soc STL 74845 08D Rey. B OAK. 1975 9-11Mechanical Parts List—465 Service (SN B250000-up) #TGORE 2. CIRCUTT BOARDS (CONT) Tektronix Serial/Model No. ¢ Mfr Part No. Eff Dscont OY 12545 Name & Description Code _Mfr Part Number 2 _105-0400-00 T+ AGUURTOR, SWETCH:A SOURCE 0009 105-0400-00 wais 195-0418-00 11 “peruazon,swircns 80009 105-osi@-00 fais 351-0355-00 1 1! Gumessw suis: 80008 351-0355-00 Ta aacuze-ot 21 | seein riac.cRsen covore> 0009 214-1126-01 fais 2a-1127-00 211 nouumaypeneers0.125 DIA x 0.125 mcm 80008. 214-1127-00 Ta 376-0142-00 1 1 | abpe,starz,cete:szine To starz 0003 376-0142-00 319-0048-00 1 1 1 fenecmem.aca0 0.225 INCH,HEE Soc Sm 74445080 405-0399-00 2 | AeruntoR, uTmCH:A 8B COUPLES 90009 105~0209-00 220. ios-04is-00 a) “femuatoR, smite: 80009 105-0419-00 Zen 351-0955-00 1 1! qumpe,sw sips: 80009 351-0355-00 2222 2é-1i26-00 2 | 1 sexmé,ruan:cou cover 80008 214-1126-00 Zag au4-ui27-00 2 | | souenvoemier.0.125 DIA x 0.125 ace 1 60008 214-1127-00 Zam 376-0142-00 11 1 appn,suarn,ceta:sitoe 70 siar2 80009 376-0142-00 “225 213-0048-00 1 1 1 Serecnmesac40 x 0,125 INCRARER soc sm 74445 oBD =226 394-1160-00 41 iamexston sunrr:3,05 mew ros 20009 364-1160-00 S97 m4-1770-00 402 ven sure on: 80003. 214-1770-00 (armacuse Parts) 228 354-0165-00 2. niNc,RETANMG: 97468 1000-15 -229 131-1031-00 23. CONMET ASSY RL:CAN STITCH, TOP 80009 131-1031-00 (QSEACHING FARTS FOR EACH -230 20-0773-00 2. RIVET/TUBUIAR:O.O51 OD ¥ Oe125 INCH LONG 42836 RAW29952725 -201 407-1187-00 1 BRRCKET, SwINCLTRIGSER BOARD ‘90009 407-1157-00

You might also like

• The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life

  

  From Everand

  The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life

  Mark Manson

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (5807)
• The Gifts of Imperfection: Let Go of Who You Think You're Supposed to Be and Embrace Who You Are

  

  From Everand

  The Gifts of Imperfection: Let Go of Who You Think You're Supposed to Be and Embrace Who You Are

  Brene Brown

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (1092)
• Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It

  

  From Everand

  Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It

  Chris Voss

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (843)
• • Magazines
  • Podcasts
  • Sheet music
• Principles: Life and Work

  

  From Everand

  Principles: Life and Work

  Ray Dalio

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (608)
• The Glass Castle: A Memoir

  

  From Everand

  The Glass Castle: A Memoir

  Jeannette Walls

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (1716)
• Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance

  

  From Everand

  Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance

  Angela Duckworth

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (590)
• Sing, Unburied, Sing: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  Sing, Unburied, Sing: A Novel

  Jesmyn Ward

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (1104)
• Hidden Figures: The American Dream and the Untold Story of the Black Women Mathematicians Who Helped Win the Space Race

  

  From Everand

  Hidden Figures: The American Dream and the Untold Story of the Black Women Mathematicians Who Helped Win the Space Race

  Margot Lee Shetterly

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (897)
• Shoe Dog: A Memoir by the Creator of Nike

  

  From Everand

  Shoe Dog: A Memoir by the Creator of Nike

  Phil Knight

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (540)
• The Perks of Being a Wallflower

  

  From Everand

  The Perks of Being a Wallflower

  Stephen Chbosky

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (2104)
• The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building a Business When There Are No Easy Answers

  

  From Everand

  The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building a Business When There Are No Easy Answers

  Ben Horowitz

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (346)
• Bad Feminist: Essays

  

  From Everand

  Bad Feminist: Essays

  Roxane Gay

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (1018)
• Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic Future

  

  From Everand

  Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic Future

  Ashlee Vance

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (474)
• Her Body and Other Parties: Stories

  

  From Everand

  Her Body and Other Parties: Stories

  Carmen Maria Machado

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (821)
• The Outsider: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  The Outsider: A Novel

  Stephen King

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (1850)
• The Emperor of All Maladies: A Biography of Cancer

  

  From Everand

  The Emperor of All Maladies: A Biography of Cancer

  Siddhartha Mukherjee

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (271)
• The Sympathizer: A Novel (Pulitzer Prize for Fiction)

  

  From Everand

  The Sympathizer: A Novel (Pulitzer Prize for Fiction)

  Viet Thanh Nguyen

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (122)
• Angela's Ashes: A Memoir

  

  From Everand

  Angela's Ashes: A Memoir

  Frank McCourt

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (440)
• Brooklyn: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  Brooklyn: A Novel

  Colm Tóibín

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (1946)
• The Little Book of Hygge: Danish Secrets to Happy Living

  

  From Everand

  The Little Book of Hygge: Danish Secrets to Happy Living

  Meik Wiking

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (401)
• The World Is Flat 3.0: A Brief History of the Twenty-first Century

  

  From Everand

  The World Is Flat 3.0: A Brief History of the Twenty-first Century

  Thomas L. Friedman

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (2259)
• A Man Called Ove: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  A Man Called Ove: A Novel

  Fredrik Backman

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (4610)
• The Art of Racing in the Rain: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  The Art of Racing in the Rain: A Novel

  Garth Stein

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (4203)
• A Tree Grows in Brooklyn

  

  From Everand

  A Tree Grows in Brooklyn

  Betty Smith

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (1929)
• Steve Jobs

  

  From Everand

  Steve Jobs

  Walter Isaacson

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (806)
• The Yellow House: A Memoir (2019 National Book Award Winner)

  

  From Everand

  The Yellow House: A Memoir (2019 National Book Award Winner)

  Sarah M. Broom

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (98)
• Devil in the Grove: Thurgood Marshall, the Groveland Boys, and the Dawn of a New America

  

  From Everand

  Devil in the Grove: Thurgood Marshall, the Groveland Boys, and the Dawn of a New America

  Gilbert King

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (266)
• The Woman in Cabin 10

  

  From Everand

  The Woman in Cabin 10

  Ruth Ware

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (2521)
• Yes Please

  

  From Everand

  Yes Please

  Amy Poehler

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (1898)
• A Heartbreaking Work Of Staggering Genius: A Memoir Based on a True Story

  

  From Everand

  A Heartbreaking Work Of Staggering Genius: A Memoir Based on a True Story

  Dave Eggers

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (231)
• Team of Rivals: The Political Genius of Abraham Lincoln

  

  From Everand

  Team of Rivals: The Political Genius of Abraham Lincoln

  Doris Kearns Goodwin

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (234)
• Fear: Trump in the White House

  

  From Everand

  Fear: Trump in the White House

  Bob Woodward

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (738)
• Wolf Hall: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  Wolf Hall: A Novel

  Hilary Mantel

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (3811)
• John Adams

  

  From Everand

  John Adams

  David McCullough

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (2409)
• On Fire: The (Burning) Case for a Green New Deal

  

  From Everand

  On Fire: The (Burning) Case for a Green New Deal

  Naomi Klein

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (74)
• The Light Between Oceans: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  The Light Between Oceans: A Novel

  M.L. Stedman

  Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars

  4.5/5 (789)
• The Unwinding: An Inner History of the New America

  

  From Everand

  The Unwinding: An Inner History of the New America

  George Packer

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (45)
• Manhattan Beach: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  Manhattan Beach: A Novel

  Jennifer Egan

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (792)
• The Constant Gardener: A Novel

  

  From Everand

  The Constant Gardener: A Novel

  John le Carré

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (104)
• Switch Mode Power Supply Ref. Manual

  

  Document63 pages

  Switch Mode Power Supply Ref. Manual

  mkshahzad751362

  100% (13)
• Rise of ISIS: A Threat We Can't Ignore

  

  From Everand

  Rise of ISIS: A Threat We Can't Ignore

  Jay Sekulow

  Rating: 3.5 out of 5 stars

  3.5/5 (137)
• Little Women

  

  From Everand

  Little Women

  Louisa May Alcott

  Rating: 4 out of 5 stars

  4/5 (104)
• Color Monitor: Service Manual

  

  Document14 pages

  Color Monitor: Service Manual

  Anonymous Ek100RdbcH

  No ratings yet
• ISP Flash Microcontroller Programmer Ver 3

  

  Document6 pages

  ISP Flash Microcontroller Programmer Ver 3

  Anonymous Ek100RdbcH

  No ratings yet
• Introductidn.: THE Effects of Leakage Inouctance On Switching Power Supply Performance

  

  Document8 pages

  Introductidn.: THE Effects of Leakage Inouctance On Switching Power Supply Performance

  Anonymous Ek100RdbcH

  No ratings yet
• Writing C Code For The 8051

  

  Document52 pages

  Writing C Code For The 8051

  BHUSHAN

  No ratings yet
• Sine PWM Inverter-Program

  

  Document26 pages

  Sine PWM Inverter-Program

  Ahmed El Sebaii

  No ratings yet